UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
x
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended December 31, 2010
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 0-51378
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE
|
|
51-0539828
|
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
Bella Drive, Westminster, Massachusetts 01473
|
|
01473
|
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code)
|
(978) 874-0591
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes
x
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
o
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
Large accelerated filer
|
o
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
|
Non-Accelerated Filer
|
o
|
Smaller reporting company
x
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes
o
No
x
The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $.0001 per share, issued and outstanding at January 31, 2011 was 14,783,346.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page
|
PART I.
|
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
1
|
ITEM 1.
|
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
1
|
|
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
1
|
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
2
|
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
3
|
|
|
|
ITEM 2.
|
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
|
16
|
ITEM 4.
|
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
|
24
|
|
|
|
PART II.
|
OTHER INFORMATION
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
EXHIBITS
|
24
|
|
SIGNATURES
|
25
|
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
26
|
PART 1. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
8,928,509
|
|
|
$
|
8,774,223
|
|
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $25,010
|
|
|
3,112,645
|
|
|
|
2,693,392
|
|
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts, in excess of progress billings
|
|
|
5,375,775
|
|
|
|
2,749,848
|
|
Inventories - raw materials
|
|
|
193,151
|
|
|
|
299,403
|
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
180,569
|
|
|
|
303,509
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
166,807
|
|
|
|
159,854
|
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
244,461
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
17,957,456
|
|
|
|
15,224,690
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
3,213,369
|
|
|
|
3,349,943
|
|
Equipment under construction
|
|
|
1,412,758
|
|
|
|
762,260
|
|
Deferred loan cost, net
|
|
|
185,662
|
|
|
|
87,640
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
22,769,245
|
|
|
$
|
19,424,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,617,405
|
|
|
$
|
444,735
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
436,734
|
|
|
|
620,600
|
|
Deferred revenues
|
|
|
784,336
|
|
|
|
56,376
|
|
Accrued taxes
|
|
|
243,280
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Current maturity of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,371,766
|
|
|
|
809,309
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
4,453,521
|
|
|
|
1,931,020
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
4,912,563
|
|
|
|
5,414,002
|
|
Commitments (Note 13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock- par value $.0001 per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, of which
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,890,980 are designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, with
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,661,482 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(liquidation preference of $2,753,523 at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010)
|
|
|
2,210,216
|
|
|
|
2,210,216
|
|
Common stock -par value $.0001 per share, 90,000,000 shares authorized,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
issued and outstanding: 14,283,346 shares at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,430
|
|
|
|
1,424
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
2,909,135
|
|
|
|
2,903,699
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
8,282,380
|
|
|
|
6,964,172
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity
|
|
|
13,403,161
|
|
|
|
12,079,511
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
|
|
$
|
22,769,245
|
|
|
$
|
19,424,533
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Three months ended
|
|
|
Nine months ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
9,670,418
|
|
|
$
|
5,255,591
|
|
|
$
|
24,205,239
|
|
|
$
|
23,691,616
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
6,814,384
|
|
|
|
4,241,102
|
|
|
|
16,448,066
|
|
|
|
19,466,554
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
2,856,034
|
|
|
|
1,014,489
|
|
|
|
7,757,173
|
|
|
|
4,225,062
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and related expenses
|
|
|
551,342
|
|
|
|
358,841
|
|
|
|
1,457,935
|
|
|
|
1,083,510
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
223,753
|
|
|
|
104,132
|
|
|
|
568,496
|
|
|
|
290,755
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
498,653
|
|
|
|
527,133
|
|
|
|
1,386,671
|
|
|
|
1,052,127
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,273,748
|
|
|
|
990,106
|
|
|
|
3,413,102
|
|
|
|
2,426,392
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,582,286
|
|
|
|
24,383
|
|
|
|
4,344,071
|
|
|
|
1,798,670
|
|
Other income (expenses):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
62,875
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(103,779
|
)
|
|
|
(108,049
|
)
|
|
|
(321,796
|
)
|
|
|
(319,601
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1,613
|
|
|
|
4,205
|
|
|
|
8,215
|
|
|
|
12,575
|
|
Finance costs
|
|
|
(110,931
|
)
|
|
|
(4,257
|
)
|
|
|
(116,110
|
)
|
|
|
(12,770
|
)
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(213,097
|
)
|
|
|
(96,101
|
)
|
|
|
(366,816
|
)
|
|
|
(307,796
|
)
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
1,369,189
|
|
|
|
(71,718
|
)
|
|
|
3,977,255
|
|
|
|
1,490,874
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
540,063
|
|
|
|
(276,415
|
)
|
|
|
1,473,179
|
|
|
|
90,288
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
829,126
|
|
|
$
|
204,697
|
|
|
$
|
2,504,076
|
|
|
$
|
1,400,586
|
|
Net income per share of common stock (basic)
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Net income per share (fully diluted)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding (basic)
|
|
|
14,283,346
|
|
|
|
14,214,542
|
|
|
|
14,248,601
|
|
|
|
14,013,210
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding (fully diluted)
|
|
|
21,646,768
|
|
|
|
21,448,233
|
|
|
|
21,071,813
|
|
|
|
20,214,302
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,504,076
|
|
|
$
|
1,400,586
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
275,006
|
|
|
|
313,370
|
|
Gain on sale of equipment
|
|
|
(62,875
|
)
|
|
|
(12,000
|
)
|
Write-off deferred loan costs
|
|
|
68,188
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
122,940
|
|
|
|
(157,392
|
)
|
Share based compensation
|
|
|
120,399
|
|
|
|
29,216
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(419,253
|
)
|
|
|
(562,222
|
)
|
Inventory
|
|
|
106,252
|
|
|
|
55,013
|
|
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts
|
|
|
(2,625,927
|
)
|
|
|
(122,093
|
)
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
237,508
|
|
|
|
29,979
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,172,670
|
|
|
|
758,487
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
(183,866
|
)
|
|
|
(641,135
|
)
|
Accrued taxes
|
|
|
243,279
|
|
|
|
(211,203
|
)
|
Deferred revenues
|
|
|
727,961
|
|
|
|
(2,240,019
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
2,286,358
|
|
|
|
(1,359,413
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of equipment
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(130,554
|
)
|
|
|
(27,173
|
)
|
Deposits on equipment
|
|
|
(650,498
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(721,052
|
)
|
|
|
(15,173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to WM Realty partners
|
|
|
(1,326,162
|
)
|
|
|
(140,627
|
)
|
Proceeds from exercised stock options
|
|
|
15,501
|
|
|
|
6,648
|
|
Tax benefit from share based compensation
|
|
|
9,835
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Deferred loan costs
|
|
|
(171,212
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
Borrowings of long-term debt
|
|
|
4,321,544
|
|
|
|
919,297
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt
|
|
|
(4,260,526
|
)
|
|
|
(499,388
|
)
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(1,411,020
|
)
|
|
|
285,390
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
154,286
|
|
|
|
(1,088,656
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
8,774,223
|
|
|
|
10,462,737
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
8,928,509
|
|
|
$
|
9,374,081
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
321,796
|
|
|
$
|
307,854
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$
|
878,754
|
|
|
$
|
1,048,783
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION - NONCASH TRANSACTIONS: Nine months ended December 31, 2009
The company placed $887,279 of equipment into service which was under construction at the beginning of the nine month period ended December 31, 2010. Also, on August 14, 2009, the Company entered into a warrant exchange agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue 3,595,472 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to certain investors in exchange for warrants to purchase 9,320,000 shares of common stock. The warrants carried exercise prices ranging from $0.44 to $0.65 per share. Effective August 14, 2009, the warrants were surrendered, and the Company filed an amendment to its certificate of designation relating to its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to increase the number of designated shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and issued 3,595,472 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of the warrant exchange agreement. All warrants surrendered in connection with the warrant exchange were cancelled.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)
NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
TechPrecision Corporation (TechPrecision) is a Delaware corporation organized in February 2005 under the name Lounsberry Holdings II, Inc. The name was changed to TechPrecision Corporation on March 6, 2006. TechPrecision is the parent company of Ranor, Inc. (Ranor), a Delaware corporation. TechPrecision and Ranor are collectively referred to as the “Company.”
The Company manufactures metal fabricated and machined precision components and equipment. These products are used in a variety of markets including the alternative energy, medical, nuclear, defense, industrial, and aerospace industries.
On November 4, 2010 TechPrecision announced that it completed the formation of a wholly foreign owned enterprise (WFOE), Wuxi Critical Mechanical Components Co., Ltd., to meet growing demand for local manufacture and machining of components in China. The formation of this WFOE was made in consultation with a large customer in the Solar Energy industry, and is based on the significant growth in demand for solar and nuclear energy components in Asia, and especially in China. The customer provided the Company with a conditional $2.9 million initial purchase order for components, which will include materials transferred from Ranor to Wuxi Critical Mechanical Components Co., Ltd. to be machined in China and delivered to the customer. During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the WFOE commenced organizational and start-up activities, and production will begin during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. Accordingly, the results of this wholly owned subsidiary will be included in the consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
On February 24, 2006, TechPrecision acquired all the outstanding stock of Ranor in a transaction which is accounted for as a recapitalization (reverse acquisition), with Ranor being treated as the acquiring company for accounting purposes. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TechPrecision and Ranor as well as a variable interest entity, WM Realty. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
The accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, consolidated statements of operations for the three- and nine-month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (Consolidated Financing Statements) are unaudited, but in the opinion of management, include all adjustments that are considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature, except as otherwise disclosed. The consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2010 was derived from audited financial statements. Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated statements of cash flows have been reclassified between line items for comparative purposes. The reclassifications did not affect the Company’s cash flows from operating activities or financial position.
The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These notes should be read in conjunction with the notes to consolidated financial statements of the Company in Item 8 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2010.
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
In preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We account for fair value of financial instruments under the Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (FASB) authoritative guidance
,
which defines fair value and establishes a framework to measure fair value and the related disclosures about fair value measurements. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that could be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. The FASB established a fair value hierarchy used to prioritize the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is defined into the following three categories: Level 1: Inputs based upon quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date. Level 2: Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. Level 3: Inputs that are management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The inputs are unobservable in the market and significant to the instruments’ valuation. In addition, we will measure fair value in an inactive or dislocated market based on facts and circumstances and significant management judgment. We will use inputs based on management estimates or assumptions, or make adjustments to observable inputs to determine fair value when markets are not active and relevant observable inputs are not available. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, prepaid and accrued expenses, and notes payable, as presented in the balance sheet, approximate fair value.
Cash and cash equivalents
Holdings of highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less, when purchased, are considered to be cash equivalents. The deposits are maintained in a large regional bank and the amount of federally insured cash deposits was $250,000 as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010.
Accounts receivable
Trade accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Management considers the following factors when determining the collectability of specific customer accounts: customer credit-worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends, and changes in customer payment terms. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required. Based on management’s assessment, the Company provides for estimated uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to a valuation allowance. Balances that remain outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the valuation allowance and a credit to accounts receivable. The Company wrote off $234,999 in connection with a single customer who has failed to make any payments for goods purchased during the 2009 calendar year. There was no bad debt expense recorded for the three month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Inventories
Inventories - raw materials is stated at the lower of cost or market determined principally by the first-in, first-out method.
Notes Payable
We account for all notes that are due and payable within one year as short-term liabilities.
Long-lived Assets
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are accounted for on the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives. The amortization of leasehold improvements is based on the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the improvement. Betterments and large renewals, which extend the life of the asset, are capitalized whereas maintenance and repairs and small renewals are expensed as incurred. The estimated useful lives are: machinery and equipment, 7-15 years; buildings, up to 30 years; and leasehold improvements, 10-20 years.
The accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets requires an assessment of the recoverability of our investment in long-lived assets to be held and used in operations whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Such assessment requires that the future cash flows associated with the long-lived assets be estimated over their remaining useful lives. An impairment loss may be required when the future cash flows are less than the carrying value of such assets.
Repair and maintenance activities
The Company incurs maintenance costs on all of its major equipment. Costs that extend the life of the asset, materially add to its value, or adapt the asset to a new or different use are separately capitalized in property, plant and equipment and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. All other repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Leases
Operating leases are charged to operations as paid. Capital leases are capitalized and depreciated over the term of the lease. A lease is considered a capital lease if one of four criteria are satisfied: 1) the lease contains an option to purchase the property for less than fair market value, 2) transfer of ownership at the end of the lease, 3) the lease term is 75% or more of estimated economic life of leased property, and 4) present value of minimum lease payments is at least 90% of fair value of the leased property to the lessor at the inception of the lease.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company is exposed to various risks such as fluctuating interest rates, foreign exchange rates and increasing commodity prices. To manage these market risks, we may periodically enter into derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, options and foreign exchange contracts for periods consistent with and for notional amounts equal to or less than the related underlying exposures. We do not purchase or hold any derivative financial instruments for speculation or trading purposes. All derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value (see Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for information related to interest rate swaps).
Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants
The Company measures the fair value of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock by the amount of cash that was received for their issuance. The Company determined that the convertible preferred shares and the accompanying warrants issued are equity instruments. Our preferred stock meets all conditions for classification as equity instruments. The Company had a sufficient number of authorized shares and there is no required cash payment or net cash settlement requirement. The holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have no right senior to the common stockholders other than the liquidation preference in the event of liquidation of the Company. The certificate of designation relating to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock does not require the Company to issue shares that are registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933.
The Company’s warrants were excluded from derivative accounting because they were indexed to the Company’s unregistered common stock and are classified in stockholders’ equity. The majority of warrants were exchanged for preferred stock on August 14, 2009. The remaining 112,500 warrants expired on December 1, 2010.
Shipping Costs
Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling expenses include items such as business travel and advertising costs. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. General and administrative expenses include items for Company’s administrative functions and include costs for items such as office supplies, insurance, telephone, board fees and corporate consulting costs as well as payroll services.
Share Based Compensation
Share based compensation represents the cost related to common stock-based awards granted to employees. The Company measures stock based compensation cost at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes the cost as expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the employee’s requisite service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model.
Earnings per Share of Common Stock
Basic net income per common share is calculated by dividing net income or loss by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share is calculated by dividing net income or loss by diluted weighted-average shares. Diluted weighted-average shares include weighted-average shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect of potential common stock issuable with respect to convertible preferred stock and share-based compensation using the treasury stock method.
Revenue Recognition and Costs Incurred
Revenue and costs are recognized on the units of delivery method. This method recognizes as revenue the contract price of units of the product delivered during each period and the costs allocable to the delivered units as the cost of earned revenue. When the sales agreements provide for separate billing of engineering services, the revenues for those services are recognized when the services are rendered. Costs allocable to undelivered units are reported in the balance sheet as costs incurred on uncompleted contracts. Amounts in excess of agreed upon contract price for customer directed changes, constructive changes, customer delays or other causes of additional contract costs are recognized in contract value if it is probable that a claim for such amounts will result in additional revenue and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Revisions in cost and profit estimates are reflected in the period in which the facts requiring the revision become known and are estimable. The unit of delivery method requires the existence of a contract to provide the persuasive evidence of an arrangement and determinable seller’s price, delivery of the product and reasonable collection prospects. The Company has written agreements with the customers that specify contract prices and delivery terms. The Company recognizes revenues only when the collectability is reasonably assured.
Adjustments to cost estimates are made periodically, and losses expected to be incurred on contracts in progress are charged to operations in the period such losses are determined and are reflected as reductions of the carrying value of the costs incurred on uncompleted contracts. Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts consist of labor, overhead, and materials. Work in process is stated at the lower of cost or market and reflect accrued losses, if required, on uncompleted contracts.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of financial accounting and reporting for income taxes required by FASB ASC 740,
Income Taxes
. Under FASB ASC 740, deferred income taxes reflect the tax impact of temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for tax purposes. Temporary differences giving rise to deferred income taxes consist primarily of the reporting of losses on uncompleted contracts, the excess of depreciation for tax purposes over the amount for financial reporting purposes, and accrued expenses accounted for differently for financial reporting and tax purposes, qualified domestic production activities, and net operating loss carry-forwards. According to FASB ASC 740-270-25,
Intraperiod Tax Allocation,
tax expense related to interim period ordinary income is computed at an estimated annual effective tax rate and the taxes related to all other items are individually computed and recognized when the items occur. The tax effects of losses that arise in the early portion of a fiscal year are recognized only when the benefits are expected to be either realized during the year or recognized as a deferred tax asset at the end of the year. Interest and penalties are included in general and administrative expenses.
Variable Interest Entity (VIE)
Conforming to the authoritative FASB guidance for VIEs, under ASC 810 (see Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information related to the VIE), the Company has consolidated WM Realty, a variable interest entity, which entered into a building sale and leaseback contract with the Company in 2006. The Company repurchased the building and land from the VIE in December 2010. The creditors of WM Realty do not have recourse to the general credit of TechPrecision or Ranor.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses” (ASC 2010-20). The amendments in this update require additional disclosure about the credit quality of financing receivables, such as aging information and credit quality indicators. Both new and existing disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment or class. The disaggregation of information is based on how allowances for credit losses are developed and how credit exposure is managed. The amendments in this Update affect all entities with financing receivables, excluding short-term trade accounts receivable or receivables measured at fair value or lower of cost or fair value. ASC 2010-20 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after December 15, 2010. The Company has determined that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2010, the FASB issued update No. 2010-09,
Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements.
This update provides amendments to Subtopic 855-10 for an entity that is an SEC filer and is required to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued. An entity that is an SEC filer is not required to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. The adoption of this update on February 24, 2010 did not have any impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued update No. 2010-06,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.
This update amends subtopic 820-10 to require 1) a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of level 1 and 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers, and 2) in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3), a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis rather than as one net number. This update also provides clarification about existing disclosures about the level of disaggregation and inputs and valuation techniques. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 2009. Disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity on Level 3 fair value measurements is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued update No. 2010-02,
Consolidation (Topic 810): Accounting and Reporting for Decreases in Ownership of a Subsidiary – a Scope Clarification.
The amendments in this update affect the accounting and reporting by an entity that experiences a decrease in ownership in a subsidiary, and expands the disclosures about the deconsolidation of a subsidiary or de-recognition of a group of assets within the scope of Topic 810-10. The amendments clarify, but do not necessarily change, the scope of current U.S. GAAP. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In December 2009, the FASB issued update No. 2009-17,
Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities.
This update amends the
FASB Accounting Standards Codification
for Statements 167. In September 2009, the FASB amended authoritative guidance for the manner in which entities evaluate whether consolidation is required for VIEs. A company must first perform a qualitative analysis in determining whether it must consolidate a VIE, and if the qualitative analysis is not determinative, must perform a quantitative analysis. Further, the guidance requires that companies continually evaluate VIEs for consolidation, rather than assessing based upon the occurrence of triggering events, and also requires enhanced disclosures about how a company’s involvement with a VIE affects its financial statements and exposure to risks. The Company has adopted this update as of April 1, 2010 and it did not have any impact on the Company’s accounting for its VIE.
In October 2009, the FASB issued update No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements – a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force
, which provides guidance for identifying separate deliverables in a revenue-generating transaction where multiple deliverables exist, and provides guidance for allocating and recognizing revenue based on those separate deliverables. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning on April 1, 2011 and is required to be applied prospectively to new or significantly modified arrangements. The Company will assess the impact this guidance may have on the consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 3 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
|
|
December 31,
2010
|
|
|
March 31,
2010
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
110,113
|
|
|
$
|
110,113
|
|
Building and improvements
|
|
|
1,394,835
|
|
|
|
1,504,948
|
|
Machinery equipment, furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
5,072,885
|
|
|
|
4,974,302
|
|
Equipment under capital leases
|
|
|
56,242
|
|
|
|
56,242
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
6,744,188
|
|
|
|
6,645,605
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(3,530,819
|
)
|
|
|
(3,295,662
|
)
|
Total property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
3,213,369
|
|
|
$
|
3,349,943
|
|
Depreciation expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $270,004 and $300,559, respectively. All real and personal property and fixtures of the Company are collateral for the Sovereign Bank long-term debt obligations (See Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements).
NOTE 4 - COSTS INCURRED ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS
The Company recognizes revenues based upon the units-of-delivery method (see Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements). The advance billing and deposits includes down payments for acquisition of materials and progress payments on contracts. The agreements with the buyers of the Company’s products allow the Company to offset the progress payments against the costs incurred. The following table sets forth information as to costs incurred on uncompleted contracts as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010:
|
|
December 31,
2010
|
|
|
March 31,
2010
|
|
Cost incurred on uncompleted contracts, beginning balance
|
|
$
|
5,149,663
|
|
|
$
|
12,742,218
|
|
Plus: Total cost incurred on contracts during the period
|
|
|
18,020,426
|
|
|
|
14,652,700
|
|
Less: cost of sales, during the period
|
|
|
(16,448,066
|
)
|
|
|
(22,245,255
|
)
|
Cost incurred on uncompleted contracts, ending balance
|
|
$
|
6,722,023
|
|
|
$
|
5,149,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Billings on uncompleted contracts, beginning balance
|
|
$
|
2,399,815
|
|
|
$
|
9,081,416
|
|
Plus: Total billings incurred on contracts, during the period
|
|
|
23,151,672
|
|
|
|
21,665,150
|
|
Less: Contracts recognized as revenue, during the period
|
|
|
(24,205,239
|
)
|
|
|
(28,346,751
|
)
|
Billings on uncompleted contracts, ending balance
|
|
$
|
1,346,248
|
|
|
$
|
2,399,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost incurred on uncompleted contracts, ending balance
|
|
$
|
6,722,023
|
|
|
$
|
5,149,663
|
|
Less: Billings on uncompleted contracts, ending balance
|
|
|
(1,346,248
|
)
|
|
|
(2,399,815
|
)
|
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts, in excess of progress billings
|
|
$
|
5,375,775
|
|
|
$
|
2,749,848
|
|
As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, the Company had deferred revenues totaling $784,336 and $56,375, respectively. Deferred revenues represent customer prepayments on their contracts. Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts in excess of progress billings are net of allowances for losses and were $243,714 and $172,413, on December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively.
NOTE 5 - PREPAID EXPENSES
As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, the prepaid expenses included the following:
|
|
December 31,
2010
|
|
|
March 31,
2010
|
|
Prepaid insurance
|
|
$
|
143,688
|
|
|
$
|
128,927
|
|
Prepaid maintenance, material purchases
|
|
|
14,459
|
|
|
|
19,638
|
|
Other
|
|
|
8,660
|
|
|
|
11,289
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
166,807
|
|
|
$
|
159,854
|
|
NOTE 6 - DEFERRED CHARGES
Deferred charges represent the capitalization of costs incurred in connection with obtaining bank loans. These costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related debt obligation. Deferred loan costs, net of amortization related to the prepayment of debt were charged to operations. As of the following dates deferred charges were:
|
|
December 31,
2010
|
|
|
March 31,
2010
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
87,640
|
|
|
$
|
150,259
|
|
Deferred loan costs related to new loans
|
|
|
171,212
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Deferred loan costs, net of amortization related to prepayment of debt
|
|
|
(68,188
|
)
|
|
|
--
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(5,002
|
)
|
|
|
(62,619
|
)
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
185,662
|
|
|
$
|
87,640
|
|
NOTE 7 – LONG-TERM DEBT and CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION
The following debt and capital lease obligations were outstanding on:
|
|
December 31,
2010
|
|
|
March 31,
2010
|
|
Sovereign Bank Secured Term Note
|
|
$
|
1,238,095
|
|
|
$
|
1,715,034
|
|
Amalgamated Bank Mortgage Loan
|
|
|
--
|
|
|
|
3,078,764
|
|
Sovereign Bank Capital expenditure note, other
|
|
|
704,794
|
|
|
|
842,687
|
|
Sovereign Bank Staged advance note
|
|
|
556,416
|
|
|
|
556,416
|
|
MDFA Series A Bonds
|
|
|
3,183,212
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
MDFA Series B Bonds
|
|
|
581,916
|
|
|
|
--
|
|
Obligations under capital leases
|
|
|
19,896
|
|
|
|
30,410
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
6,284,329
|
|
|
|
6,223,311
|
|
Principal payments due within one year
|
|
|
(1,371,766
|
)
|
|
|
(809,309)
|
)
|
Principal payments due after one year
|
|
$
|
4,912,563
|
|
|
$
|
5,414,002
|
|
On February 24, 2006, Ranor entered into a loan and security agreement with Sovereign Bank (Loan Agreement). Pursuant to the agreement, as amended, the bank provided Ranor with a secured term loan of $4,000,000 (Term Note) and also extended to Ranor a revolving line of credit of up to $2,000,000 (Revolving Note). On January 29, 2007, the loan and security agreement was amended, adding a capital expenditure line of credit facility of $3,000,000 (CapEx Note). On March 29, 2010, the bank agreed to extend to Ranor a loan facility (Staged Advance Note) in the amount of up to $1,900,000 for the purpose of acquiring a gantry mill machine.
On December 30, 2010, the Company and Ranor completed a $6,200,000 tax exempt bond financing with the Massachusetts Development Finance Authority (MDFA) pursuant to which the MDFA sold to Sovereign Bank MDFA Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010A in the original aggregate principal amount of $4,250,000 (Series A Bonds) and MDFA Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010B in the original aggregate principal amount of $1,950,000 (Series B Bonds) and loaned the proceeds of such sale to Ranor under the terms of that certain Mortgage Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, by and among the Company, Ranor, MDFA and Sovereign (as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent thereunder) (the MLSA).
In connection with the December 30, 2010 financing, the Company, through Ranor, executed an Eighth Amendment to the Loan Agreement (Eighth Amendment). The Eighth Amendment incorporates Ranor’s borrowing of the Bond proceeds into the borrowings covered by the Loan Agreement and provides that the Company and Ranor must, on a consolidated basis, agree to maintain a debt to equity leverage ratio of less than 3:1 for so long as any amounts are outstanding under the Loan Agreement. Ranor’s obligations under the notes to the bank are guaranteed by TechPrecision. Significant terms associated with the Sovereign debt facilities are summarized below.
The MLSA provides for customary events of default, including any event of default under the Loan Agreement described above. Subject to lapse of any applicable cure period, a default under the MLSA would cause the acceleration of all outstanding obligations of Ranor under the MLSA. Under the MLSA and the Eighth Amendment, we and Ranor make certain financial covenants applicable while the Bonds remain outstanding, including, among other things, that the ratio of earnings available for fixed charges to fixed charges will be greater than or equal to 120%; the interest coverage ratio will equal or exceed 2:1 as of the end of each fiscal quarter; Ranor’s leverage ratio will be less than or equal to 3:1; and a loan to value ratio regarding the
property purchased from WM Realty
of not greater than seventy-five percent (75%), as determined by Bondowner.
The Term Note is subject to various covenants that include the following: the loan collateral comprises all personal property of Ranor, including cash, accounts receivable, inventories, equipment, financial and intangible assets. The company must also maintain a ratio of earnings available to cover fixed charges of at least 120% of the fixed charges for the rolling four quarters, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter, and maintain an interest coverage ratio of at least 2:1 at the end of each fiscal quarter. As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants: leverage ratio was 0.70, the ratio of earnings to cover fixed charges was 273% and the interest coverage ratio was 13:1.
In the event of default, the lending bank may choose to accelerate payment of any amounts outstanding under the notes and, under certain circumstances, the bank may be entitled to cancel the facility. If the Company were unable to obtain a waiver for a breach of covenant and the bank accelerated the payment of any outstanding amounts, such acceleration may cause the Company’s cash position to deteriorate or, if cash on hand were insufficient to satisfy any payment due, may require the Company to obtain alternate financing to satisfy any accelerated payment obligation.
Sovereign Bank Secured Term Note:
The Term Note issued on February 24, 2006 has a term of 7 years with an initial fixed interest rate of 9% which converts to a variable rate on February 28, 2011. From February 28, 2011 until maturity the note will bear interest at the prime rate plus 1.5%, payable on a quarterly basis. Principal of $142,857, plus interest is payable in quarterly installments, with final payment due on March 1, 2013.
MDFA Series A and B Bonds
The proceeds of the sale of the Series A Bonds will be used to finance the previously disclosed Ranor facility acquisition and proposed 19,500 sq. ft. expansion of Ranor’s manufacturing facility located at Bella Drive in Westminster, Massachusetts, and the proceeds of the sale of the Series B Bonds will be used by Ranor to finance acquisitions of qualifying manufacturing equipment installed at the Westminster facility. Under the MLSA and related documents, the Westminster facility secures, and the Company further guarantees, Ranor’s obligations to Sovereign and subsequent holders of the Bonds.
The initial rate of interest on the Series A and B bonds is 1.9606% for a period from the bond date to an including January 31, 2011, and the interest rate thereafter will be 65% times the sum of 275 basis points plus one-month LIBOR. Ranor will be required to make payments of $17,708 and $23,214 with respect to the Loans beginning on February 1, 2011 and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter until the maturity date or earlier redemption of each Bond. The Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds will mature on January 1, 2021 and January 1, 2018, respectively. The Bonds are redeemable pursuant to the MLSA prior to maturity, in whole or in part, on any payment date in accordance with the terms of the MLSA.
In connection with the Bond financing, Ranor and Sovereign entered into the International Swap and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2002 Master Agreement, dated December 30, 2010 (ISDA Master Agreement), pursuant to which the variable interest rates applicable to the loans made to Ranor pursuant to the MLSA were swapped for fixed interest rates of 4.14% on the A bonds and 3.63% on the B bonds. Under the ISDA Master Agreement, Ranor and Sovereign have entered into two swap transactions, each with an effective date of January 3, 2011. The Swaps have notional amounts of $4,250,000 and $1,950,000, respectively, and will terminate on January 4, 2021.
Sovereign Bank Revolving Note:
The Revolving Note bears interest at a variable rate defined as the prime rate, plus 1.5% annually on any outstanding balance. The borrowing limit on the Revolving Note has been limited to the sum of 70% of our eligible accounts receivable plus 40% of eligible inventory up to a maximum borrowing limit of $2,000,000. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010. The facility was renewed on July 30, 2010 and the maturity date changed to July 31, 2011. The Company pays an unused credit line fee 0.25% on the average unused credit line amount in the previous month.
Sovereign Bank Capital Expenditure Note:
The initial borrowing limit under the Capital Expenditure Note was $500,000 and has been amended several times resulting in a borrowing limit of $3,000,000 available under the facility as of November 30, 2009. The facility was subject to renewal on an annual basis. On November 30, 2009, the Company elected not to renew this facility when it terminated because the Company plans to finance any future equipment financing needs on a specific basis rather than under a blanket revolving line of credit. Under the facility, the Company was permitted to borrow 80% of the original purchase cost of qualifying capital equipment. The current rate of interest is based on LIBOR plus 3%. Principal and interest payments are due monthly based on a five year amortization schedule. There was $704,794 outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2010.
Sovereign Bank Staged Advance Note:
The bank may loan to Ranor, during a one year period expiring on March 29, 2011, amounts up to $1,900,000 for the purpose of acquiring a gantry mill machine. The machine will serve as collateral for the loan. The total aggregate amount of advances under this agreement should not exceed 80% of the actual purchase price of the gantry mill machine. All advances provide for a payment of interest only monthly through February 28, 2011, and thereafter no further borrowings will be permitted under this facility. The interest rate is LIBOR plus 4%. Beginning on April 1, 2011, Ranor is obligated to pay principal and interest sufficient to amortize the outstanding balance on a five year schedule. On March and September 29, 2010, Ranor drew down equal amounts of $556,416 under this facility to finance the initial deposit on the purchase of the mill machine. On December 30, 2010 the Company paid down $556,416 of principal with the proceeds from the Series B Bonds and amended the term loan agreement with Sovereign to cap advances at $556,416, with no further advances permitted. At December 31, 2010, there was $556,416 outstanding under this facility. TechPrecision has guaranteed the payment and performance from and by Ranor.
Amalgamated Bank Mortgage Loan:
This mortgage loan was an obligation of WM Realty and was paid off in full in connection with the sale of the Westminster property on December 20, 2010 between Ranor and WM Realty. The mortgage had a term of 10 years, maturing November 1, 2016, and carried an annual interest rate of 6.85% with monthly interest and principal payments of $20,955. The amortization was based on a 30 year term. Under the Purchase Agreement dated December 20, 2010, the parties agreed to share equally in the $91,448 prepayment penalty associated with the early termination of the mortgage that encumbered the property and which was paid off in full in connection with the closing under the WM Realty purchase agreement.
Capital Lease:
The Company also leases certain office equipment under a non-cancelable capital lease. This lease will expire in 2012, and future minimum payments under this lease for annual periods ending on December 31, 2011 and 2012 are $14,124 and $5,772, respectively. Interest payments included in the above total $856 and the present value of all future minimum lease payments total $19,040. Lease payments for capital lease obligations for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 totaled $10,513.
NOTE 8 - INCOME TAXES
For the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded Federal and State income tax expense of $1.5 million and $90,288, respectively. The estimated annual effective tax rate for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 was 37.04%. The difference between the provision for income taxes and the income tax determined by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% and the State of Massachusetts income tax rate of 9.5% was due primarily to differences in the lives and methods used to depreciate and/or amortize our property and equipment, deductions for domestic production activities, share based compensation, and net operating loss carryforwards. During the period ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized a deferred tax asset and a federal tax refund which reduced the tax provision by $287,487, thereby lowering the effective tax rate for the nine month period ending December 31, 2009 to 6.1%.
The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of FASB ASC 740,
Income Taxes
. Based on the weight of available evidence, the Company’s management has determined that it is more likely than not that the current deferred tax assets will be realized. At December 31, 2010, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $177,750. For the period ended December 31, 2010, the total increase in the valuation allowance was $7,632.
At of December 31, 2010, the Company’s federal net operating loss carry-forward was approximately $1.9 million. If not utilized, the federal net operating loss carry-forward of Ranor and TechPrecision will expire in 2025 and 2027, respectively. Furthermore, because of a more than 50% change in ownership from the reverse acquisition in February 2006 as a result of the application of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, the amount of net operating loss carry forward used in any one year in the future is substantially limited.
NOTE 9 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Sale and Lease Agreement
On February 24, 2006, WM Realty borrowed $3,300,000 to finance the purchase of Ranor’s real property and leased the property on which Ranor’s facilities are located pursuant to a net lease agreement. WM Realty was formed solely for this purpose and its partners are stockholders of the Company. The Company considers WM Realty a variable interest entity as defined by the FASB, and is therefore included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
On December 20, 2010, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ranor, Inc., purchased the property located at Bella Drive, Westminster, Massachusetts pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement, by and among the former owner of the property WM Realty (an entity controlled by the Company’s director, Andrew Levy), and Ranor. Prior to consummation of the sale under the Purchase Agreement, the Company had leased the purchased property from WM Realty.
The property includes a 125,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility that serves as Ranor’s primary operating location. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Ranor paid WM Realty $4,275,000 for the property, which price was based on independent, third-party real estate appraisals obtained by the Company. Under the Purchase Agreement, the parties agree to share equally in the $91,448 prepayment penalty associated with early termination of the mortgage that encumbered the property and which was paid off in full in connection with the closing under the Purchase Agreement. In addition, the Purchase Agreement provided for the early termination of Ranor’s lease of the property from WM Realty, pursuant to which Ranor had been paying annual rent of $450,000.
For the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, WM Realty had net loss of $36,206 and net income of $98,614, and made capital distributions of $1.3 million and $140,622, respectively.
NOTE 10 - CAPITAL STOCK
Preferred Stock
The Company has 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock and the board of directors has broad power to create one or more series of preferred stock and to designate the rights, preferences, privileges and limitations of the holders of such series. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has one series of preferred stock - the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
Each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock was initially convertible into one share of common stock, but as a result of the failure to meet the levels of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, the conversion rate changed, and, at December 31, 2010, each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible into 1.3072 shares of common stock, with an effective conversion price of $0.218. Based on the current conversion ratio, there were 12,629,489 common shares underlying the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010.
In addition to the conversion rights described above, the certificate of designation for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock provides that the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or its affiliates will not be entitled to convert the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of common stock or exercise warrants to the extent that such conversion or exercise would result in beneficial ownership by the investor and its affiliates of more than 4.9% of the shares of common stock outstanding after such exercise or conversion. This provision cannot be amended.
Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the investor has the right of first refusal in the event that the Company seeks to raise additional funds through a private placement of securities, other than exempt issuances. The percentage of shares that investors may acquire is based on the ratio of shares held by the investor plus the number of shares issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock owned by the investor to the total of such shares. No dividends are payable with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and no dividends are payable on common stock while Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding. Common stock will not be redeemed while preferred stock is outstanding.
The holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have no voting rights. However, so long as any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not, without the affirmative approval of the holders of 75% of the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding, (a) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (b) authorize or create any class of stock ranking as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation senior to or otherwise pari passu with the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, or any of preferred stock possessing greater voting rights or the right to convert at a more favorable price than the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (c) amend its certificate of incorporation or other charter documents in breach of any of the provisions hereof, (d) increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, or (e) enter into any agreement with respect to the foregoing.
Upon any liquidation the Company is required to pay $0.285 for each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The payment will be made before any payment to holders of any junior securities and after payment to holders of securities that are senior to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The Company had 9,661,482 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010.
Common Stock Purchase Warrants
On December 1, 2007, the Company entered into a contract with a third party pursuant to which the Company issued three-year warrants to purchase 112,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share. Using the Black-Scholes options pricing formula assuming a risk free rate of 5%, volatility of 28.5%, a term of three years, and the price of the common stock on December 1, 2007 of $0.285 per share, the value of the warrant was calculated at $0.0001 per share issuable upon exercise of the warrant, or a total of $11. Since the warrant permitted delivery of unregistered shares, the Company has the control in settling the contract by issuing equity. The cost of warrants was added as additional paid in capital. At March 31, 2010, there were 112,500 warrants issued and outstanding. These warrants lapsed on September 1, 2010 as they were not exercised prior to the expiry of the warrant term.
Common Stock
The Company had 90,000,000 authorized common shares at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, and there were 14,283,346 shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010. On September 30, 2010, we issued 52,500 shares in connection with the exercise of a non-qualified stock option and received proceeds of $15,500 on October 1, 2010 as a result of this transaction.
NOTE 11 - SHARE BASED COMPENSATION
In 2006, the directors adopted, and the stockholders approved, the 2006 long-term incentive plan (Plan) covering 1,000,000 shares of common stock. On August 4, 2010, the plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares. The Plan provides for the grant of incentive and non-qualified options, stock grants, stock appreciation rights and other equity-based incentives to employees, including officers, and consultants. The Plan is to be administered by a committee of not less than two directors each of whom is to be an independent director. In the absence of a committee, the plan is administered by the board of directors. Independent directors are not eligible for discretionary options.
On July 1, 2010, the Company granted stock options to two directors to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share, pursuant to the plan provision following the third anniversary date of each director’s first election to the board. Fifty percent of the shares will vest in nine months and eighteen months from the grant date, respectively.
On August 4, 2010, the Company granted stock options to its CEO and CFO to purchase 1,000,000 and 150,000 shares of common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $0.70 per share, the fair market value on the date of grant. The options will vest in equal amounts over three years on the anniversary of the grant date.
On September 27, 2010, pursuant to the plan, the Company granted options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.82 per share to a new independent director. The grant provided for 30,000 shares to vest immediately on the grant date and 10,000 shares each to vest on September 26, 2011 and 2012.
On December 8, 2010, the Company granted stock options to an employee to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.22 per share, the fair market value on the date of grant. The options will vest in equal amounts over three years on the anniversary of the grant date.
Fair value is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the closing stock prices at the grant date and the weighted average assumptions specific to the underlying options. Expected volatility assumptions are based on the historical volatility of our common stock. The risk-free interest rate was selected based upon yields of five year U.S. Treasury issues. The expected life of the option was estimated at one half of the contractual term of the option and the vesting period. The assumptions utilized for option grants during the period ranged from 85% to 100% for volatility and a risk free interest rate of 1.31% to 2.12%. At December 31, 2010 there were 855,841 shares of common stock available for grant under the Plan.
The following table summarizes information about options for the most recent annual income statements presented:
|
|
Number Of
|
|
|
Weighted
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
|
|
Weighted Average Remaining
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
(in years)
|
Outstanding at 3/31/2010
|
|
|
850,827
|
|
|
$
|
0.558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,260,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(52,500)
|
|
|
$
|
0.295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at 12/31/2010
|
|
|
2.058,327
|
|
|
$
|
0.668
|
|
|
$
|
1,919,325
|
|
7.38
|
Outstanding but not vested 12/31/2010
|
|
|
1,425,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.712
|
|
|
$
|
1,265,000
|
|
9.11
|
Exercisable and vested at 12/31/2010
|
|
|
633,327
|
|
|
$
|
0.567
|
|
|
$
|
654,325
|
|
2.96
|
As of December 31, 2010 there was $539,818 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options. These costs are expected to be recognized over the next three years. The total fair value of shares vested during the period was $120,399.
NOTE 12 - CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS
The Company maintains bank account balances, which, at times, may exceed insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses with these accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash.
At December 31, 2010, there were receivable balances outstanding from three customers comprising 83% of the total receivables balance; the largest balance from a single customer represented 60% of our receivables balance, while the smallest balance from a single customer making up this group was 9%. The Company recorded bad debt expense of $234,999 in connection with a single customer who has failed to make any payments for goods purchased during the 2009 calendar year. The Company has determined that collection efforts will not be successful and has written off the balance related to this receivable in December, 2010.
The Company has been dependent in each year on a small number of customers who generate a significant portion of our business, and these customers change from year to year. To the extent that the Company is unable to generate orders from new customers, it may have difficulty operating profitably. The following table sets forth information as to revenue derived from those customers who accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in the nine months ended:
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Customer
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
$
|
13,451,394
|
|
|
|
56
|
%
|
|
$
|
11,717,071
|
|
|
|
49
|
%
|
|
B
|
|
|
$
|
4,211,343
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,853,692
|
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
NOTE 13 – COMMITMENTS
Operating Leases
Ranor, Inc. has leased its manufacturing, warehouse and office facilities in Westminster, Massachusetts from WM Realty, a variable interest entity, for a term of 15 years, commencing February 24, 2006. For the nine months ended on December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively the Company’s rent expense was $324,194. Since the Company consolidated the operations of WM Realty, a variable interest entity, the rental expense is eliminated in consolidation, the building was carried at cost and depreciation is expensed.
On December 20, 2010, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ranor, Inc., purchased the property in Westminster, Massachusetts pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement, by and among the former owner of the property WM Realty (an entity controlled by the Company’s director, Andrew Levy), and Ranor.
The property includes a 125,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility that serves as Ranor’s primary operating location. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Ranor paid WM Realty $4,275,000 for the property, which price was based on independent, third-party real estate appraisals obtained by the Company. Under the Purchase Agreement, the parties agreed to share equally in the $91,448 prepayment penalty associated with early termination of the mortgage that encumbered the property and which was paid off in full in connection with the closing under the Purchase Agreement. In addition, the Purchase Agreement provided for the early termination of Ranor’s lease of the property from WM Realty, pursuant to which Ranor had been paying annual rent of $450,000.
On February 24, 2009, we entered into a lease for 2,089 square feet of office space in Centreville, Delaware. The lease has a three-year term and provides for initial rent of $2,500 per month, escalating to $3,220 per month in year two and $3,395 per month in year three of the lease. The Company has the option to renew this lease for a period of three years at the end of the lease term.
On November 17, 2010, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Center Valley Parkway Associates, L.P. pursuant to which the Company will lease approximately 3,200 square feet of office space in Center Valley, Pennsylvania to be used as the Company’s corporate headquarters. The Company will take possession of the Property on or around April 1, 2011. Under the Lease, the Company’s payment obligations are deferred until the fifth month after it takes possession, at which time the Company will pay annual rent of approximately $58,850 in equal monthly installments, subject to upward adjustments during each subsequent year of the term of the Lease. In addition to Base Rent, the Company will pay to the Landlord certain operating expenses and other fees in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Payment of Base Rent and other fees under the Lease may be accelerated if the Company fails to satisfy its payment obligations in a timely manner, or otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Lease. The Lease expires sixty-four months after the date of the Lease. The Company may elect to renew the lease for an additional five-year term. The Lease contains customary representations and covenants regarding occupancy, maintenance and care of the Property.
Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases in the aggregate, at December 31, 2010, totaled $302,198. The totals for each annual period ended December 31: 2011 - $60,008, 2012 - $65,640, 2013- $58,850, 2014-58,850, 2015-58,850, and thereafter $39,233.
Employment Agreements
Agreement with Chief Executive Officer
On July 15, 2010, the Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of its nominating committee, appointed Mr. James S. Molinaro to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and as a director on the Board. Mr. Molinaro’s service as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer began on July 21, 2010 and is governed by the terms of an offer letter executed by Mr. Molinaro and the Company dated July 15, 2010. Pursuant to the Offer Letter, Mr. Molinaro is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $300,000 (subject to adjustment by the Board from time to time) and is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of his then-current base salary. In addition to the compensation and severance arrangements described above, the Offer Letter contains customary provisions relating to confidentiality and non-competition, and provides for the execution of an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement, which was executed by the Company and Mr. Molinaro on July 21, 2010. The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K on July 22, 2010, that further details Mr. Molinaro’s employment terms.
The Company has employment agreements with its executive officers. Such agreements, the terms of which expire at various times through February, 2012, provide for minimum salary levels, adjusted annually, as well as for incentive bonuses that are payable if specified company goals are attained. The aggregate annual commitment for future salaries at December 31, 2010, excluding bonuses, was approximately $745,000.
NOTE 14 - EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)
Basic EPS is computed by dividing reported earnings available to stockholders by the weighted average shares outstanding. Diluted EPS also includes the effect of dilutive potential common shares. The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators reflected in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations, as required under FASB ASC 260.
|
|
Three months ended
December 31,
|
|
|
Nine months ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
829,126
|
|
|
$
|
204,697
|
|
|
$
|
2,504,076
|
|
|
$
|
1,400,586
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
|
|
|
14,283,346
|
|
|
|
14,214,542
|
|
|
|
14,248,601
|
|
|
|
14,013,210
|
|
Basic income per share
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
829,126
|
|
|
$
|
204,697
|
|
|
$
|
2,504,076
|
|
|
$
|
1,400,586
|
|
Dilutive effect of stock options, warrants and preferred stock
|
|
|
7,363,422
|
|
|
|
7,233,691
|
|
|
|
6,823,213
|
|
|
|
6,201,092
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares
|
|
|
21,646,768
|
|
|
|
21,448,233
|
|
|
|
21,071,813
|
|
|
|
20,214,302
|
|
Diluted income per share
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
During the nine months ended December 31, 2010 there were 457,500 shares of potentially anti-dilutive stock options and convertible preferred stock, none of which were included in the EPS calculations above.
NOTE 15 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 1, 2011, a Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shareholder elected to convert 382,500 of preferred stock into common stock. The Company issued 500,000 shares of common stock in connection with this conversion. There were 9,278,982 and 14,783,346 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and common stock issued and outstanding at January 31, 2011, respectively.
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Statement Regarding Forward Looking Disclosure
The following discussion of the results of our operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes, which appear elsewhere in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. This quarterly report on Form 10-Q, including this section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” may contain predictive or “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that express our intentions, beliefs, expectations, strategies, predictions or any other statements relating to our future activities or other future events or conditions. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our business based in part on assumptions made by management. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may, and probably will, differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements due to numerous factors. Those factors include those risks discussed in this Item 2 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” in this Form 10-Q and those described in any other filings which we make with the SEC. In addition, such statements could be affected by risks and uncertainties related to our ability to generate business on an on-going business, to obtain any required financing, to receive contract awards from the competitive bidding process, maintain standards to enable us to manufacture products to exacting specifications, enter new markets for our services, market and customer acceptance, our reliance on a small number of customers for a significant percentage of our business, competition, government regulations and requirements, pricing and development difficulties, our ability to make acquisitions and successfully integrate those acquisitions with our business, as well as general industry and market conditions and growth rates, and general economic conditions. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that may arise after the date of this report, except as required by applicable law. Any forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report. Investors should evaluate any statements made by the Company in light of these important factors.
Overview
We offer a full range of services required to transform raw material into precise finished products. Our manufacturing capabilities consist of fabrication operations, which include cutting, press and roll forming, assembly, welding, heat treating, blasting and painting, and machining operations which include CNC (computer numerical controlled) horizontal and vertical milling centers. We also provide support services to our manufacturing capabilities: manufacturing engineering (planning, fixture and tooling development, manufacturability), quality control (inspection and testing), materials procurement, and production control (scheduling, project management and expediting).
All manufacturing is done in accordance with our written quality assurance program, which meets specific national and international codes, standards, and specifications. Ranor holds several certificates of authorization issued by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. The standards used are specific to the customers’ needs, and our manufacturing operations are conducted in accordance with these standards.
During the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, demand for our services was relatively strong. However, recessionary pressures began to affect the requirements of our customers in October 2008. GT Solar, which has been our largest customer for each of the past three fiscal years, slowed production significantly during the second half of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009 and in April 2009, canceled the majority of its outstanding purchase orders. Beginning in December 2009, we began to see an improvement in the volume of requests for quotes and order placements from our customers, including our largest customer and reported that our backlog had reached $21.5 million as of March 31, 2010. We ended the third quarter of the fiscal year ending March 31, 2011 (Fiscal 2011) with an order backlog of $27.2 million. We expect to deliver this backlog during the years ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012. Included in our backlog at December 31, 2010 were $8.8 million of purchase orders from GT Solar.
A significant portion of our revenue is generated by a small number of customers. For the nine months ended December 31, 2010, our largest customer, GT Solar, accounted for 56% of our revenue and BAE Systems accounted for 17% of our revenue. In the year ended March 31, 2010, GT Solar and BAE Systems accounted for approximately 52% and 14% of our revenue, respectively.
The Company historically has experienced, and continues to experience, customer concentration. In any year, it is likely that five to six significant customers (albeit not always the same customers from year to year) will account for 5% to 60% individually and up to 91% in the aggregate of our total annual revenues. A significant loss of business from the Company’s largest customer or a combination of several of our significant customers could result in lower operating profitability and/or operating losses if the Company is unable to replace such lost revenue from other sources. A material, sustained downturn in revenue could make it more challenging for the Company to meet debt covenants under its existing long-term debt agreements. If the Company defaulted on such covenants and was unable to cure the defaults or obtain waivers, the lending bank could choose to accelerate payment of any amounts outstanding under various debt facilities and, under certain circumstances, the bank may be entitled to cancel the facilities. If the bank chose to accelerate our obligations, such acceleration may cause the Company’s cash position to deteriorate or, if cash on hand were insufficient to satisfy any payment due, may require the Company to obtain alternate financing.
Our contracts are generated both through negotiation with customers and from bids made pursuant to a request for proposal. Our ability to receive contract awards is dependent upon the contracting party’s perception of our ability to perform on time, our history of performance, our financial condition and our ability to price our services competitively. Although some of our contracts contemplate the manufacture of one or a limited number of units, we are seeking more long-term projects with a more predictable cost structure. For the nine months ended December 31, 2010, our sales and net income were $24.2 million and $2.5 million, as compared to sales of $23.7 million and net income of $1.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2009. Our gross margin for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 was 32% as compared to 17.8% for the nine months ended December 31, 2009, reflecting increased sales volume and higher capacity utilization during the quarter ended December 31, 2010. A majority of the sales and production volume during the first nine months of fiscal 2011 was attributed to new orders from GT Solar, our largest customer, as well as higher volumes of business from several other customers.
Because our revenues are derived from the sale of goods manufactured pursuant to a contract and we do not sell from inventory, we must constantly seek new contracts. There may be a time lag between our completion of one contract and commencement of work on another contract. During this period, we will continue to incur overhead expense while generating less revenue, resulting in lower operating margins. Furthermore, changes in either the scope of a contract or the delivery schedule may impact the revenue we receive under the contract and the allocation of manpower. Although we provide manufacturing services for large governmental programs, we usually do not work directly for agencies of the United States government. Rather, we perform our services for large governmental contractors and large utility companies. However, our business is dependent in part on the continuation of governmental programs which require the services we provide.
Growth Strategy
Our strategy is to leverage our core competence as a manufacturer of high-precision, large-scale metal fabrications and machined components to expand our business into markets such as clean tech, alternative energy and medical devices, which have shown increasing demand and which we believe could generate higher margins.
Diversifying Our Core Industries
We believe that rising energy demands along with increasing environmental concerns are likely to continue to drive demand in the alternative energy industry, particularly the solar, wind and nuclear power industries. Because of our capabilities and the nature of the equipment required by companies in the alternative energy industries, we intend to focus our services in this sector. We also expect to market our services for medical device applications where customer requirements demand strict tolerances and an ability to manufacture complex heavy equipment.
As a result of both the increased prices of oil and gas and the resulting greenhouse gas emissions, nuclear power may become an increasingly important source of energy. In January 2010, the Obama administration increased the level of government-backed debt guarantees from $18 billion to $56 billion as an incentive to support the construction of new nuclear plants in the U.S. We did not derive any significant revenue from the nuclear power industry during the quarter ended December 31, 2010, but nuclear-related revenues were $1.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 (fiscal 2010). Currently, nuclear-related orders constituted approximately 7% of our December 31, 2010 backlog. Because of our manufacturing capabilities, our certification from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and our historic relationships with suppliers in the nuclear power industry, we believe that we are well positioned to benefit from any increased activity in the nuclear sector. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to develop any significant business from the nuclear industry.
In addition to the nuclear energy industry, we are also exploring potential business applications in the medical industry. These efforts include the development and fabrication of radioactive isotope transportation/storage solutions and the development and fabrication of critical components for proton beam therapy machines designed to be utilized in the treatment of cancer. Net sales from our proton beam therapy customer accounted for $1.7 million and $3.7 million, or 6% and 9.7%, respectively, of our total net sales for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the nine month period ending December 31, 2010, net sales to our proton beam therapy customer were $1.2 million, or 5% of sales.
On November 4, 2010, we announced the formation of a wholly foreign owned enterprise (WFOE), Wuxi Critical Mechanical Components Co., Ltd., to meet growing demand for local manufacture and machining of components in China. We formed this WFOE in consultation with our largest customer in the solar energy industry, and it is based on the significant growth in demand for solar and nuclear energy components in Asia, and especially China. The customer provided us with a conditional $2.9 million initial purchase order for components, which will include materials transferred from Ranor to our WFOE to be machined in China and delivered to the customer. During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the WFOE commenced organizational and start-up activities, and production is expected to as early as the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.
Expansion of Manufacturing Capabilities
In addition to the possible expansion of our existing manufacturing capabilities, we may, from time to time, pursue opportunistic acquisitions to increase and strengthen our manufacturing, marketing, product development and customer diversification. On January 8, 2010, the Company issued a purchase order for the purchase of a gantry mill machine totaling $2.3 million. This purchase commitment represents an investment necessary to refresh and upgrade the Company’s fleet of manufacturing equipment and capabilities. Under this purchase commitment, the Company is obligated to make three equal payments beginning in January 2010 with the final payment to be made upon final delivery approximately one year from the purchase order date. A portion of the proceeds from the municipal bond financing may be used to finance acquisitions of qualifying manufacturing equipment to be installed at the Westminster facility, including remaining payments for the gantry mill machine.
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires our management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements, including all notes thereto, and related disclosures of commitments and contingencies, if any. We rely on historical experience and other assumptions we believe to be reasonable in making our estimates. Actual financial results of the operations could differ materially from such estimates. There have been no significant changes in the assumptions, estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our unaudited financial statements for the three months ended December 31, 2010, from the assumptions, estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our 2010 audited financial statements.
Revenue Recognition and Costs Incurred
We derive revenues from (i) the fabrication of large metal components for our customers; (ii) the precision machining of such large metal components, including incidental engineering services; (iii) the installation of such components at the customers’ locations when the scope of the project requires such installations; and (iv) the procurement of raw materials necessary for the fabrication and machining of components.
Revenue and costs are recognized on the units of delivery method. This method recognizes as revenue the contract price of units of the product delivered during each period and the costs allocable to the delivered units as the cost of earned revenue. When the sales agreements provide for separate billing of engineering services, the revenues for those services are recognized when the services are completed. Costs allocable to undelivered units are reported in the balance sheet as costs incurred on uncompleted contracts. Amounts in excess of agreed upon contract price for customer directed changes, constructive changes, customer delays or other causes of additional contract costs are recognized in contract value if it is probable that a claim for such amounts will result in additional revenue and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Revisions in cost and profit estimates are reflected in the period in which the facts requiring the revision become known and are estimable. The unit of delivery method requires the existence of a contract to provide the persuasive evidence of an arrangement and determinable seller’s price, delivery of the product and reasonable collection prospects. We have written agreements with our customers that specify contract prices and delivery terms. We recognize revenues only when the collection prospects are reasonably assured.
Adjustments to cost estimates are made periodically, and losses expected to be incurred on contracts in progress are charged to operations in the period such losses are determined and are reflected as reductions of the carrying value of the costs incurred on uncompleted contracts. Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts consist of labor, overhead, and materials. Work in process is stated at the lower of cost or market and reflects accrued losses, if required, on uncompleted contracts.
Variable Interest Entity
We have consolidated WM Realty, a variable interest entity controlled by our director, Andrew Levy, from which we leased real property located at Bella Drive, Westminster, Massachusetts. On December 20, 2010, through our wholly owned subsidiary, Ranor, Inc. (Ranor), we purchased this property pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among WM Realty and Ranor. Concurrent with the property purchase, the lease between Ranor and WM Realty was terminated.
Income Taxes
We provide for federal and state income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred because of temporary differences between reporting income and expenses for financial statement purposes versus tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recoverable. The effect of the change in the tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period of the change. A valuation allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce deferred income taxes to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
As of March 31, 2010, our federal net operating loss carry-forward was approximately $1.9 million. If not utilized, the federal net operating loss carry-forwards of Ranor and TechPrecision will expire in 2025 and 2027, respectively. Furthermore, because of the over fifty-percent change in ownership as a consequence of the reverse acquisition in February 2006, the amount of net operating loss carry forward used in any one year in the future is substantially limited.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Results of Operations
Our results of operations are affected by a number of external factors including the availability of raw materials, commodity prices (particularly steel), macro economic factors, including the availability of capital that may be needed by our customers, and political, regulatory and legal conditions in the United States and foreign markets.
Our results of operations are also impacted by a number of other factors including, among other things, success in booking new contracts and when we are able to recognize the related revenue, delays in customer acceptances of our products, delays in deliveries of ordered products and our rate of progress in the fulfillment of our obligations under our contracts. A delay in deliveries or a cancellation of orders would cause us to have inventories in excess of our short-term needs, and may delay our ability to recognize, or prevent us from recognizing, revenue on contracts in our order backlog.
During the nine months ended December 31, 2010, we benefited from renewed orders sourced by our largest customer, GT Solar, which began placing new orders in January 2010, after its significant order cancellation in April 2009. Sales of finished goods to GT Solar during the nine months ended December 31, 2010 totaled $13.5 million as compared to $3.1 million in finished good sales and an inventory transfer of $8.9 million totaling $9.7 million during the same period in the prior year. During the last quarter of the year ended March 31, 2010, we began to see signs of recovery within the solar sector in the form of new production orders placed by our largest customer and a build-up in our sales order backlog. During the nine months ended December 31, 2010, our backlog increased from $21.5 million at March 31, 2010 to $26.4 million as of December 31, 2010. The December 31, 2010 backlog included $7.7 million in orders from GT Solar. The comparable backlog at December 31, 2009 was $14.4 million and included $2.4 million in orders from GT Solar.
Three Months Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
The following table sets forth information from our statements of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, in dollars and as a percentage of revenue (dollars in thousands):
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Changes
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
9,670
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
5,255
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
4,415
|
|
|
|
84
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
6,814
|
|
|
|
70
|
%
|
|
|
4,241
|
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
2,573
|
|
|
|
61
|
%
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
2,856
|
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
|
|
182
|
%
|
Payroll and related costs
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
Professional expense
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
160
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(5)
|
%
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,274
|
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
|
29
|
%
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
1,582
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
--
|
%
|
|
|
1,558
|
|
|
|
6492
|
%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(1)
|
%
|
|
|
(108
|
)
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
%
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
--
|
%
|
|
|
(121
|
)
|
|
|
1008
|
%
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
1,369
|
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
1,441
|
|
|
|
2001
|
%
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
(276
|
)
|
|
|
(6)
|
%
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
(296)
|
%
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
829
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
$
|
204
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
$
|
625
|
|
|
|
306
|
%
|
Net Sales
Net sales increased by $4.4 million, or 84%, to $9.7 million for the three months ended December 31, 2010 when compared to the same period last year. Net sales to our largest customer increased by $3.3 million on a comparative basis, primarily driven because of higher demand for products in the alternative energy markets. Net sales to customers in all other markets were flat when compared to the three months ended December 31, 2009.
Cost of Sales and Gross Margin
Our cost of sales for the three months ended December 31, 2010 increased by $2.6 million to $6.8 million, or 61%, from $4.2 million for the same period in fiscal 2010. The increase in the cost of sales was principally due to an increase in shipments to our customers in the alternative energy markets. Gross profit was $2.9 million or 30% of net sales compared with $1.0 million or 19% of net sales for the three month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The improvement in gross profit over the prior year is due to improved capacity utilization during the three months ended December 31, 2010, primarily driven by increased production activity and the number of projects in progress compared to lower production levels for the same prior year period.
Operating Expenses
Our payroll and related costs were $551,342 for the three months ended December 31, 2010 as compared with $358,841 for the three months ended December 31, 2009. The 54% increase in payroll and related costs was due to a return to full staffing levels at Ranor and executive headcount increases at the corporate level when compared with staffing levels during the same prior year period.
Professional fees increased to $223,753 for the three months ended December 31, 2010 from $104,132 for the three months ended December 31, 2009. This increase of 115% was primarily attributable to an increase in legal costs associated with SEC filings, employment agreements, amendments to the Company’s stock option plan and investigation and structuring of a strategic initiative, and closing costs related to the purchase of the Westminster facility and the related municipal bond financing.
Selling, administrative and other expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2010 were $498,653 compared to $527,133 for three months ended December 31, 2009, representing a decrease of $28,480 or 5%. Increased travel and administrative expenses related to business expansion and development activities were more than offset by the absence of a bad debt expense in fiscal 2011. Bad debt expense of $234,999 was recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2010.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $103,779 and $108,049 for the three months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest expense for the fiscal 2011 period decreased by 4% due to lower average levels of long-term debt. Other finance expenses include a prepayment penalty and write off of deferred costs related to the termination of debt in connection with the purchase of the Westminster facility from WM Realty.
Income Taxes
For the three months ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded tax expense of $540,063 compared with a tax benefit of $276,415 in the fiscal 2010 comparable period last year. The estimated annual effective income tax rate for the current fiscal year is 37%. The difference between the provision for income taxes and the income tax determined by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% and state income tax rate of 6.27% was due primarily to differences in the lives and methods used to depreciate and/or amortize our property and equipment, deductions for domestic production activities, timing differences of expenses related to share based compensation and the expected utilization of net operating loss carryforwards. During the three months ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized a deferred tax asset and a federal tax refund which reduced the tax provision by $287,487.
Net Income
As a result of the factors described above, our net income was $829,126, or $0.06 and $0.04 per share basic and diluted, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2010, compared to net income of $204,697, or $0.01 per share basic and fully diluted, for the three months ended December 31, 2009.
Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
The following table sets forth information from our statements of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, in dollars and as a percentage of revenue (dollars in thousands):
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Changes 2010 to 2009
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
24,205
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
23,692
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
513
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
16,448
|
|
|
|
68
|
%
|
|
|
19,467
|
|
|
|
82
|
%
|
|
|
(3,019
|
)
|
|
|
(16)
|
%
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
7,757
|
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
|
|
4,225
|
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
|
3,532
|
|
|
|
84
|
%
|
Payroll and related costs
|
|
|
1,458
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Professional expense
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
95
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
1,387
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
3,413
|
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
2,426
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
|
41
|
%
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
4,344
|
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
|
1,799
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
2,545
|
|
|
|
141
|
%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
(320)
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
%
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
--
|
%
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
3,977
|
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
|
1,491
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
2,486
|
|
|
|
167
|
%
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
1,473
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
--
|
%
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
1537
|
%
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,504
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,401
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
79
|
%
|
Net Sales
Net sales increased by $513,623, or 2%, to $24.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010. Sales to the Company’s largest customer during the fiscal 2010 second quarter included an $8.9 million one-time inventory transfer triggered by that customer’s April 2009 cancellation of its then open purchase orders. Excluding this one-time inventory transfer in the prior year, sales increased by $9.4 million, or 68%, to $24.2 million from $14.8 million on a comparative basis, primarily driven by higher demand for products in the alternative energy markets. We believe this comparison is useful because the inventory transfer completed during the fiscal 2010 second quarter is unlikely to recur in the near term.
Sales to our largest customer during the nine month period ended December 31, 2010 were $13.5 million compared to $11.7 million during the comparable nine month period ended December 31, 2009. The table below highlights components of net sales for the nine month periods (dollars in millions):
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Inventory transfer to largest customer
|
|
$
|
--
|
|
|
$
|
8.9
|
|
Other sales to largest customer
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Sales to all other customers
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
Total Net sales
|
|
$
|
24.2
|
|
|
$
|
23.7
|
|
Cost of Sales and Gross Margin
Our cost of sales for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 decreased by $3.0 million or 16% to $16.4 million from $19.5 million for the comparative period in fiscal 2010. The decrease in the cost of sales was principally due to the impact of the $8.9 million inventory transfer to our largest customer in the prior year. Excluding the inventory transfer, the cost of sales would have increased by $4.9 million or 43% over the prior year, due to increased production to meet demand from our largest customer. Gross profit was $7.8 million or 32.1% of net sales compared with $4.2 million or 17.8% of net sales for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The improvement in gross profit over the prior year is due to improved capacity utilization during the nine month period ended December 31, 2010. The inventory transfer, which was completed in August 2009, carried a gross margin that was lower than we generally obtain for our processing services and therefore reduced overall gross margin for the nine month period ending December 31, 2009.
Operating Expenses
Payroll and related costs were $1.5 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 as compared with $1.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2009. The $374,425 or 35% increase in payroll and related costs was due primarily to increased headcount in the executive and business development functions and a return to full staffing levels at Ranor during fiscal 2011.
Professional fees increased to $568,496 for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 from $290,755 for the nine months ended December 31, 2009. The increase of $277,741 or 96%, was primarily attributable to an increase in legal costs associated with SEC filings, employment agreements, stock option plan changes, due diligence costs on a strategic opportunity, and costs associated with the purchase of the Westminster property
and the related municipal bond financing
.
Selling, general, and administrative expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 was $1.4 million compared to $1.1 million for nine months ended December 31, 2009, representing an increase of $334,544, or 32%. Primary components of the increase were consulting expenses in connection with our CEO and board of directors search efforts, which concluded during the second quarter of fiscal 2011, and share based compensation expense of $129,399 related to stock options vesting during the nine month period ended December 31, 2010.
Interest Expense
Interest expense increased by 1% for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 to $321,796 compared with $319,601 for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 as average levels of long-term debt and interest rates were relatively unchanged. Other finance expenses include a prepayment penalty and write off of deferred costs related to the termination of debt in connection with the sale and purchase of the Ranor Westminster facility.
Income Taxes
For the nine months ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded tax expense of $1.5 million compared with recorded tax expense for federal and state income tax of $90,288 last year. The estimated annual effective income tax rate for the current fiscal year is 37%. The difference between the provision for income taxes and the income tax determined by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% and the state income tax rate of 6.27% was due primarily to differences in the lives and methods used to depreciate our property and equipment, deductions for domestic production activities, timing differences of expenses related to share based compensation and the expected utilization of net operating loss carryforwards. During the period ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized a deferred tax asset and a federal tax refund which reduced the tax provision by $287,487, thereby lowering the effective tax rate for the nine month period ending December 31, 2009 to 6.1%.
Net Income
As a result of the foregoing, our net income was $2.5 million or $0.18 and $0.12 per share basic and fully diluted, respectively, for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to net income of $1.4 million or $0.10 per share basic and $0.07 fully diluted for the nine months ended December 31, 2009.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2010, we had working capital of $13.5 million as compared with working capital of $13.3 million at March 31, 2010, representing an increase of $170,158 or 1%. The following table sets forth information as to the principal changes in the components of our working capital:
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
December 31,
2010
|
|
|
March 31,
2010
|
|
|
Change
Amount
|
|
|
Percentage
Change
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
8,929
|
|
|
$
|
8,774
|
|
|
$
|
155
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
3,112
|
|
|
|
2,693
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts
|
|
|
5,376
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,626
|
|
|
|
95
|
%
|
Raw material inventories
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
(106)
|
|
|
|
(35)
|
%
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
(237
|
)
|
|
|
(59)
|
%
|
Deferred tax asset
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
(41)
|
%
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,617
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
264
|
%
|
Accrued expenses and taxes
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Current maturity of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,372
|
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
|
70
|
%
|
Progress billings in excess of cost of uncompleted contracts
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
|
1300
|
%
|
Cash provided by operations was $2.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 as compared with cash used in operations of $1.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2009. The increase in cash flows from operations is primarily the result of an increase in net income, an increase in
share based compensation and a reduction in deferred tax assets when compared to the same period in the last fiscal year. An increase in manufacturing activity also led to a higher balance of costs allocable to undelivered units incurred on uncompleted projects during the period. Accounts payable and deferred revenue have increased since March 31, 2010 reflecting an increase in manufacturing activity and purchases during the period.
The Company invested $781,052 in new equipment and received proceeds of $60,000 from the sale of equipment during the nine months ended December 31, 2010. On January 8, 2010, the Company issued a purchase order for the purchase of a gantry mill totaling $2.3 million. The Company made its first payment in fiscal 2010 and its second payment of $695,520 in the period ended September 30, 2010. The Company is committed to make one more payment during fiscal 2011, with final payment due upon delivery which is anticipated to occur during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.
A portion of the proceeds from the municipal bond financing may be used to finance acquisitions of qualifying manufacturing equipment to be installed at the Westminster facility, including remaining payments for the gantry mill.
Net cash used in financing activities was $1.4 million for the period ended December 31, 2010 as compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $285,930 for the period ended December 31, 2009. We borrowed $3.1 million under a new bond agreement with the Massachusetts Development Financing Agency, administered by Sovereign bank, and used the proceeds to repurchase land and building owned by a consolidated VIE, WM Realty. In addition, we borrowed an additional $0.6 million under the same agreement to refinance debt under a capital equipment line of credit used to fund the second payment on the gantry mill noted above. In addition, we paid down $694,309 of principal under an existing capital expenditure facility and $428,571 of principal on a term loan with Sovereign bank, and our consolidated VIE, WM Realty, distributed $1.3 million to its partners. During the same period in the prior year, the Company borrowed $0.9 million under its capital expenditure facility to finance equipment placed in service during fiscal 2010.
All of the above activity resulted in a net increase in cash of $154,286 for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 compared with a $1.1 million cash decrease for the nine months ended December 31, 2009.
Debt Facilities
On December 30, 2010, the Company and Ranor completed a $6,200,000 tax exempt bond financing with the Massachusetts Development Finance Authority (MDFA) pursuant to which the MDFA sold to Sovereign Bank MDFA Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010A in the original aggregate principal amount of $4,250,000 (Series A Bonds) and MDFA Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010B in the original aggregate principal amount of $1,950,000 (Series B Bonds) and loaned the proceeds of such sale to Ranor under the terms of that certain Mortgage Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, by and among the Company, Ranor, MDFA and Sovereign (as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent thereunder) (the MLSA).
The proceeds of the sale of the Series A Bonds may be used to finance the previously disclosed acquisition and a proposed 19,500 sq. ft. expansion of Ranor’s manufacturing facility located at Bella Drive in Westminster, Massachusetts, and the proceeds of the sale of the Series B Bonds may be used by Ranor to finance acquisitions of qualifying manufacturing equipment installed at the Westminster facility. Under the MLSA and related documents, the Westminster facility secures, and we further guarantee, Ranor’s obligations to Sovereign and subsequent holders of the Bonds.
We have a loan and security agreement with Sovereign Bank, dated February 24, 2006, pursuant to which we borrowed $4.0 million on a term loan basis in connection with our acquisition of Ranor (Loan Agreement). As a result of amendments to the loan and security agreement, we added a $2.0 million revolving credit facility, which was renewed on July 30, 2010 for an additional one-year term. At December 31, 2010 there were no borrowings under the revolving note and maximum available under the borrowing formula was $2.0 million.
The term note issued on February 24, 2006 has a term of seven years with an initial fixed interest rate of 9%. The interest rate on the term note converts from a fixed rate of 9% to a variable rate on February 28, 2011. From February 28, 2011 until maturity the term note will bear interest at the prime rate plus 1.5%, payable on a quarterly basis. Principal is payable in quarterly installments of $142,857 plus interest, with a final payment due on March 1, 2013. The balance outstanding on the term note as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010 was $1.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
The term note is subject to various covenants that include the following: the loan collateral comprises all personal property of the Company, including cash, accounts receivable inventories, equipment, financial and intangible assets. The Company must also maintain a ratio of earnings available to cover fixed charges of at least 120% of the fixed charges for the rolling four quarters, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter. Additionally, we must maintain an interest coverage ratio of at least 2.1 at the end of each fiscal quarter. Ranor’s obligations under the notes to the bank are guaranteed by TechPrecision.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as the ratio of earnings available to cover fixed charges was 273% and the interest coverage ratio was 13:1. In the event of default (which default may occur in connection with a non-waived breach), the lending bank may choose to accelerate payment of any amounts outstanding under the Term Note and, under certain circumstances, the bank may be entitled to cancel the facility. If the Company were unable to obtain a waiver for a breach of covenant and the bank accelerated the payment of any outstanding amounts, such acceleration may cause the Company’s cash position to deteriorate or, if cash on hand were insufficient to satisfy any payment due, may require the Company to obtain alternate financing to satisfy any accelerated payment obligation.
In connection with the December 30, 2010 financing, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ranor, Inc., executed an Eighth Amendment to the Loan Agreement. The Eighth Amendment incorporates Ranor’s borrowing of the Bond proceeds into the borrowings covered by the Loan Agreement and provides that the Company and Ranor must, on a consolidated basis, agree to maintain a debt to equity leverage ratio of less than 3:1 for so long as any amounts are outstanding under the Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s consolidated debt to equity ratio was 0.70 and was in compliance with the debt covenant. Ranor’s obligations under the notes to the bank are guaranteed by TechPrecision.
We also had a $3.0 million capital expenditure facility which was available until November 30, 2009. The capital expenditure facility was not renewed upon its expiration on November 30, 2009 as the Company intends to finance future equipment purchases on a specific item basis. We paid interest only on borrowings under the capital expenditures line until November 30, 2009, at which time the principal balance is amortized over five years, commencing December 31, 2009. The interest on borrowings under the capital expenditure line was equal to the prime rate plus 0.5% through and including November 30, 2009 and thereafter at LIBOR, plus 3%. Any unpaid balance on the capital expenditures facility is to be paid on November 30, 2014. As of December 31, 2010, there was $704,794 outstanding under this facility.
Under a Staged Advance Facility, the bank agreed to loan Ranor, during a one year period expiring on March 29, 2011, amounts up to $1,900,000 for the purpose of acquiring a gantry mill machine. The machine will serve as collateral for the loan. The total aggregate amount of advances under this agreement should not exceed 80% of the actual purchase price of the mill machine. All advances provide for payment of interest only monthly through February 28, 2011, and thereafter no further borrowings shall be permitted under this facility. The interest rate is LIBOR plus 4%. Beginning on April 1, 2011, Ranor is obligated to pay principal and interest sufficient to amortize the outstanding balance on a five year schedule. On March 29, 2010 and September 30, 2010, Ranor drew down equal amounts of $556,416 under this facility to finance the purchase of the gantry mill machine. On December 30, 2010, the Company paid down principal of $556,416 with proceeds from the Series B Bonds, and amended the term loan agreement with Sovereign to cap advances at $556,416, with no further advances permitted. TechPrecision has guaranteed the payment and performance from and by Ranor.
We believe that the $2.0 million revolving credit facility, renewed on July 30, 2010 and unused as of December 31, 2010, our capacity to access equipment-specific financing, plus our current cash balance of $8.9 million and ability to generate cash from operations, should be sufficient to enable us to satisfy our cash requirements at least through the end of calendar year 2011. Nevertheless, it is possible that we may require additional funds to the extent that we upgrade or expand our manufacturing facilities.
The securities purchase agreement pursuant to which we sold the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to Barron Partners provides Barron Partners with a right of first refusal on future equity financings, which may affect our ability to raise funds from other sources if the need arises. In the event that we make an acquisition, we may require additional financing for the acquisition. We have no commitment from any party for additional funds, however, the terms of our agreement with Barron Partners, particularly the right of first refusal, may impair our ability to raise capital in the equity markets to the extent that potential investors would be reluctant to negotiate a financing when another party has a right to match the terms of the financing. We have no off-balance sheet assets or liabilities.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2010, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act)).
Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure
Based upon that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2010, to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Controls
During the three months ended December 31, 2010, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
PART II: OTHER INFORMATION
Item 6. Exhibits
(a) Exhibits.
Exhibit No.
|
Description
|
4.1*
|
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue Series 2010a, dated December 30, 2010, in the principal amount of $4,250,000.
|
|
|
4.2*
|
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue Series 2010b, dated December 30, 2010, in the principal amount of $1,950,000.
|
|
|
10.1*
|
Lease Agreement, dated November 17, 2010, by and among Center Valley Parkway Associates, L.P. and TechPrecision Corporation.
|
|
|
10.2*
|
Amended and Restated 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (adopted November 22, 2010).
|
|
|
10.3*
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 20, 2010, by and among WM Realty Management LLC and Ranor, Inc.
|
|
|
10.4*
|
Eighth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and among Ranor, Inc. and Sovereign Bank.
|
|
|
10.5*
|
Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 1, 2010, by and among Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, Ranor, Inc. and Sovereign Bank.
|
|
|
10.6*
|
ISDA Master Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and among Sovereign Bank and Ranor, Inc.
|
|
|
10.7*
|
Bond Purchase Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and among Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, Ranor, Inc. and Sovereign Bank.
|
|
|
31.1*
|
Rule 13a-14(a) certification of chief executive officer
|
|
|
31.2*
|
Rule 13a-14(a) certification of chief financial officer
|
|
|
32.1*
|
Section 1350 certification of chief executive and chief financial officers
|
* -- Filed herewith.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
|
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
(Registrant)
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 14, 2011
|
By:
|
/s/ James S. Molinaro
|
|
|
James S. Molinaro
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard F. Fitzgerald
|
|
|
Richard F. Fitzgerald
Chief Financial Officer
(duly authorized officer and principal financial officer)
|
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
|
Description
|
4.1
|
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue Series 2010a, dated December 30, 2010, in the principal amount of $4,250,000.
|
|
|
4.2
|
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue Series 2010b, dated December 30, 2010, in the principal amount of $1,950,000.
|
|
|
10.1
|
Lease Agreement, dated November 17, 2010, by and among Center Valley Parkway Associates, L.P. and TechPrecision Corporation.
|
|
|
10.2
|
Amended and Restated 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (adopted November 22, 2010).
|
|
|
10.3
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 20, 2010, by and among WM Realty Management LLC and Ranor, Inc.
|
|
|
10.4
|
Eighth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and among Ranor, Inc. and Sovereign Bank.
|
|
|
10.5
|
Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 1, 2010, by and among Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, Ranor, Inc. and Sovereign Bank.
|
|
|
10.6
|
ISDA Master Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and among Sovereign Bank and Ranor, Inc.
|
|
|
10.7
|
Bond Purchase Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and among Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, Ranor, Inc. and Sovereign Bank.
|
|
|
31.1
|
Rule 13a-14(a) certification of chief executive officer
|
|
|
31.2
|
Rule 13a-14(a) certification of chief financial officer
|
|
|
32.1
|
Section 1350 certification of chief executive and chief financial officers
|
27
Exhibit 4.1
Registered No. R-A-l
|
$4,250,000
|
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 2010a
INITIAL LIBOR RATE:
|
One and 9606/10000 Percent (1.9606%) Per Annum
|
MATURITY DATE:
|
January 1, 2021
|
DATE OF THIS BOND:
|
December 30, 2010 (Date as of which the Bonds were initially issued.)
|
INITIAL RATE PERIOD:
|
From the date of this Bond to and including January 31, 2011.
|
PAYMENT DATES:
|
February 1, 2011 and the first (1 st) day of each month thereafter to the MATURITY DATE or earlier redemption in full.
|
DATE OF REGISTRATION:
|
December 30, 2010 REGISTERED OWNER: Sovereign Bank
|
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:
|
FOUR MILLION TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS
|
THIS BOND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A GENERAL OBLIGATION OF THE MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY OR A DEBT OR PLEDGE OF THE FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS; THE PRINCIPAL OF AND INTEREST AND PREMIUM, IF ANY, ON THIS BOND ARE PAYABLE SOLELY FROM THE REVENUES AND FUNDS PLEDGED FOR THEIR PAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MORTGAGE, LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. THE AGENCY HAS NO TAXING POWER UNDER THE ACT.
The Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (the “
Agency
”), for value received promises to pay to the REGISTERED OWNER of this bond, or registered assigns, but solely from the moneys to be provided under the Agreement mentioned below, in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds, the PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, in installments in the amounts as set forth on Schedule 1, commencing on February 1, 2011, and on each PAYMENT DATE thereafter, with the remaining principal balance due on the MATURITY DATE, unless paid earlier as provided below, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year based on the actual number of days elapsed) on the PRINCIPAL AMOUNT outstanding from the most recent PAYMENT DATE to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the DATE OF THIS BOND, at the INITIAL LIBOR RATE per annum during the INITIAL RATE PERIOD, and thereafter at the LIBOR Rate (as defined below) per annum, as determined below for each Rate Period (as defined below), payable on each PAYMENT DATE, until the date on which this bond becomes due, whether at maturity or by acceleration or redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an Event of Taxability occurs, the interest rate in effect on the Series A Bonds from and after the Date of Taxability shall be the Taxable Rate and following an Event of Default, the interest rate in effect on the Series A Bonds shall be the Default Rate. The Agency also shall pay to the Bondowner, but only from amounts available under the Agreement, a late charge for any payment of principal or interest not paid within fifteen (15) days following the date such payment is due equal to five percent (5.0%) of the amount of any such payment.
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this bond shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement (the “
Agreement
”), dated as of December 1, 2010, by and among the Agency, Ranor, Inc. (the “
Borrower
”), and Sovereign Bank, as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent (the “
Disbursing Agent
”). As used in this bond, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“
Effective Date
” means the date on which a new Rate Period takes effect. The first Effective Date shall be February 1, 2011 and thereafter shall be the first (1st) day of each month thereafter.
“
LIBOR
” means the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/32 of one percent) for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a one-month period, which appears on the day that is two London Banking Days preceding the next Effective Date as of 11:00 a.m. London time (x) on the Telerate Page 3750 or (y) if such rate does not appear on the Telerate Page 3750, then as determined by the Bank from another recognized source or interbank quotation. In the event that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall impose a Reserve Percentage with respect to LIBOR deposits of the REGISTERED OWNER of this bond, then for any period during which such Reserve Percentage shall apply, LIBOR shall be equal to the amount determined above divided by an amount equal to 1 minus the Reserve Percentage.
“
LIBOR Rate
” means 65% times the sum of (i) the Spread plus (ii) LIBOR.
“
Rate Period
” means, when used with respect to any particular LIBOR Rate, the period during which such rate of interest determined for the Bonds will remain in effect as described herein, which shall be the period commencing on each Effective Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month. A new interest rate shall take effect on each Effective Date.
“
Reserve Percentage
” means the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves), which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in Regulation D.
“
Spread
” means 275 basis points.
The record date for payment of interest is the Business Day preceding the date on which the interest is to be paid; provided that, with respect to overdue interest or interest payable on redemption of this bond other than on a PAYMENT DATE or interest on any overdue amount, the Disbursing Agent may establish a special record date. The special record date may not be more than five (5) days before the date set for payment. The Disbursing Agent will mail notice of a special record date to the Bondowner at least seven (7) days before the special record date. The Disbursing Agent will promptly certify to the Agency that it has mailed such notice to the Bondowner, and such certificate will be conclusive evidence that such notice was given in the manner required hereby.
This bond is one of a series of bonds (the “
Series A Bonds
”), in the aggregate principal amount of $4,250,000, being issued by the Agency under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 23 G, as amended, and resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of the Agency, which resolutions also authorize the execution and delivery of the Agreement. The Series A Bonds are being issued pursuant to the Agreement. Simultaneously with the issuance of the Series A Bonds, the Agency is issuing its $1,950,000 Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010B (the “
Series B Bonds
,” and together with the Series A Bonds, the “
Bonds
”). Pursuant to the Agreement, the Agency is loaning the proceeds of the Bonds to the Borrower for the purpose of financing and refinancing the Project (as defined in the Agreement). The Borrower has agreed to repay the borrowing in the amounts and at the times necessary to enable the Agency to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds, and the Agency has assigned its rights to receive such funds to the Bondowner, subject to the provisions of the Agreement. Reference is made to the Agreement for a description of the funds pledged and the rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities of the Borrower, the Agency and the Bondowner, including the order of payments in the event of insufficient funds. The Agreement may be amended to the extent and in the manner provided therein.
In case any Event of Default (as defined in the Agreement) occurs, the principal amount of this bond together with accrued interest may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Agreement.
The Series A Bonds are redeemable pursuant to the Agreement prior to maturity, as a whole or in part on any PAYMENT DATE, in inverse order of principal installments due, at their principal amounts, without premium, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, (i) at the direction of the Borrower, (ii) from excess proceeds on deposit in the Project Fund created under the Agreement upon completion or termination of the Project, and (iii) in the event of a substantial loss to the Mortgaged Property, as defined in the Agreement, from insurance or condemnation award proceeds allocable to the Series A Bonds.
If less than all of the Outstanding Series A Bonds are to be called for redemption, the Series A Bonds to be redeemed will be selected by the Disbursing Agent by lot.
In the event this bond is selected for redemption, notice will be mailed not less than twenty (20) days prior to the redemption date to the REGISTERED OWNER at its address shown on the registration books maintained by the Disbursing Agent. Failure to mail notice to the owner of any other Series A Bond or any defect in the notice to such an owner shall not affect the redemption of this bond.
If this bond is of a denomination in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), portions of the principal amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) may be redeemed. If less than all of the principal amount is to be redeemed, upon surrender of this bond to the Disbursing Agent, there will be issued to the REGISTERED OWNER, without charge, a new bond or bonds, at the option of the REGISTERED OWNER, for the unredeemed principal amount.
Notice of redemption having been duly mailed, this bond, or the portion called for redemption, will become due and payable on the redemption date at the applicable redemption price and, the redemption price having been paid or moneys for the redemption having been deposited with the Disbursing Agent, from and after the date fixed for redemption interest on this bond (or such portion) will no longer accrue.
This bond is transferable by the REGISTERED OWNER, subject to the provisions of the Agreement, in person or by its attorney duly authorized in writing, at the office of the Disbursing Agent set forth above, upon surrender of this bond to the Disbursing Agent for cancellation. Upon the transfer, a new bond or bonds of the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the transferee at the same office. No transfer will be effective unless represented by such surrender and reissue. This bond may also be exchanged at the office of the Disbursing Agent for a new bond or bonds of the same aggregate principal amount without transfer to a new registered owner. Exchanges and transfers will be without expense to the holder except for applicable taxes or other governmental charges, if any. The Disbursing Agent will not be required to make an exchange or transfer of this bond during the thirty (30) days preceding (i) any date fixed for redemption if this bond (or any part thereof) is eligible to be selected or has been selected for the redemption and (ii) the MATURITY DATE.
The Bonds are issuable only in fully registered form in the minimum denomination of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).
The Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower may treat the REGISTERED OWNER as the absolute owner of this bond for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
Neither the members of the Agency nor any Person executing this bond are liable personally hereon or subject to any personal liability or accountability by reason of the issuance hereof.
Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, this bond is subject to mandatory tender by the REGISTERED OWNER on the Purchase Date at a price (the “
Purchase Price
”) equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount Outstanding, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Purchase Date, unless the REGISTERED OWNER shall give the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower notice of its election to retain this bond by delivery to the Borrower, with a copy to the Agency and the Disbursing Agent, of a written notice substantially in the form of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice set forth herein, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Purchase Date. Upon receipt of the copy of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice, the Disbursing Agent shall give notice to any other Bondowner of the receipt of such Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Purchase Date. In the event there is more than one Bondowner and the registered owners of Bonds representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding elect not to tender their Bonds for purchase, each Bondowner shall be deemed to have agreed irrevocably to retain their Bonds and that the Bonds shall not be subject to mandatory tender on the applicable Purchase Date. If the Borrower does not receive at least thirty (30) days prior to a Purchase Date Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notices from Bondowners representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding, then the Bonds will be subject to mandatory tender and purchased on the applicable Purchase Date. THE OWNER OF THIS BOND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO SELL AND SURRENDER THIS BOND AT THE PURCHASE PRICE TO ANY PURCHASER DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT IN THE EVENT OF A MANDATORY TENDER AND, ON THE PURCHASE DATE, TO SURRENDER THIS BOND TO THE AGENCY FOR PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price of this bond shall be paid to the REGISTERED OWNER by the Borrower on the Delivery Date, which shall be the Purchase Date or any subsequent Business Day on which this bond is delivered to the Agency for cancellation, with a copy to the Borrower. The Purchase Price of this bond shall be paid only upon surrender of this bond to the Agency as provided herein. From and after the Purchase Date, no further interest on this bond shall be payable to the REGISTERED OWNER, provided that there are sufficient funds available on the Purchase Date to pay the Purchase Price. Payment of the Purchase Price of this bond to the REGISTERED OWNER shall be made by the Borrower on the Purchase Date, if presentation and surrender of this bond to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, is made prior to 10:00 a.m. Boston, Massachusetts time on the Purchase Date, or on such later Business Day upon which presentation and surrender of this bond to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, is made prior to 10:00 a.m. Boston, Massachusetts time.
This bond will not be valid until the Certificate of Disbursing Agent has been signed by the Disbursing Agent.
|
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY (SEAL)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Steven Chilton
|
CERTIFICATE OF DISBURSING AGENT
This bond is one of the Bonds described in the Agreement.
|
SOVEREIGN BANK, as Disbursing Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
ASSIGNMENT
For value received the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers this bond to
|
(Name and Address of Assignee)
|
|
|
|
Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Assignee
|
and irrevocably appoints _________________ attorney-in-fact to transfer it on the books kept for registration of the bond, with full power of substitution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written on the face of the bond without alteration or enlargement or other change.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guaranteed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participant in a Recognized
Signature Guarantee Medallion
Program
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 1
Schedule of Principal Payments
Payment Date
|
Principal Payment
|
l-Feb-2011
|
$17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2011
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2012
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2013
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2014
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2015
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2016
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2017
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-M-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2018
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2019
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Feb-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Mar-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Apr-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-May-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jun-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jul-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Aug-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Sep-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Oct-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Nov-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Dec-2020
|
17,708.33
|
l-Jan-2021
|
17,708.33
|
|
$2,142,708.73
|
NON-TENDER ELECTION NOTICE
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 2010A
Principal Amount
Bond Numbers
Purchase Date
The undersigned hereby certifies that it is the registered owner of the Bonds described above (the “
Non-Tendered Bonds
”), and hereby agrees that the delivery of this instrument to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower constitutes an irrevocable election to retain the Non-Tendered Bonds and not to sell the Non-Tendered Bonds to the Borrower or its designee on the Purchase Date; provided, however, that the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that if there is more than one Bondowner, then the Non-Tendered Bonds nonetheless shall be subject to purchase by the Borrower or its designee on the Purchase Date unless the Owners of more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds elect not to tender their Bonds for purchase on the next Purchase Date. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the foregoing provision and subject to all other rights of the undersigned contained in the Bonds, this election notice is irrevocable.
Except as otherwise indicated herein and unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, providing for the issuance of the Bonds.
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
Signature(s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Street City State Zip
|
|
IMPORTANT: The above signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as set forth on the face of the Non-Tendered Bond(s) with respect to which this Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice is being delivered without any change whatsoever. If this notice is signed by a person other than the registered owner of any Non-Tendered Bond(s), the Non-Tendered Bond(s) must be either endorsed on the Assignment appearing on each Bond or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner or owners appear on the bond register. The method of presenting this notice to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower is the choice of the person making such presentation. If it is made by mail, it should be by registered mail with return receipt requested.
Exhibit 4.2
Registered No. R-B-l
|
$1,950,000
|
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
Revenue Bonds Ranor Issue, Series 201 OB
INITIAL LIBOR RATE:
|
One and 9606/10000 Percent (1.9606%) Per Annum
|
MATURITY DATE:
|
January 1, 2018
|
DATE OF THIS BOND:
|
December 30, 2010
|
|
(Date as of which the Bonds were initially issued.)
|
INITIAL RATE PERIOD:
|
From the date of this Bond to and including January 31 2011.
|
PAYMENT DATES:
|
February 1, 2011 and the first (1st) day of each month thereafter to the MATURITY DATE or earlier redemption in full.
|
DATE OF REGISTRATION:
|
December 30, 2010 REGISTERED OWNER: Sovereign Bank
|
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:
|
ONE MILLIONS NINE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS
|
THIS BOND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A GENERAL OBLIGATION OF THE MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY OR A DEBT OR PLEDGE OF THE FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS; THE PRINCIPAL OF AND INTEREST AND PREMIUM, IF ANY, ON THIS BOND ARE PAYABLE SOLELY FROM THE REVENUES AND FUNDS PLEDGED FOR THEIR PAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MORTGAGE, LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. THE AGENCY HAS NO TAXING POWER UNDER THE ACT.
The Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (the “
Agency
”), for value received promises to pay to the REGISTERED OWNER of this bond, or registered assigns, but solely from the moneys to be provided under the Agreement mentioned below, in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds, the PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, in installments in the amounts as set forth on Schedule 1, commencing on February 1, 2011, and on each PAYMENT DATE thereafter, with the remaining principal balance due on the MATURITY DATE, unless paid earlier as provided below, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year based on the actual number of days elapsed) on the PRINCIPAL AMOUNT outstanding from the most recent PAYMENT DATE to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the DATE OF THIS BOND, at the INITIAL LIBOR RATE per annum during the INITIAL RATE PERIOD, and thereafter at the LIBOR Rate (as defined below) per annum, as determined below for each Rate Period (as defined below), payable on each PAYMENT DATE, until the date on which this bond becomes due, whether at maturity or by acceleration or redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an Event of Taxability occurs, the interest rate in effect on the Series B Bonds from and after the Date of Taxability shall be the Taxable Rate and following an Event of Default, the interest rate in effect on the Series B Bonds shall be the Default Rate. The Agency also shall pay to the Bondowner, but only from amounts available under the Agreement, a late charge for any payment of principal or interest not paid within fifteen (15) days following the date such payment is due equal to five percent (5.0%) of the amount of any such payment.
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this bond shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement (the “
Agreement
”), dated as of December 1, 2010, by and among the Agency, Ranor, Inc. (the “
Borrower
”), and Sovereign Bank, as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent (the “
Disbursing Agent
”). As used in this bond, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“
Effective Date
” means the date on which a new Rate Period takes effect. The first Effective Date shall be February 1, 2011 and thereafter shall be the first (1st) day of each month thereafter.
“
LIBOR
” means the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/32 of one percent) for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a one-month period, which appears on the day that is two London Banking Days preceding the next Effective Date as of 11:00 a.m. London time (x) on the Telerate Page 3750 or (y) if such rate does not appear on the Telerate Page 3750, as determined by the Bank from another recognized source or interbank quotation. In the event that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall impose a Reserve Percentage with respect to LIBOR deposits of the REGISTERED OWNER of this bond, then for any period during which such Reserve Percentage shall apply, LIBOR shall be equal to the amount determined above divided by an amount equal to 1 minus the Reserve Percentage.
“
LIBOR Rate
” means 65% times the sum of (i) the Spread plus (ii) LIBOR.
“
Rate Period
” means, when used with respect to any particular LIBOR Rate, the period during which such rate of interest determined for the Bonds will remain in effect as described herein, which shall be the period commencing on each Effective Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month. A new interest rate shall take effect on each Effective Date.
“
Reserve Percentage
” means the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves), which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in Regulation D.
“
Spread
” means 275 basis points.
The record date for payment of interest is the Business Day preceding the date on which the interest is to be paid; provided that, with respect to overdue interest or interest payable on redemption of this bond other than on a PAYMENT DATE or interest on any overdue amount, the Disbursing Agent may establish a special record date. The special record date may not be more than five (5) days before the date set for payment. The Disbursing Agent will mail notice of a special record date to the Bondowner at least seven (7) days before the special record date. The Disbursing Agent will promptly certify to the Agency that it has mailed such notice to the Bondowner, and such certificate will be conclusive evidence that such notice was given in the manner required hereby.
This bond is one of a series of bonds (the “
Series B Bonds
”), in the aggregate principal amount of $1,950,000, being issued by the Agency under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 23 G, as amended, and resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of the Agency, which resolutions also authorize the execution and delivery of the Agreement. The Series B Bonds are being issued pursuant to the Agreement. Simultaneously with the issuance of the Series B Bonds, the Agency is issuing its $4,250,000 Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010A (the “
Series A Bonds
,” and together with the Series B Bonds, the “
Bonds
”). Pursuant to the Agreement, the Agency is loaning the proceeds of the Bonds to the Borrower for the purpose of financing and refinancing the Project (as defined in the Agreement). The Borrower has agreed to repay the borrowing in the amounts and at the times necessary to enable the Agency to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds, and the Agency has assigned its rights to receive such funds to the Bondowner, subject to the provisions of the Agreement. Reference is made to the Agreement for a description of the funds pledged and the rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities of the Borrower, the Agency and the Bondowner, including the order of payments in the event of insufficient funds. The Agreement may be amended to the extent and in the manner provided therein.
In case any Event of Default (as defined in the Agreement) occurs, the principal amount of this bond together with accrued interest may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Agreement.
The Series B Bonds are redeemable pursuant to the Agreement prior to maturity, as a whole or in part on any PAYMENT DATE, in inverse order of principal installments due, at their principal amounts, without premium, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, (i) at the direction of the Borrower, (ii) from excess proceeds on deposit in the Project Fund created under the Agreement upon completion or termination of the Project, and (iii) in the event of a substantial loss to the Mortgaged Property, as defined in the Agreement, from insurance or condemnation award proceeds allocable to the Series B Bonds.
If less than all of the Outstanding Series B Bonds are to be called for redemption, the Series B Bonds to be redeemed will be selected by the Disbursing Agent by lot.
In the event this bond is selected for redemption, notice will be mailed not less than twenty (20) days prior to the redemption date to the REGISTERED OWNER at its address shown on the registration books maintained by the Disbursing Agent. Failure to mail notice to the owner of any other Series B Bond or any defect in the notice to such an owner shall not affect the redemption of this bond.
If this bond is of a denomination in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), portions of the principal amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) may be redeemed. If less than all of the principal amount is to be redeemed, upon surrender of this bond to the Disbursing Agent, there will be issued to the REGISTERED OWNER, without charge, a new bond or bonds, at the option of the REGISTERED OWNER, for the unredeemed principal amount.
Notice of redemption having been duly mailed, this bond, or the portion called for redemption, will become due and payable on the redemption date at the applicable redemption price and, the redemption price having been paid or moneys for the redemption having been deposited with the Disbursing Agent, from and after the date fixed for redemption interest on this bond (or such portion) will no longer accrue.
This bond is transferable by the REGISTERED OWNER, subject to the provisions of the Agreement, in person or by its attorney duly authorized in writing, at the office of the Disbursing Agent set forth above, upon surrender of this bond to the Disbursing Agent for cancellation. Upon the transfer, a new bond or bonds of the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the transferee at the same office. No transfer will be effective unless represented by such surrender and reissue. This bond may also be exchanged at the office of the Disbursing Agent for a new bond or bonds of the same aggregate principal amount without transfer to a new registered owner. Exchanges and transfers will be without expense to the holder except for applicable taxes or other governmental charges, if any. The Disbursing Agent will not be required to make an exchange or transfer of this bond during the thirty (30) days preceding (i) any date fixed for redemption if this bond (or any part thereof) is eligible to be selected or has been selected for the redemption and (ii) the MATURITY DATE.
The Bonds are issuable only in fully registered form in the minimum denomination of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).
The Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower may treat the REGISTERED OWNER as the absolute owner of this bond for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
Neither the members of the Agency nor any Person executing this bond are liable personally hereon or subject to any personal liability or accountability by reason of the issuance hereof.
Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, this bond is subject to mandatory tender by the REGISTERED OWNER on each Purchase Date at a price (the “
Purchase Price
”) equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount Outstanding, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Purchase Date, unless the REGISTERED OWNER shall give the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower notice of its election to retain this bond by delivery to the Borrower, with a copy to the Agency and the Disbursing Agent, of a written notice substantially in the form of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice set forth herein, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Purchase Date. Upon receipt of the copy of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice, the Disbursing Agent shall give notice to any other Bondowner of the receipt of such Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Purchase Date. In the event there is more than one Bondowner and the registered owners of Bonds representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding elect not to tender their Bonds for purchase, each Bondowner shall be deemed to have agreed irrevocably to retain their Bonds and that the Bonds shall not be subject to mandatory tender on the applicable Purchase Date. If the Borrower does not receive at least thirty (30) days prior to a Purchase Date Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notices from Bondowners representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding, then the Bonds will be subject to mandatory tender and purchased on the applicable Purchase Date. THE OWNER OF THIS BOND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO SELL AND SURRENDER THIS BOND AT THE PURCHASE PRICE TO ANY PURCHASER DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT IN THE EVENT OF A MANDATORY TENDER AND, ON THE PURCHASE DATE, TO SURRENDER THIS BOND TO THE AGENCY FOR PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price of this bond shall be paid to the REGISTERED OWNER by the Borrower on the Delivery Date, which shall be the Purchase Date or any subsequent Business Day on which this bond is delivered to the Agency for cancellation, with a copy to the Borrower. The Purchase Price of this bond shall be paid only upon surrender of this bond to the Agency as provided herein. From and after the Purchase Date, no further interest on this bond shall be payable to the REGISTERED OWNER, provided that there are sufficient funds available on the Purchase Date to pay the Purchase Price. Payment of the Purchase Price of this bond to the REGISTERED OWNER shall be made by the Borrower on the Purchase Date, if presentation and surrender of this bond to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, is made prior to 10:00 a.m. Boston, Massachusetts time on the Purchase Date, or on such later Business Day upon which presentation and surrender of this bond to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, is made prior to 10:00 a.m. Boston, Massachusetts time.
This bond will not be valid until the Certificate of Disbursing Agent has been signed by the Disbursing Agent.
|
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY (SEAL)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Steven Chilton
|
|
|
Authorized Officer
|
|
CERTIFICATE OF DISBURSING AGENT
This bond is one of the Bonds described in the Agreement.
|
SOVEREIGN BANK,
as Disbursing Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
Authorized Officer
|
|
ASSIGNMENT
For value received the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers this bond to
|
(Name and Address of Assignee)
|
|
|
|
Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Assignee
|
|
and irrevocably appoints ________________ attorney-in-fact to transfer it on the books kept for registration of the bond, with full power of substitution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written on the face of the bond without alteration or enlargement or other change.
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guaranteed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participant in a Recognized
|
|
|
Signature Guarantee Medallion
|
|
|
Program
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 1
Schedule of Principal Payments
Payment Date
|
Principal Payment
|
l-Feb-20 By:
|
$23,214.29
|
l-Mar-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Apr-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-May-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jun-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jul-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Aug-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Sep-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Oct-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Nov-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Dec-2011
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jan-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Feb-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Mar-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Apr-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-May-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jun-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jul-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Aug-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Sep-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Oct-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Nov-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Dec-2012
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jan-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Feb-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Mar-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Apr-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-May-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jun-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jul-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Aug-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Sep-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Oct-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Nov-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Dec-2013
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jan-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Feb-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Mar-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Apr-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-May-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jun-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jul-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Aug-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Sep-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Oct-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Nov-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Dec-2014
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jan-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Feb-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Mar-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Apr-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-May-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jun-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jul-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Aug-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Sep-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Oct-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Nov-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Dec-2015
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jan-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Feb-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Mar-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Apr-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-May-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jun-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jul-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Aug-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Sep-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Oct-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Nov-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Dec-2016
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jan-2017
|
23,214.29
|
l-Feb-2017
|
23,214.29
|
l-Mar-2017
|
23,214.29
|
l-Apr-2017
|
23,214.29
|
l-May-2017
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jun-2017
|
23,214.29
|
l-Jul-2017
|
23,214.29
|
l-Aug-2017
|
23,214.29
|
1-Sep-2017
|
23,214.29
|
1-Oct-2017
|
23,214.29
|
1-Nov-2017
|
23,214.29
|
1-Dec-2017
|
23,214,29
|
1-Jan-2018
|
23,213.93
|
NON-TENDER ELECTION NOTICE
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 201 OB
Principal Amount
|
Bond Numbers
|
Purchase Date
|
The undersigned hereby certifies that it is the registered owner of the Bonds described above (the “
Non-Tendered Bonds
”), and hereby agrees that the delivery of this instrument to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower constitutes an irrevocable election to retain the Non-Tendered Bends and not to sell the Non-Tendered Bonds to the Borrower or its designee on the Purchase Date; provided, however, that the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that if there is more than one Bondowner, then the Non-Tendered Bonds nonetheless shall be subject to purchase by the Borrower or its designee on the Purchase Date unless the Owners of more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds elect not to tender their Bonds for purchase on the next Purchase Date. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the foregoing provision and subject to all other rights of the undersigned contained in the Bonds, this election notice is irrevocable.
Except as otherwise indicated herein and unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, providing for the issuance of the Bonds.
Date:
|
Signature(s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Street City State Zip
|
|
IMPORTANT: The above signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as set forth on the face of the Non-Tendered Bond(s) with respect to which this Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice is being delivered without any change whatsoever. If this notice is signed by a person other than the registered owner of any Non-Tendered Bond(s), the Non-Tendered Bond(s) must be either endorsed on the Assignment appearing on each Bond or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner or owners appear on the bond register. The method of presenting this notice to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower is the choice of the person making such presentation. If it is made by mail, it should be by registered mail with return receipt requested.
Exhibit 10.1
LEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
CENTER VALLEY PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, L.P.
a Pennsylvania limited partnership
AS LANDLORD
AND
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
AS TENANT
Premises
:
Saucon Valley Plaza
3477 Corporate Parkway
Suite #140
Center Valley, PA 18034
LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE
AGREEMENT
(“Lease”) is made effective this
17th
day of November, 2010 by and between
CENTER VALLEY PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
a Pennsylvania limited partnership (the
“Landlord”
) and
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
, a Delaware corporation (the
“Tenant”
).
FUNDAMENTAL LEASE PROVISIONS
1.
“Annual Base Rent” or "Base Rent":
Months Annual Rent Monthly Rent
$/Sq. Ft.
0-4 $0 $0
5-24 $58,848.00 $4,904.00 $18.50
25-36 $60,444.00 $5,037.00 $19.00
37-48 $62,028.00 $5,169.00 $19.50
49-60 $63,624.00 $5,302.00 $20.00
61-64 $65,208.00 $5,434.00 $20.50
As set forth above, no Base Rent shall be due or payable for the initial four (4) months of the Term commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on a date which is one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter. However, Tenant shall be responsible for payment of Operating Expenses and utilities during such period.
2.
"Base Year":
Intentionally Deleted.
3.
"Broker":
Philip M. Schenkel of CB Richard Ellis, Inc.
4.
“Commencement Date”:
the earlier of (i) the date the Tenant first opens for business in the Demised Premises; or (ii) within ninety (90) days following the Delivery Date.
“Delivery Date”
shall be projected to occur on or about February 1, 2011 and shall mean the date on which Landlord achieves Substantial Completion of Landlord’s construction obligations set forth in
Section 20
below.
“Substantial Completion”
shall be deemed to occur when Landlord has completed Landlord’s construction in accordance with the plans and standards attached hereto as
Exhibit “B”
, other than minor punch-list items that do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s ability operate its business, and a certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) and all required permits related to Landlord’s work have been issued by the applicable governmental authorities. Upon determination of the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit “D
.”
5.
“Demised Premises”:
consisting of approximately
three thousand one hundred eighty-one (3,181)
rentable square feet of space (
“Tenant’s GLA”
) on the first (1
st
) floor of the building known as “Saucon Valley Plaza” (the
“Building”
), located in Upper Saucon Township, Lehigh County, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, which Demised Premises are shown cross-hatched on the Plan attached hereto as
Exhibit “A
”
(the
“Site Plan”
). The Demised Premises is designated as
Suite #140
in the Building. The Building and the land on which the Building is located is hereinafter referred to as the
“Complex.”
Landlord may within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date cause its architect (
“Landlord’s Architect”
) to measure the Demised Premises and to certify the same to Landlord and Tenant. If such architect’s determination is made and delivered to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date and differs from the square footage listed above, then the size of the Demises Premises and Base Rent shall be adjusted accordingly.
6.
“Landlord’s GLA”:
the square footage of the Building (or Complex), which is currently approximately
: eighty three thousand fifty-six (83,056)
rentable square feet.
7.
“Notice Addresses”:
Landlord
:
Center Valley Parkway Associates, L.P.
c/o Franklin Realty Development Corporation
405 Old Penllyn Pike, Suite #200
Blue Bell, PA 19422
Attention: Peter H. Gebert, President
With a copy to
:
Neil Andrew Stein, Esquire
Kaplin, Stewart, Meloff, Reiter & Stein, P.C.
Union Meeting Corporate Center, 910 Harvest Drive
Blue Bell, PA 19422
Tenant
:
TechPrecision Corporation
5803 Kennett Pike, Suite A
Centreville, DE 19807
Attention: James Molinaro, CEO
With a copy to
:
Pepper Hamilton LLP
899 Cassatt Road
Berwyn, PA 19312-1183
Attn: Robert Duncan Smith, Esquire
8.
“Permitted Use”:
professional or general office use, and no other use.
9.
“Security Deposit”:
Four Thousand Nine Hundred Four Dollars ($4,904.00).
10.
“
Tenant’s Contact”:
Mr. James Molinaro; Telephone :
11.
“Tenant’s Proportionate Share”:
Three and eight-tenths percent (3.8%), which is Tenant’s GLA divided by Landlord’s GLA.
12.
“Term”:
Five (5) years and four (4) months commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the sixty-fourth (64
th
) month anniversary of the Commencement Date (the
“Expiration Date”
).
So long as Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease and is open and operating in the Demised Premises, Tenant shall have the option to extend the Term for one (1) separate, consecutive extension period of five (5) years (the
“Extension Period”
) on the same terms and conditions herein, except that Annual Base Rent in the Extension Period shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the then current Fair Market Rental Rate. As used herein, the term “Fair Market Rental Rate” shall mean the average of the annual rental rates then being charged for comparable space in the Building, or, if no comparable space exists in the Building, for comparable space within a five (5) mile radius of the Building. Landlord shall determine the Fair Market Rental Rate using its good faith judgment and shall provide written notice of such rate within fifteen (15) days after Tenant exercises notice pursuant to this Section. The Tenant's right to extend the Term shall be subject to the following:
(a) At the time Tenant delivers its notice of election to exercise the extension option to Landlord, this Lease shall be in full force and effect, Tenant shall not be in default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder.
(b) The Extension Periods shall be on the same terms and conditions herein and the Tenant shall not be entitled to any allowances or other concessions with respect to the Extension Period.
(c) Except for the specific Extension Periods set forth above, there shall be no further privilege of renewal or extension.
(d) The Tenant may exercise an option to extend by giving written notice to the Landlord within nine (9) months prior to the Expiration Date. If Tenant elects to extend the Term, the “Expiration Date” shall be extended to the end of the then current Extension Period.
List of Exhibits
Exhibit “A” - Site Plan
Exhibit “A-2” - Building Parking
Exhibit “B” - Construction Plan
Exhibit “C” - Rules and Regulations
Exhibit “D” - Building Mechanical Systems
Exhibit “E” - Project Monument Sign
Exhibit “F” - Janitorial Specifications
Exhibit “G” - Commencement Date Agreement
WITNESSETH, THAT
:
1.
DEMISED PREMISES
.
Landlord, for the term and subject to the provisions and conditions hereof, leases to Tenant and Tenant accepts from Landlord, the Demised Premises.
2.
TERM
.
Tenant shall use and occupy the Demised Premises for the Term, unless sooner terminated or extended, as herein provided.
3.
MINIMUM RENT
.
(a) The Base Rent is set forth in
Section 1
of the Fundamental Lease Provisions. The first (1st) installment to be paid prior to Tenant taking occupancy (
“Rent Commencement Date”
) and subsequent installments to be payable on the first (1st) day of each successive month of Term hereof beginning on the sixth (6
th
) month of the Term.
(b) If the Rent Commencement Date falls on a day other than the first (1st) day of a month, Base Rent from such day until the first (1st) day of the following month shall be prorated at the rate of one-thirtieth (1/30th) of the fixed monthly rental for each day of such partial month, and the installment of rent paid upon the Rent Commencement Date shall reflect such prorated amount.
(c) All rent and other sums due to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord at Landlord’s notice address specified in
Section 7
of the Fundamental Lease Provisions, or to such other party or at such other address as Landlord may designate, from time to time, by written notice to Tenant, without demand and without deduction, set-off or counterclaim except as otherwise set forth herein (except to the extent demand or notice shall be expressly provided for herein).
(d) If Landlord, at any time or times, shall accept said rent or any other sum due hereunder after the same shall become due and payable, such acceptance shall not excuse delay upon subsequent occasions, or constitute or be construed as, a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum due hereunder within ten (10) days of the due date thereof, Tenant shall pay a late charge in the amount of five percent (5%) of the amount due and owing.
(e) All sums payable to Landlord by Tenant under this Lease and not specifically designated as Base Rent or Operating Expense Rent (as hereinafter defined) shall be considered to be additional rent (
“Additional Rent”
) and shall be payable with the next installment of Base Rent after such Additional Rent becomes payable. If Tenant fails to pay Additional Rent when required hereunder, Landlord shall be entitled to exercise the same remedies for collecting such Additional Rent as it would in connection with a failure to pay Base Rent. Base Rent, Operating Expense Rent and Additional Rent are collectively referred to as
“Rent.”
4.
OPERATING EXPENSES
.
A.
Payment
. The Tenant shall pay to Landlord an Operating Expense Allowance of
Twelve Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Two Dollars ($12,372.00
) per year (
"Operating Expense Allowance"
) in equal monthly installments of
One Thousand Sixty-One Dollars ($1,061.00)
, the first of which shall be payable upon the Delivery Date. If the Delivery Date occurs on a date other than on the first (1st) day of a calendar month, the Operating Expense Allowance for the first (1st) calendar month of the term of this Lease shall be adjusted proportionately and the aforesaid first (1st) installment shall be applied to the first (1st) partial month and the balance to the succeeding month. While the Landlord is initially collecting an Operating Expense Allowance of
Three Dollars and seventy-five cents ($3.75)
per square foot, the Landlord has estimated that the Operating Expense Allowance for a fully assessed Building will be
Five Dollars and Eighty-Seven Cents ($5.87)
per rentable square foot. Therefore, the Tenant acknowledges that there is no guarantee that the Operating Expense Allowance will not increase in the future.
(1) If Landlord’s Operating Expense for the Operating Year shall be greater than or less than the total Operating Expense Allowance for such Operating Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, or Landlord shall credit to Tenant as set forth below, as additional rent an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the difference (the amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such difference is hereinafter referred to as the “Operating Expense Adjustment”). If Tenant occupies the Demised Premises or a portion thereof for less than a full Operating Year, the Operating Expense Adjustment will be calculated in proportion to the amount of time in such Operating Year that Tenant occupied the Demised Premises.
(2) Such Operating Expense Adjustment shall be paid in the following manner:
(a) Within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of the first (1st) and each succeeding Operating Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant and Operating Expense Statement setting forth (i) the Operating Expense for the preceding Operating Year; (ii) the Operating Expense Allowance; and (iii) Tenant’s Operating Expense Adjustment for such Operating Year. Within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such Operating Expense Statement (the
“Expense Adjustment Date”
) and if Landlord’s Operating Expense for the Operating Year shall be greater than the total Operating Expense Allowance for such Operating Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent the Operating Expense Adjustment for such Operating Year. If Landlord's Operating Expenses for the Operating Year shall be less than the total Operating Expense Allowance for such Operating Year, Tenant may within thirty (30) days of receipt of such Operating Expense Statement either at its option (i) offset an amount equal to Tenant's Proportionate Share of the difference from future payments of rent hereunder, or (ii) demand reimbursement thereof. If no election is made by Tenant in such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have demanded a reimbursement from Landlord, in which case Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days of such date, refund such amount to Tenant.
(b) Commencing with the first (1st) month of the second Operating Year, if Landlord’s Operating Expense for the prior Operating Year was be greater than the total Operating Expense Allowance for such Operating Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the Operating Expense Allowance, on account of the Operating Expense Adjustment for such Operating Year, monthly installments in advance equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated Operating Expense Adjustment for such Operating Year. On the next succeeding Expense Adjustment Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or Landlord shall credit to Tenant), in the manner provided above, any deficiency (or excess) between the installments paid on account of the preceding year’s Operating Expense Adjustment and the actual Operating Expense Adjustment for such Operating Year.
B.
Definitions
. As used in this Addendum, the following words and terms shall be defined as hereinafter set forth:
(1)
“Operating Year”
shall mean each calendar year that occurs during the term of the Lease.
(2)
“Operating Expense Statement”
shall mean a statement in writing signed by Landlord, setting forth in reasonable detail (i) the Operating Expense for the preceding Operating Year; (ii) the Operating Expense Allowance; and (iii) the Tenant’s Operating Expense Adjustment for such Operating Year or portion thereof. The Operating Expense Statement for each Operating Year shall be available for inspection by Tenant at Landlord’s office during normal business hours.
(3)
“Operating Expense”
shall mean the following expenses incurred by the Landlord in connection with the operation, repair and maintenance of the Demised Premises and the Complex (defined above): (i) unless an exemption or abatement is in place for the Demised Premises, real estate taxes and other taxes or charges levied in lieu of real estate taxes; general and special public assessments, charges imposed by any governmental authority pursuant to anti-pollution or environmental legislation, taxes on the rentals of the building in which the demised premises are located or the use, occupancy or renting of space therein; (ii) premiums and fees for fire and extended coverage insurance, insurance against loss of rentals for space in the building which the demised premises are a part and public liability insurance, all in amounts and coverage (with additional policies against additional risks) as may be required by Landlord or the holder of any mortgage; (iii) water and sewer service charges, electricity, heat and other utility charges not separately metered to tenants in the Building; (iv) all janitorial, maintenance and repair costs to all areas of the Building, including repairs and replacements of supplies and equipment, snow and trash removal and paving, lawn and general grounds upkeep, maintenance and repair off all mechanical equipment such as HVAC, electrical and plumbing equipment, and the costs of all labor, materials and supplies incidental thereto; (v) wages, salaries, fees and other compensation and payments and payroll taxes and
contributions to any social security, unemployment insurance, welfare, pension or similar fund and payments for other fringe benefits required by law, union agreement or otherwise made to or on behalf of all employees of Landlord performing services rendered in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Building, including, without limitation, payments made directly to or through independent contractors for performance of such services or for servicing maintenance contracts; (vi) management fees not to exceed four percent (4.0%) of Base Rent and Operating Expenses, payable to the managing agent for the Demised Premises, if any, and if there shall be no managing agent or if the managing agent is a company affiliated with the Landlord, the management fees that would customarily be charged for the management of the Building by an independent first class managing agent in the Lehigh Valley area; (vii) any and all other reasonable expenditures of Landlord incurred in connection with the operation, repair or maintenance of the Demised Premises and the Complex which are properly expensed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied to the operation, maintenance and repair of a first class office/industrial building facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Operating Expense” shall
not
include the cost of capital improvements and capital repairs, depreciation on the Building or equipment therein, interest and principal payments under mortgages and other indebtedness affecting the Complex and Building, net income, franchise or capital stock taxes payable by the Landlord, salaries of officers and executives of Landlord and its managing agent (above the level of property manager), real estate broker's commissions advertising, marketing & promotion expenses; and lease enforcement expenses or the cost of services provided especially for any particular tenant at such tenant's expense and not uniformly available to all tenants within the Building, penalties, fines, late fees and special assessments, casualty repair costs to the extent covered by insurance (including the deductible amount) Landlord is required to maintain, legal, space planning, construction, and other expenses incurred in procuring tenants for the Building or renewing or amending leases with existing tenants or occupants of the Building and expenses, including rent, associated with maintaining a leasing or marketing office by Landlord, and any expense for which Landlord actually receives reimbursement from insurance, condemnation awards, warranties, other tenants or any other source.
C.
Final Year of Lease Term
. No later than thirty (30) days prior to the date that the Term ends, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Operating Expense Adjustment during the period (the
“Final Period”
) beginning on the first day of the final Operating Year of the Term or, if later, the date of the immediately preceding Operating Expense Adjustment, and ending on the final day of the Term. Upon the earlier to occur of the thirtieth (30
th
) day following Tenant’s receipt of such statement or the final day of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord said estimated Operating Expense Adjustment minus the total amount of payments previously made by Tenant during the final period. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement setting forth the actual amount of said Operating Expense Adjustment after Landlord’s final calculation of same, and within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of such statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any deficiency, or, as the case may be, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment occasioned by Tenant’s payment of the aforesaid estimate
5.
UTILITIES CHARGED TO DEMISED PREMISES
.
The Tenant shall be responsible for all utilities (including gas and electric) which are consumed within the Demised Premises. Tenant shall pay for the consumption of such utilities based on its usage metered by Landlord and without mark-up by Landlord. Tenant shall pay utility bills within thirty (30) days after the receipt. Landlord shall at all times have the exclusive right to select the provider or providers of utility service to the Demised Premises and the Complex, and Landlord shall have the right of access to the Demises Premises from time to time to install or remove utility facilities at its own expense.
6.
SECURITY DEPOSIT
.
As additional security for the full and prompt performance by Tenant of the terms and covenants of this Lease, Tenant has deposited with the Landlord the Security Deposit which shall not constitute rent for any month (unless so applied by Landlord on account of Tenant’s default). Upon a default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to apply so much of the Security Deposit as is necessary to cure such default or pay an expenses incurred as a result of such default. Tenant shall, upon demand, restore any portion of said Security Deposit which may be applied by Landlord to the cure of any default by Tenant hereunder. To the extent that Landlord has not applied said sum on account of a default, the Security Deposit shall be returned (without interest) to Tenant promptly at termination of this Lease but in any event no later than thirty (30) days thereafter.
7.
SERVICES
.
Landlord shall:
(a) Provide passenger elevator service to the Demised Premises. Tenant and its employees and agents shall have access to the Demised Premises at all times, subject to compliance with such security measures as shall be in effect for the Building.
(b) Provide water for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes drawn through fixtures installed by Landlord.
(c) Furnish the Demised Premises with electric for heating, hot and cold water and air-conditioning. Tenant shall not install or operate in the Demised Premises any electrically operated equipment or other machinery, other than computers, typewriters, adding machines and other machinery and customary office equipment, or any plumbing fixtures, without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Landlord. Landlord may condition such consent upon the payment by Tenant of additional rent as compensation for the additional consumption of water and/or electricity occasioned by the operation of said equipment, fixtures, or machinery.
(d) Operate, maintain and repair the Building (other than individual tenant spaces) and the roof, structure and common areas thereof, elevators, plumbing system, heating, ventilating and air conditioning system, electrical systems (including light fixtures and replacement bulbs), windows, floors (except carpeting) of the Demised Premises and Building (except when the disrepair is directly caused by the sole negligence of Tenant, its agents or employees) in good order and repair and in accordance with all laws and shall make all capital repairs or replacements needed to the Demised Premises and Building. The Tenant acknowledges that Landlord does not warrant that any of the services referred to in this
Section 7
will be free from interruption from causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant is deprived of the use and occupancy of all of the Demised Premises as a result of such stoppage or interruption of any of the services referred to in this
Section 7
for a period of at least two (2) business days, then from and after the third (3
rd
) business day until the service is restored, Tenant shall be entitled to a full abatement in Base Rent and all additional rent for such period.
(e) Provide five (5) day per week janitorial service occurring Monday – Friday excluding weekends and holidays in accordance with the janitorial specifications attached hereto as
Exhibit “F”
.
(f) Provide Tenant with its Building Standard identification on the lobby directory sign(s) and the outside entrance to the Demised Premises. The Project Monument Sign is attached hereto as
Exhibit “E”
hereto.
8.
CARE OF DEMISED PREMISES
.
Tenant agrees, on behalf of itself, its employees and agents that Tenant shall:
(a) Not use the Demised Premises or any part thereof for any purpose or use in violation of any law or ordinance or any regulation of any governmental authority, or in any manner that will constitute an unreasonable annoyance to any occupant of the Building, or a nuisance, or that will injure the reputation of the Building or any part thereof, or for any hazardous purpose, or in any manner that will violate, suspend, void or serve to increase the premium rate of, or make inoperative, any policy or policies of insurance maintained by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Property. In the event of a breach of this covenant, in addition to all other remedies of Landlord hereunder, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as Additional Rent Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any and all increase or increases of premiums on insurance carried by Landlord on the Demised Premises, the Property or the Building. Landlord acknowledges that the use of the Demised Premises for the Permitted Use shall not be a violation of this provision;
(b) Comply at all times with any and all federal, state and local statutes, regulations, ordinances, and other requirements of any of the constituted public authorities relating to Tenant's use and occupancy of the Demised Premises;
(c) Give Landlord access to the Demised Premises at all times, without charge or diminution of rent, to enable Landlord (i) to examine the same and to make such repairs, additions and alterations as Landlord may be permitted to make hereunder or as Landlord may deem advisable for the preservation of the integrity, safety and good order of the Building or any part thereof; and (ii) during the last lease year of the Term(unless renewed by Tenant) to show the Demised Premises to prospective mortgagees, purchasers and tenants; provided that in all such instances under this subsection (c) Landlord shall give Tenant at least two (2) business days prior notice of such access.
(d) Subject to
Section 8(d)
hereof, maintain, repair and replace the interior of the Demised Premises in good order and repair as and when needed, and replace all glass broken by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees with glass of the same quality as that broken, except for glass broken by fire and extended coverage-type risks, and commit no waste in the Demised Premises;
(e) Upon the termination of this Lease in any manner whatsoever, remove Tenant’s goods and effects and those of any other person claiming under Tenant, and quit and deliver up the Demised Premises to Landlord peaceably and quietly in as good order and condition as existed at the inception of the term of this Lease or as the same hereafter may be improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable use and wear thereof, damage from fire and extended coverage type risks, and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted. Goods and effects not removed by Tenant at the termination of this Lease, however terminated, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may dispose of and/or store the same as it deems expedient, the cost thereof to be charged to Tenant;
(f) Not place signs on the Demised Premises except on doors and then only of a type and with lettering and text in accordance with local ordinances and as approved in writing by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld;
(g) Not overload, damage or deface the Demised Premises or do any act which might make void or voidable any insurance on the Demised Premises or the Building or which may render an increased or extra premium payable for insurance (and without prejudice to any right or remedy of Landlord regarding this subparagraph, Landlord shall have the right to collect from Tenant, upon demand, any such increase or extra premium). Tenant shall maintain at its own sole cost adequate insurance coverage for all of its equipment, furniture, supplies and fixtures and provide Landlord with certificates evidencing such coverage;
(h) Not make any alteration of or addition to the Demised Premises without the prior written approval of Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Any alteration or addition approved by the Landlord shall be performed: (i) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; (ii) by contractors and subcontractors reasonably approved in advance by Landlord; and (iii) in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable laws and ordinances. All alterations to the Demised Premises by Tenant shall be the property of Tenant until the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, all such alterations shall remain at the Demised Premises and become the property of Landlord without payment by Landlord therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the parties agree in writing at the time of Tenant’s request for such alterations, Tenant shall remove all of such alterations upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall repair any resulting damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make non-material and “decorative” alterations to the Demised Premises without Landlord’s approval;
(i) Not install or authorize the installation of any coin operated vending machine, except for the dispensing of cigarettes, coffee, and similar items to the employees of Tenant for consumption upon the Demised Premises; and
(j) Observe the rules and regulations annexed hereto as
Exhibit “C”
as Landlord may from time to time amend the same, for the general safety, comfort and convenience of Landlord, occupants and tenants of the Building.
9.
SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNING
.
Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Demised Premises, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If such consent is given, it will not release Tenant from its obligations hereunder and which will not be deemed consent to any further subletting or assignment. If Landlord consents to any such subletting or assignment, the same shall nevertheless be a condition to the effectiveness thereof that a fully executed copy of the sublease or assignment be furnished to Landlord and that any assignee assume in writing all obligations of Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall not mortgage or encumber this Lease. Any agent employed by Tenant to complete a sublease of the Demised Premises must be approved by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease to a Permitted Transferee (defined below) or sublease all or any portion of the Premises to a Permitted Transferee, without the consent of Landlord.
For purposes of this Lease a “Permitted Transferee” shall be any of the following entities: (i) an Affiliate (defined below) of Tenant; (ii) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity into which or with which Tenant, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated in accordance with applicable statutory provisions governing merger and consolidation of business entities
and (iii) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity acquiring all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets
or securities
,
and in the case of the acquisition of assets, so long as tenant’s obligation hereunder are assumed by the acquiring such assets; provided, however, that such Permitted Transferee has a net worth on a consolidated basis
computed in accordance with (and including such consolidated entities as required by)
generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the greater of (1) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation
,
acquisition
or transfer, or (2) the net worth of Tenant herein named on the date of this Lease.
For purposes of this
Section 9
, an “Affiliate” shall be any entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Landlord or Tenant. For purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the power to (a) vote fifty one percent (51%) or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of any entity, or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise.
10.
DELAY IN POSSESSION
.
If Landlord shall be unable to deliver possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant on the date specified for commencement of the Term hereof because of the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant or occupant, or if any repairs, improvements or decoration of the Demised Premises are not completed, or for any other reason, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability to Tenant; provided however if the Delivery Date does not occur on or before sixty (60) days of the issuance of a building permit for the Demised Premises by Upper Saucon Township, but in no event later than
April 30, 2011
, the Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord [We need an outside date for the Delivery Date). Under such circumstances, the rent reserved and covenanted to be paid herein shall not commence until the Commencement Date, and, except as set forth herein, no such failure to give possession shall in any other respect affect the validity of this Lease or any obligation to extend the term of this Lease.
11.
FIRE OR CASUALTY
.
In case of damage to the Demised Premises or the Building by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to Landlord. Landlord shall thereupon cause the damage to be repaired with reasonable speed, subject to delays, which may arise by reason of adjustment of loss under insurance policies and for delays beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. To the extent and for the time that the Demised Premises are thereby rendered untenantable, the rent shall proportionately abate. In the event the damage shall be so extensive that Landlord shall decide not to repair or rebuild, this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord, exercisable by written notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after Landlord is notified of the casualty, be terminated as of a date specified in such notice (which shall not be more than ninety (90) days thereafter), and the rent (taking into account any abatement as aforesaid) shall be adjusted to the termination date. Thereafter, Tenant shall promptly vacate the Demised Premises.
12.
LIABILITY
.
(a) Tenant agrees that Landlord and its building manager and their officers, employees and agents shall not be liable to Tenant, and Tenant hereby releases said parties, for any personal injury or damage to or loss of personal property in the Demised Premises from any cause whatsoever unless such damage, loss or injury is the result of the acts or omissions or negligence of Landlord, its building manager, or their officers, employees or agents, and Landlord and its building manager and their officers or employees shall not be liable to Tenant for any such damage or loss whether or not the result of their willful and gross negligence to the extent Tenant would be covered by insurance that Tenant is required to carry hereunder.
(b) Tenant shall and does hereby indemnify and hold Landlord harmless of and from all loss or liability incurred by Landlord in connection with any failure of Tenant to fully perform its obligations under this Lease and in connection with any personal injury or damage of any type or nature occurring in or resulting out of Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises unless same arises from the negligence or intentional acts of Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. In the event that any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord, its agents, servants or employees, by reason of any such claim, Tenant shall (a) defend such action or proceeding upon written notice from Landlord by counsel designated by Landlord, and (b) further indemnify, defend and save Landlord, its agents, servants and employees harmless from and against all costs, expenses, counsel fees, liabilities, orders and judgments incurred or rendered in or about any such action or proceeding.
(c) Landlord shall and does hereby indemnify and hold Tenant harmless of and from all loss or liability incurred by Tenant in connection with any failure of Landlord to fully perform its obligations under this Lease, which arises from the negligence or intentional acts of Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, and in connection with any personal injury or damage of any type or nature occurring in or resulting out of Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises. In the event that any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, by reason of any such claim, Landlord shall (a) defend such action or proceeding upon written notice from Tenant by counsel designated by Tenant, and (b) further indemnify, defend and save Tenant, its agents, servants and employees harmless from and against all costs, expenses, counsel fees, liabilities, orders and judgments incurred or rendered in or about any such action or proceeding.
13.
EMINENT DOMAIN
.
In the event that the whole of the Demised Premises, Building or Property shall be taken under the power of eminent domain, this Lease shall terminate as of the date possession shall be so taken.
(a) In the event that a portion of the floor area of the Demised Premises shall be taken under the power of eminent domain and the portion not so taken will not be reasonably adequate for the operation of Tenant’s business, this Lease shall terminate as of the date possession of such portion is taken.
(b) In the event of any taking under the power of eminent domain, which does not terminate this Lease as aforesaid, all of the provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion that the amount of the floor area of the Demised Premises taken bears to the total floor area of the Demised Premises immediately prior to such taking, and Landlord shall, at Landlord’s own cost and expense, restore such part of the Demised Premises as is not taken to as near its former condition as the circumstances will permit and Tenant shall do likewise with respect to the interior of the Demised Premises and Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment.
(c) All damages awarded for any such taking under the power of eminent domain, whether for the whole or part of the Demised Premises, shall be the property of Landlord, whether such damages shall be awarded as compensation for loss or diminution in value of the leasehold or otherwise; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be entitled to any separate award made directly to Tenant for loss of, or damage to, Tenant’s trade fixtures and removable personal property or for relocation damages awarded to Tenant, provided the same does not reduce the amount of the award payable to the Landlord.
(d) If this Lease is terminated as provided in this
Section 13
, all Base Rent, Operating Expense Rent and other sums due hereunder shall be paid to the date that possession is taken by public authority, and Landlord shall make an equitable refund of any Rent paid by Tenant in advance and not yet earned.
(e) A voluntary sale by Landlord to any public or quasi-public body, agency or person, corporate or otherwise, having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation, or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed to be a taking by eminent domain for the purposes of this
Section 13
.
14.
INSOLVENCY
.
The appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of all or a portion of the assets of Tenant, or (b) an assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or (c) the institution by or against Tenant of any proceedings for bankruptcy or reorganization under any state or federal law (unless in the case of involuntary proceedings, the same shall be dismissed within thirty (30) days after institution), or (d) any execution issued against Tenant which is not stayed or discharged within fifteen (15) days after issuance of any execution sale of the assets of Tenant, shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant. Landlord in the event of such a breach shall have, without need of further notice, the rights enumerated in
Section 15
herein.
15.
DEFAULT
.
(a) If Tenant shall fail to pay rent or any other sum payable to Landlord hereunder when due and such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord (which written notice Landlord need not give more than twice in any twelve (12) month period), or if Tenant shall fail to perform or observe any of the other covenants, terms or conditions contained in this Lease, and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after Landlord gives written notice thereof to Tenant; or if any of the events specified in
Section 14
occur, or if the Tenant vacates or abandons the Demised Premises without thirty (30) days prior written notice to and written permission from the Landlord, and in any of said cases (notwithstanding any former breach of covenant or waiver thereof in a former instance), Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord by law or equity or by any other provisions hereof, may at any time thereafter:
(i) declare to be immediately due and payable, a sum equal to the Accelerated Rent Component (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord as hereinafter provided; and/or
(ii) whether or not Landlord has elected to recover the Accelerated Rent Component, terminate this Lease on at least five (5) days notice to Tenant and, on the date specified in said notice, this Lease and the term hereby demised and all rights of Tenant hereunder shall expire and terminate and Tenant shall thereupon quit and surrender possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord in the condition elsewhere herein required and Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord as hereinafter provided.
(b) For purposes herein, the
"Accelerated Rent Component"
shall mean the aggregate of:
(i) all rent and other charges, payments, costs and expenses due from Tenant to Landlord and in arrears at the time of the election of Landlord to recover the Accelerated Rent Component;
(ii) the minimum rent reserved for the then entire unexpired balance of the term of this Lease (taken without regard to any early termination of the term by virtue of any default), plus all other charges, payments, costs and expenses herein agreed to be paid by Tenant up to the end of said term which shall be capable of precise determination at the time of Landlord’s election to recover the Accelerated Rent Component; and
(c) In any case in which this Lease shall have been terminated, or in any case in which Landlord shall have elected to recover the Accelerated Rent Component and any portion of such sum shall remain unpaid, Landlord may without further notice, enter upon and repossess the Demised Premises, by force, summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and may dispossess Tenant and remove Tenant and all other persons and property from the Demised Premises and may have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises and the rents and profits therefrom. Landlord shall be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises, but the failure to re-let the Demised Premises shall not affect any of Landlord’s rights and remedies set forth herein. Landlord may, in connection with any such reletting, cause the Demised Premises to be decorated, altered, divided, consolidated with other space or otherwise changed or prepared for reletting. No reletting shall be deemed a surrender and acceptance of the Demised Premises.
(d) Landlord shall in no event be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or for any failure to collect any rent due upon a reletting.
(e) Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain as damages incident to a termination of this Lease, in any bankruptcy reorganization or other court proceedings, the maximum amount allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect with such damages are to be proved.
(f)
AFTER A DEFAULT OR THE EXPIRATION OF THE TERM, FOR THE PURPOSE OF OBTAINING POSSESSION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES, TENANT HEREBY AUTHORIZES AND EMPOWERS THE PROTHONOTARY OR ANY ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA OR ELSEWHERE, AS ATTORNEY FOR TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER OR THROUGH TENANT, TO APPEAR FOR AND CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST TENANT FOR POSSESSION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES, AND AGAINST ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER OR THROUGH TENANT, IN FAVOR OF LANDLORD, FOR RECOVERY BY LANDLORD OF POSSESSION THEREOF, FOR WHICH THIS AGREEMENT OR A COPY HEREOF VERIFIED BY AFFIDAVIT, SHALL BE A SUFFICIENT WARRANT; AND THEREUPON A WRIT OF POSSESSION MAY IMMEDIATELY ISSUE FOR POSSESSION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES, WITHOUT ANY PRIOR WRIT OR PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER AND WITHOUT ANY STAY OF EXECUTION. IF FOR ANY REASON AFTER SUCH ACTION HAS BEEN COMMENCED THE SAME SHALL BE TERMINATED AND THE POSSESSION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES REMAINS IN OR IS RESTORED TO TENANT, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT UPON ANY SUBSEQUENT DEFAULT TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN ONE OR MORE FURTHER ACTIONS IN THE MANNER AND FORM SET FORTH ABOVE TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF SAID DEMISED PREMISES FOR SUCH SUBSEQUENT DEFAULT. TENANT WAIVES ALL ERRORS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT. NO SUCH TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE, NOR TAKING, NOR RECOVERING POSSESSION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES SHALL DEPRIVE LANDLORD OF ANY REMEDIES OR ACTION AGAINST TENANT FOR RENT OR FOR DAMAGES DUE OR TO BECOME DUE FOR THE BREACH OF ANY CONDITION OR COVENANT HEREIN CONTAINED, NOR SHALL THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION FOR RENT, OR BREACH OF COVENANT OR CONDITION NOR THE RESORT TO ANY OTHER REMEDY HEREIN PROVIDED FOR THE RECOVERY OF RENT OR DAMAGES FOR SUCH BREACH BE CONSTRUED AS A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO INSIST UPON THE FORFEITURE AND TO OBTAIN POSSESSION IN THE MANNER HEREIN PROVIDED.
(g)
UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF A DEFAULT, TENANT IRREVOCABLY AUTHORIZES AND EMPOWERS THE PROTHONOTARY OR ANY ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD TO APPEAR FOR TENANT IN ANY SUCH COURT AT ANY TIME THEREAFTER TO WAIVE THE ISSUANCE AND SERVICE OF PROCESS AND TO CONFESS AND ENTER JUDGMENT AGAINST TENANT AND IN FAVOR OF LANDLORD FOR SUCH AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF RENT AND OTHER SUMS DUE TO LANDLORD AS IS UNPAID UNDER THIS LEASE (INCLUDING THE ACCELERATED RENT COMPONENT) TOGETHER WITH COSTS AND ATTORNEYS FEES EQUAL TO THE LESSER OF FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS ($5,000.00) OR FIVE PERCENT (5%) OF ANY SUCH UNPAID AMOUNT. TENANT HEREBY RATIFIES AND CONFIRMS ALL THAT THE ATTORNEY MAY DO BY VIRTUE HEREOF AND WAIVES AND RELEASES ALL ERRORS WHICH MAY INTERVENE IN SUCH PROCEEDINGS. IF A COPY OF THIS LEASE SHALL BE PRODUCED IN ANY PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT UPON THE WARRANT OF ATTORNEY CONTAINED IN THIS PARAGRAPH, SUCH COPY SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF SUCH PROTHONOTARY’S AND/OR ATTORNEY’S AUTHORITY TO TAKE THE ACTION SPECIFIED HEREIN AND IT SHALL NOT BE NECESSARY TO PRODUCE THE ORIGINAL INSTRUMENT. THE AUTHORITY GRANTED HEREIN TO CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST TENANT SHALL NOT BE EXHAUSTED BY ANY EXERCISE THEREOF, BUT MAY BE EXERCISED FROM TIME TO TOME AS OFTEN AS THERE IS OCCASION THEREFOR UNTIL PAYMENT IN FULL OF ALL AMOUNTS DUE UNDER THIS LEASE.
(h) It is expressly understood and agreed that Tenant acknowledges that it knowingly, willingly, intelligently and voluntarily agrees to the Confession of Judgment clauses contained in
Sections 15(f) & (g).
(i) Tenant hereby waives all errors and defect of a procedural nature in any proceedings brought against it by Landlord under this Lease. Tenant further waives the right to any notices to quit as may be specified in the Landlord and Tenant Act of Pennsylvania, as amended, and agrees that five (5) days notice shall be sufficient in any case where a longer period may be statutorily specified.
(j) In the event that Tenant defaults in the performance of any of the terms, conditions or covenants of this Lease, and such default requires the Landlord, in the exercise of its sole discretion, to engage the services of any attorney, whether or not an employee of Landlord, to enforce compliance by the Tenant with the terms, conditions and covenants hereof, the Tenant will reimburse Landlord for all reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in its use of such attorney and in any action which said attorney may pursue. Such attorney fees shall include, but are not limited to legal fees, court costs, costs of filing and serving summons and/or complaints, etc. All attorney fees and costs incurred by the Landlord shall be due and payable on demand, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder and shall be added to the installment of rent next accruing or to any subsequent installment of rent due and payable hereunder, at the election of Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting in any manner by reason of its undertaking and pursuing any of the rights and remedies which by the terms hereof are reserved to and are for the benefit of Landlord.
(k) Landlord shall not be in default in performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in reasonable detail Landlord’s failure to perform. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may may exercise any of its rights and remedies provided under this Lease and/or at law or in equity.
16.
SUBORDINATION
.
This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to all the terms and conditions of all underlying mortgages and to all ground or underlying leases of the entire Building which may now or hereafter encumber the Building and/or the land on which the Building is located, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be necessary, provided that Tenant shall execute, within thirty (30) days after request, any certificate that Landlord may reasonably require acknowledging such subordination or a form of subordination agreement required by Landlord’s lender, provided that such certificate or form shall be reasonably acceptable to Tenant and shall provide, at a
minimum, that Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the party holding the instrument to which this Lease is subordinate shall have the right to recognize and preserve this Lease in the event of any foreclosure sale or possessory action, and in such case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect at the option of the party holding the superior lien, and Tenant shall attorn to such party and shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any instrument that has for its purpose and effect the confirmation of such attornment.
17.
NOTICES
.
Any notices under this Lease by either party must be served by registered or certified mail or an overnight delivery service, addressed to such party at the notice address set forth in
Section 7
of the Fundamental Lease Provisions.
Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be in default under any of the provisions of this Lease to be performed or complied with by Landlord unless Tenant shall first have given written notice to Landlord.
18.
HOLDING-OVER
.
Upon the expiration of the term of this Lease, either by lapse of time or otherwise, agrees to peaceably surrender to Landlord the Demised Premises and all alterations, additions, improvements, changes and fixtures in accordance with this Lease. Should Tenant continue to occupy the Demised Premises after expiration of the term of this Lease or any renewal or renewals thereof, or after a forfeiture incurred, such tenancy shall (without limitation of any of Landlord’s rights or remedies therefor) be one at sufferance and Tenant shall pay Landlord, as liquidated damages, a sum equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent to be paid by Tenant to the Landlord for such time as Tenant shall so retain possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, plus any other Operating Expense Rent and Additional Rent payments provided for in this Lease; provided, however, that exercise of Landlord’s rights under this clause shall not be interpreted as a grant of permission to Tenant to continue in possession.
19.
TENANT’S RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
.
A.
Hazardous Substances
. The term “Hazardous Substances,” as used in the Lease, shall include, without limitation, flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, medical waste, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s), chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, petroleum and petroleum products, and substances declared to be hazardous or toxic under any law or regulations now or hereafter enacted or promulgated by a governmental authority.
B.
Tenant's Restrictions
. The Tenant shall not cause:
(1) Any violation of any federal, state or local law, ordinance, or regulation now or hereafter enacted, related to environmental conditions on, under, or about the Demised Premises or Building, or arising from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises, including, but not limited to, soil and ground water conditions; or
(2) The use, generation, release, manufacture, refining, production, processing, storage, or disposal of any Hazardous Substance on, under or about the Demised Premises or the Property except in accordance with law.
C.
Environmental Clean-Up
.
(1) The Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, comply with all laws regulating the use, generation, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Substances (
“Laws”
).
(2) The Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, make all submissions to, provide all information required by, and comply with all requirements of all governmental authorities (the
“Authorities”
) under the Laws.
(3) Should any Authority or any third party demand that a clean-up plan be prepared and that a clean-up be undertaken because of any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances that occurs by Tenant during the term of this Lease at or from the Demised Premises or the Property, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, prepare and submit the required plans and all related bonds and other financial assurances; and Tenant shall carry out all such clean-up plans.
(4) Tenant shall promptly provide all information regarding Hazardous Substances that is required by Landlord. If Tenant fails to fulfill any duty imposed under this subparagraph within a reasonable time, Landlord may do so, and in such case, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in order to prepare all documents Landlord deems necessary or appropriate to determine the applicability of the Laws to the Demised Premises and Tenant’s use thereof, and for compliance therewith, and Tenant shall execute all documents promptly upon Landlord’s request. No such action by Landlord and no attempt made by Landlord to mitigate damages under any Law shall constitute a waiver of any of Tenant’s obligations under this subparagraph.
(5) Medical Tenant facilities which produce medical waste (Red Bag) shall arrange for their own pick-up and disposal of all “Red Bag” materials.
(6) Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this subparagraph shall survive the expiration of this Lease.
D.
Indemnification
. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord, the manager of the Building, and their respective officers, directors, beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, agents and employees from all fines, suits, procedures, claims and actions of every kind, and all costs associated therewith (including attorneys’ and consultants’
fees) arising out of or in any way connected with any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances by Tenant that occurs during the term of this Lease at or from the Demised Premises, or from Tenant’s failure to provide all information, make all submissions, and take all steps required by all Authorities under the Laws and all other environmental laws. The Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this
Section 19
shall survive the expiration of this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Tenant from all fines, suits, procedures, claims and actions of every kind, and all costs associated therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) arising out of or in any way connected with Hazardous Substances which exist as of the date of this Lease at or from the Demised Premises. The mutual indemnification under this
Section 19
shall survive the expiration of this Lease.
E.
Mold
. Tenant shall undertake any and all actions necessary to prevent mold from forming in, on and/or under the Demised Premises including, but not limited to, the following: (i) Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of any water leaks, plumbing leaks, roof leaks, foundation leaks or any other source of water that penetrates into the Demised Premises; (ii) in the event Tenant shall have the right and ability to control the air conditioning system serving the Demised Premises, and the humidity outside of the Demised Premises is eighty percent (80%) or higher, and the temperature outside of the Demised Premises is ninety degrees Fahrenheit (90° F) or higher, Tenant shall utilize the air conditioning system to remove excess humidity inside the Demised Premises; (iii) in the event Tenant becomes aware of any mold growth, Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing.
In the event Tenant fails to take any of the actions as set forth herein, in addition to any and all rights and remedies of Landlord as set forth herein and at law and in equity, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs and other damage that may result from any such growth of mold in, on and/or under the Demised Premises.
20.
LANDLORD IMPROVEMENT
. Landlord shall cause the Demised Premises to be completed in a “turnkey” manner, in accordance with the construction plan attached hereto as
Exhibit “B”
, reserving the right to: (a) make substitutions of material of equivalent grade and quality when and if any specified material shall not be readily and reasonably available; and (b) make changes necessitated by conditions met during the course of construction, provided that Tenant’s approval of any substantial change (and any reduction of cost incident thereto) shall first be obtained (which approval shall not be reasonably withheld so long as there shall be general conformity with said working drawings).
During the course of Landlord’s construction, Landlord shall communicate with Tenant through Tenant’s Contact, and Landlord shall have the right to rely on, and Tenant shall bound by, decisions and other agreements made by Tenant’s Contact with regard to Landlord’s construction. The Landlord’s build-out and cost responsibility will be limited to
Thirty Dollars ($30.00)
per square foot (the
“Tenant Improvement Allowance”
). The Tenant shall bear all cost responsibility for amounts in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.
21.
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION
.
Each party hereto hereby waives any and every claim which arises or which may arise in its favor against the other party hereto during the term of this Lease, or any extension or renewal thereof, for any and all loss of, or damage to, any of its property located within or upon or constituting a part of the Building, to the extent that such loss or damage is covered under an insurance policy or policies and to the extent such policy or policies contain provisions permitting such waivers of claims. Each party agrees to request its insurers to issue policies containing such provisions and if any extra premium is payable therefor, the party which would benefit from the provision shall have the option to pay such additional premium in order to obtain such benefit.
22
.
RENT TAX
.
If, during the term of this Lease or any renewal or extension thereof, any tax is imposed upon the privilege of renting or occupying the Demised Premises or upon the amount of rentals collected therefor, Tenant will pay each month, as additional rent, a sum equal to such tax or charge that is imposed for such month, but nothing herein shall be taken to require Tenant to pay any income, estate, inheritance or franchise tax imposed upon Landlord.
23.
PRIOR AGREEMENT, AMENDMENTS
.
Neither Landlord nor Tenant has made any representations or promises except as contained herein or in some further writing signed by the party making such representation or promise. No other agreement hereinafter made shall be effective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.
24.
CAPTIONS
.
The captions of the paragraphs and sections in this Lease are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof.
25.
MECHANIC’S LIEN
.
Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord, discharge any mechanic’s lien for materials or labor claimed to have been furnished to the Demised Premises on Tenant’s behalf (except for work contracted for by Landlord) and shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any loss incurred in connection therewith.
26.
LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE
.
Landlord may (but shall not be obligated), on five (5) days additional notice to Tenant (except that no notice need be given in case of emergency) cure on behalf of Tenant any default hereunder by Tenant that is not cured within the cure period applicable to such default, and the cost of such cure (including any reasonable attorney’s fees incurred) shall be deemed additional rent payable upon demand.
27.
PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE
.
Tenant shall at all times during the term hereof maintain in full force and effect with respect to the Demised Premises and Tenant’s use thereof, comprehensive public liability insurance, naming Landlord as an additional insured, covering injury to person and property in amounts at least equal to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit. Tenant shall lodge with Landlord duplicate originals or certificates of such insurance at or prior to the commencement date of the term hereof, together with evidence of paid-up premiums, and shall lodge with Landlord renewals thereof at least fifteen (15) days prior to expiration. All such policies or certificates shall provide that such insurance coverage may not be cancelled or materially amended unless Landlord is given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the same.
28.
ESTOPPEL STATEMENT
.
Each party agrees that at any time and from time to time at reasonable intervals, within ten (10) days after written request by the requesting party, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party, or to other person designated by the requesting party, a certificate in a form as may from time to time be provided, ratifying this Lease and certifying (i) that Tenant has entered into occupancy of the Demised Premises and the date of such entry if such is the case; (ii) that the Lease is in full force and effect, and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented, or amended in any way (or, if there has been any assignment, modification, supplement, or amendment, identifying the same); (iii) that this Lease represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant as to the subject matter hereof; (iv) the date of commencement and expiration of the Term; (v) that all conditions under this Lease to be performed by Landlord and Tenant and have been satisfied and all required contributions by Landlord to Tenant on account of Tenant’s improvements have been received (and if not, what conditions remain unperformed); and (vi) such other matters as the party requesting the certificate may reasonably request.
29.
RELOCATION
.
Intentionally Omitted.
30.
MISCELLANEOUS
.
(a) Landlord and Tenant each warrant and represent to the other that it had no dealing with and has not employed any broker, finder or agent as its representative in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Lease other than Broker (defined above) who shall be paid by Landlord. Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from any and all liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys, fees, arising out of claims against the other party by any other broker, consultant, finder or like agent besides Broker claiming to have brought about this Lease based upon the alleged acts of the indemnifying party.
This indemnity contained in this
Section 30
shall survive the expiration of this Lease or earlier termination of this Lease.
(b) The word “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall be construed to mean tenants in all cases where there is more than one tenant, and the necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply to corporations, partnerships or individuals, men or women, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. This Lease shall not inure to the benefit of any assignee, heir, legal representative, transferee or successor of Tenant except upon the express written consent or election of Landlord. Subject to the foregoing limitation, each provision hereof shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind and inure to the benefit of Tenant and its heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Lease, it is specifically understood and agreed, such agreement being a primary consideration for the execution of this Lease by Tenant, that there shall be absolutely no personal liability on the part of Tenant's constituent members (to include but not be limited to officers, directors, partners and trustees), their respective successors or assigns, with respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, and that Landlord shall look solely to the assets of the corporation, for the satisfaction of each and every remedy of Landlord in the event of any breach by Tenant of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, such exculpation of liability to be absolute and without any exceptions whatsoever. The foregoing limitation of liability shall be noted in any judgment secured against Tenant.
(c) The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease means the fee owner of the Building or if different, the party holding and exercising the right, as against all others (except space Tenants of the Building) to possession of the entire Building. Landlord above-named represents that it is the holder of such rights as of the date of execution hereof. In the event of the voluntary transfer of such ownership or right to a successor-in-interest of Landlord, Landlord shall be freed and relieved of all liability and obligation hereunder which shall thereafter accrue (and, as to any unapplied portion of Tenant’s security deposit, Landlord shall be relieved of all liability therefor upon transfer of such portion to its successor in interest) and Tenant shall look solely to such successor in interest for the performance of the covenants and obligations of the Landlord hereunder (either in terms of ownership or possessory rights). The successor in interest shall not (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of a prior landlord; (ii) be subject to any rental offsets or defenses against a prior landlord; (iii) be bound by any amendment of this Lease made without its written consent, or by payment by Tenant of rent in advance in excess of one (1) month’s rent; or (iv) be liable for any security not actually received by it. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, any liability of Landlord, its agents, partners or employees, arising out of or in respect of this Lease, the Demised Premises or the Building, shall be limited to the equity of Landlord in its interest in the Building.
(d) Tenant agrees to execute a memorandum of this Lease in the form acceptable to Tenant, which may be recorded by Landlord at Landlord’s expense. Tenant also agrees to execute any assignment of this Lease by Landlord, evidencing its consent to such assignment. Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form memorandum of this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord, and any such attempted recordation shall be void and of no force or effect and shall constitute a default hereunder; and Tenant hereby appoints Landlord its attorney in fact to file any instrument to remove or discharge from record any such recordation of this Lease or memorandum.
(e) This Lease may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, and by facsimile signature or electronic signature, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Lease shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.
(f) Landlord waives any contractual, statutory or common law landlord’s lien or security interest including any rights of levy or distraint for rent now existing or hereafter arising with respect to the Demised Premises and personal property or equipment of Tenant and Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant any reasonable instrument confirming same if requested by Tenant or any lender, prospective purchaser, successor, assignee or transferee of Tenant.
(g)
DELIVERY OF THE LEASE TO TENANT SHALL NOT BIND LANDLORD IN ANY MANNER, AND NO LEASE OR OBLIGATIONS OF LANDLORD SHALL ARISE UNTIL THIS INSTRUMENT IS SIGNED BY BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT.
-SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have executed this Lease or caused this Lease to be executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
|
CENTER VALLEY PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, LP,
|
|
|
a Pennsylvania limited partnership
|
|
|
By:
CENTER VALLEY PARKWAY
|
|
|
ASSOCIATES, LLC,
a Pennsylvania limited
|
|
|
liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Peter H. Gerbert
|
|
Witness
|
|
PETER H. GEBERT, PRESIDENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: November 17, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION,
|
|
|
a Delaware Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/
s/ James Monlinaro
|
|
Witness
|
|
JAMES MOLINARO, CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: November 17, 2010
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT “A”
SITE PLAN
[Image of the Site Plan]
EXHIBIT A-2
BUILDING PARKING
[Image of the Building Parking]
EXHIBIT “B”
CONSTRUCTION PLAN
[Image of Construction Plan]
EXHIBIT “C”
BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The sidewalks, entryways, passages, corridors, stairways and elevators shall not be obstructed by any of the tenants, their employees or agents, or used by them for purposes other than ingress or egress to and from their respective suites. All safes or other heavy articles shall be carried up or into the leased premises only at such times and in such manner as shall be prescribed by the Landlord and the Landlord shall in all cases have the right to specify a maximum weight and proper position or location of any such safe or other heavy article. The Tenant shall pay any damage done to the Building by taking in or removing any safe or from overloading any floor in any way. The Tenant shall pay for the cost of repairing or restoring any part of the Building, which shall be defaced or injured by a tenant, its agents or employees.
2. Each Tenant will refer all contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians rendering any service on or to the leased premises for the tenant to Landlord for Landlord’s approval and supervision before permanence of any contractual service. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building, including installation of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments and installations of any nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment or any other physical portion of the Building.
3. No, sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the inside or outside of the Building unless of such color, size and style and in such place upon or in the Building as shall first be designated by Landlord; there shall be no obligation or duty on Landlord to allow any sign, advertisement or notice to be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the inside or outside of the Building except as specified in a tenant’s lease. Signs on or adjacent to doors shall be in color, size and style approved by Landlord, the cost to be paid by the tenants. Landlord will provide a directory in a conspicuous place, with the names of tenants, Landlord will make any necessary revision in this within a reasonable time after notice from the tenant of an error or of a change making revision necessary. No furniture shall be placed in front of the Building or in any lobby or corridor without written consent of Landlord.
4. No tenant shall do or permit anything to be done in its leased premises, or bring to keep anything therein, which will in any way increase the rate of fire insurance on the Building, or on property kept therein, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or in any way injure or annoy them, or conflict with the laws relating to fire prevention and safety, or with any regulations of the fire department, or with any rules or ordinances of any Board of Health or other governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Building.
5. The janitor of the Building may at all times keep a pass-key, and he and other agents of the Landlord shall at all times, be allowed admittance to the leased premises for purposes permitted in Tenant’s lease.
6. No additional locks shall be placed upon any doors without the written consent of the Landlord. All necessary keys shall be furnished by the Landlord, and the same shall be surrendered upon the termination of this Lease, and the Tenant shall then give the Landlord or its agents an explanation of the combination of all locks upon the doors of vaults.
7. The water closets and other water fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and any damage resulting to them from misuse or abuse by a tenant or its agents, employees or invitees, shall be borne by the Tenant.
8. No person shall disturb the occupants of the Building by the use of any musical instruments; the making or transmittal of noises which are audible outside the leased premises, or any unreasonable use. No dogs or other animals or pets of any kind will be allowed in the Building.
9. No bicycles or similar vehicles will be allowed in the Building.
10. Nothing shall be thrown out the windows of the Building or down the stairways or other passages.
11. Tenants shall not be permitted to use or to keep in the Building any kerosene, camphene, burning fluid or other illuminating materials.
12. If any tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections, Landlord or its agents will direct the electricians as to what and how the wires may be introduced, and without such directions no boring or cutting for wires will be permitted.
13. No portion of the Building shall be used for the purposes of lodging rooms or for any immoral or unlawful purposes.
14. No tenant shall store anything outside the Building or in any common areas in the building.
EXHIBIT “D”
BUILDING MECHANICAL SYSTEM
[Image of the Building Mechanical System]
EXHIBIT “E”
PROJECT MONUMENT SIGN
[Image of Project Monument]
EXHIBIT “F”
JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS
ATTACHED
EXHIBIT “G”
COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT
THIS COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT
is hereby made effective as of this
day of
, 2011, between
CENTER VALLEY PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, L.P.
, a Pennsylvania limited partnership (the
“Landlord”
) and
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
, a Delaware corporation (the
“Tenant”
).
BACKGROUND
A. By that certain Lease Agreement dated
(the
“Lease”
), Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises (the
“Premises”
) located at Saucon Valley Plaza, Upper Saucon Township, Lehigh County, Pennsylvania.
B. Tenant is in possession of the Premises and the term of the Lease has commenced.
C. Landlord and Tenant agreed to enter into an agreement setting forth certain information in respect of the Premises and the Lease.
NOW, THEREFORE
, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
1. The term of the Lease commenced on, and the Commencement Date (as such term is defined in the Lease) was
and the term of the Lease shall expire on
, unless the Tenant exercises the option referred to in
Paragraph 2
below.
2. The Tenant has the right to extend the term of the Lease for an additional term of five (5) years, as described and on the terms set forth in
Section 2
of the Lease. If Tenant properly exercises such option, such option term shall commence on
and shall expire on .
3. Landlord and Tenant have measured the Premises and determined that the Premises contains approximately
three thousand one hundred eighty-one (3,181)
rentable square feet. Accordingly, the minimum rent payable during the term is as follows and Tenant’s proportionate share for the purpose of determining Tenant’s share of operating expenses, real estate taxes and any other item for which Tenant is responsible to reimburse Landlord for a pro rata share is
three and eight-tenths percent (3.8%):
Months Annual Rent Monthly Rent $/Sq. Ft.
0-4 $0 $0
5-24 $58,848.00 $4,904.00 $18.50
25-36 $60,444.00 $5,037.00 $19.00
37-48 $62,028.00 $5,169.00 $19.50
49-60 $63,624.00 $5,302.00 $20.00
61-64 $65,208.00 $5,434.00 $20.50
No Base Rent shall be due or payable for the initial four (4) months of the Term. However, Tenant shall be responsible for payment of Operating Expenses and utilities during such period.
-SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
|
CENTER VALLEY PARKWAY ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
|
|
|
a Pennsylvania limited partnership
|
|
|
By:
CENTER VALLEY PARKWAY
|
|
|
ASSOCIATES, LLC,
a Pennsylvania limited
|
|
|
liability company
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Witness
|
PETER H. GEBERT, PRESIDENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION,
|
|
|
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Witness
|
|
JAMES MOLINARO, CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.2
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
As Restated Effective November 22, 2010
1. Purpose; Definitions.
The purpose of the Techprecision Corporation 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to enable Techprecision Corporation (the “Company”) to attract, retain and reward key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and others who provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such key employees and such other persons and the Company’s stockholders, by offering such key employees and such other persons incentives and/or other equity interests or equity-based incentives in the Company, as well as performance-based incentives payable in cash.
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
(a) “Affiliate” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, that is designated by the Board as a participating employer under the Plan, provided that the Company directly or indirectly owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of such entity or at least 20% of the ownership interests in such entity.
(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) “Book Value” means, as of any given date, on a per share basis (i) the stockholders’ equity in the Company as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year as reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, subject to such adjustments as the Committee shall specify at or after grant, divided by (ii) the number of then outstanding shares of Stock as of such year-end date, as adjusted by the Committee for subsequent events.
(d) “Cause” means a felony conviction of a participant, or the failure of a participant to contest prosecution for a felony, or a participant’s willful misconduct or dishonesty, or breach of trust or other action by which the participant obtains personal gain at the expense of or to the detriment of the Company or conduct which results in civil or criminal liability or penalties, including penalties pursuant to a consent decree, order or agreement, on the part of the Company; provided, however, that if the participant has an Employment Agreement with the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate which includes a definition of “cause,” then “cause” shall have the meaning as defined in such Employment Agreement.
(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
(f) “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.
(g) “Committee” means the Committee referred to in Section 2 of the Plan. If at any time no Committee shall be in office, then the functions of the Committee specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Board.
(h) “Company” means Techprecision Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.
(i) “Deferred Stock” means an award made pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan of the right to receive Stock at the end of a specified deferral period.
(j) “Disability” means disability as determined under procedures established by the Committee for purposes of the Plan; provided that if the participant has an Employment Agreement with the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate which includes a definition of “disability,” then “disability” shall have the meaning as defined in such Employment Agreement.
(k) “Early Retirement” means retirement, with the express consent for purposes of the Plan of the Company at or before the time of such retirement, from active employment with the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate pursuant to the early retirement provisions of the applicable pension plan of such entity.
(l) “Employment Agreement” shall mean an employment or consulting agreement or other agreement pursuant to which the participant performs services for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate.
(m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, from time to time, and any successor thereto.
(n) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any given date, the market price of the Stock as determined by or in accordance with the policies established by the Committee in good faith; provided, that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the Code and the Treasury regulations under the Code.
(o) “Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
(p) “Independent Director” shall mean a “non-employee director” as set forth in Rule 16b-3 of the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or any successor definition adopted by the Commission; provided that in the event that said rule (or successor rule) shall not have such a definition, the term Independent Director shall mean a director of the Company who is not otherwise employed by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; provided, however, an Independent Director shall also be an independent director as determined by the rules or regulations of the principal stock exchange or market on which the Stock is traded or, if the Stock is not listed or traded on such exchange, as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market.
(q) “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
(r) “Normal Retirement” means retirement from active employment with the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate on or after age 65 or such other age as is designated by the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate as the normal retirement age.
(s) “Other Stock-Based Award” means an award under Section 10 of the Plan that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is otherwise based on, Stock.
(t) “Plan” means this Techprecision Corporation 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as hereinafter amended from time to time.
(u) “Restricted Stock” means an award of shares of Stock that is subject to restrictions under Section 7 of the Plan.
(v) “Retirement” means Normal Retirement or Early Retirement.
(w) “Stock” means the common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Company or any class of common stock into which such common stock may hereafter be converted or for which such common stock may be exchanged pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or as part of a recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction.
(x) “Stock Appreciation Right” means the right pursuant to an award granted under Section 6 of the Plan to surrender to the Company all (or a portion) of a Stock Option in exchange for an amount equal to the difference between (i) the Fair Market Value, as of the date such award or Stock Option (or such portion thereof) is surrendered, of the shares of Stock covered by such Stock Option (or such portion thereof), subject, where applicable, to the pricing provisions in Section 6(b)(ii) of the Plan and (ii) the aggregate exercise price of such Stock Option or base price with respect to such award (or the portion thereof which is surrendered).
(y) “Stock Option” or “Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock (including Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock, if the Committee so determines) granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.
(z) “Stock Purchase Right” means the right to purchase Stock pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.
(aa) “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other business association, including a partnership (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations or other business associations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or other business associations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns equity interests (including stock or partnership interests) possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of equity in one of the other corporations or other business associations in the chain. The Board may elect to treat as a Subsidiary an entity in which the Company possesses less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of equity if, under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company may include the financial statements of such entity as part of the Company’s consolidated financial statements (other than as a minority interest or other single line item).
In addition, the terms “Change in Control,” “Potential Change in Control” and “Change in Control Price” shall have meanings set forth, respectively, in Sections 11(b), (c) and (d) of the Plan.
2. Administration.
(a) The Plan shall be administered by a Committee of not less than two directors all of whom shall be Independent Directors, who shall be appointed by the Board and who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. If and to the extent that no Committee exists which has the authority to administer the Plan, the functions of the Committee specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Board.
(b) The Committee shall have full authority to grant, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, to officers and other persons eligible under Section 4 of the Plan, provided that Independent Directors shall not be eligible for options or other benefits pursuant to the Plan other than as provided in Sections 4(b) and 4(c) of the Plan: Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock Purchase Rights and/or Other Stock-Based Awards. In
particular, the Committee shall have the authority:
(i) to select the officers and other eligible persons to whom Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock Purchase Rights and/or Other Stock-Based Awards may from time to time be granted pursuant to the Plan;
(ii) to determine whether and to what extent Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock Purchase Rights and/or Other Stock-Based Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted pursuant to the Plan, to one or more eligible persons;
(iii) to determine the number of shares to be covered by each such award granted pursuant to the Plan;
(iv) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the share price or exercise price and any restriction or limitation, or any vesting, acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions regarding any Stock Option or other award and/or the shares of Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine;
(v) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash, Restricted Stock and/or Deferred Stock under Section 5(b)(x) or (xi) of the Plan, as applicable, instead of Stock;
(vi) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Option grants and/or other awards under the Plan and/or other cash awards made by the Company are to be made, and operate, on a tandem basis with other awards under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan in a manner whereby the exercise of one award precludes, in whole or in part, the exercise of another award, or on an additive basis;
(vii) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant, including any provision for any determination or method of determination of the amount (if any) deemed be earned on any deferred amount during any deferral period;
(viii) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Stock Purchase Rights and the Stock purchased by exercising such Rights; and
(ix) to determine an aggregate number of awards and the type of awards to be granted to eligible persons employed or engaged by the Company and/or any specific Subsidiary, Affiliate or division and grant to management the authority to grant such awards, provided that no awards to any person subject to the reporting and short-swing profit provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act may be granted awards except by the Committee.
(c) In the event that any officers or other participants have Employment Agreements with the Company which provide for the grant of options to such participants, unless the Committee or the Board otherwise determines, the options shall be treated for all purposes as if they were granted pursuant to this Plan as long as there is a sufficient number of shares available for grant pursuant to this Plan.
(d) The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any award issued under the Plan and any agreements relating thereto, and otherwise to supervise the administration of the Plan.
(e) All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be made in the Committee’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan participants.
3. Stock Subject to Plan.
(a) The total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be three million (3,000,000) shares of Stock. In the event that awards are granted in tandem such that the exercise of one award precludes the exercise of another award then, for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Stock as to which awards shall have been granted, the maximum number of shares of Stock issuable pursuant to such tandem awards shall be used.
(b) Subject to Section 6(b)(v) of the Plan, if any shares of Stock that have been optioned cease to be subject to a Stock Option, or if any such shares of Stock that are subject to any Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock award, Stock Purchase Right or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan are forfeited or any such award otherwise terminates without a payment being made to the participant in the form of Stock, such shares shall again be available for
distribution in connection with future awards under the Plan.
(c) In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution, reverse split, combination of shares or other change in corporate structure affecting the Stock, such substitution or adjustment shall be made in the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the base number of shares, in the number and option price of shares subject to outstanding Options granted under the Plan, in the number and purchase price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, and in the number of shares subject to other outstanding awards granted under the Plan as may be determined to be appropriate by the Committee, in its sole discretion, provided that the number of shares subject to any award shall always be a whole number, and provided that the treatment of such options and rights shall be consistent with the nature of the event. Such adjusted option price shall also be used to determine the amount payable by the Company upon the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right associated with any Stock Option.
4. Eligibility.
(a) Officers and other key employees and directors of, and consultants and independent contractors to, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (but excluding, except as to Sections 4(b) and 4(c) of the Plan, Independent Directors) who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and/or profitability of the business of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates are eligible to be granted awards under the Plan.
(b) On each July 1st of each year, commencing in with the applicable year, as hereinafter defined, each person who is a Independent Director on such date shall automatically be granted a Non-Qualified Stock Option to purchase five thousand (5,000) shares of Stock (or such lesser number of shares of Stock as remain available for grant at such date under the Plan, divided by the number of Independent Directors at such date). Such Stock Options shall be exercisable at a price per share equal to the greater of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant or the par value of one share of Stock. The Non-Qualified Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall become exercisable cumulatively as to fifty percent (50%) of the shares subject thereto six months from the date of grant and as to the remaining fifty percent (50%), eighteen months from the date of grant, and shall expire on the first to occur of (i) five years from the date of grant, or (ii) seven (7) months from the date such Independent Director ceases to be a director if such Independent Director ceases to be a director other than as a result of his death or Disability, or (iii) twelve (12) months from the date of death or Disability. As used in this Section 4(b), the applicable year shall mean 2009 with respect to the Independent Directors who were Independent Directors on or prior to July 31, 2006, and the year in which the July 1st coincides with or follows the third anniversary of his or her initial election as a director with respect to Independent Directors who were first elected as a director subsequent to July 31, 2006. The provisions of this Section 4(b) and said Section 4(c) may not be amended more than one (1) time in any six (6) month period other than to comply with changes in the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) or the rules thereunder.
(c) At the time an Independent Director is first elected to the Board, such person shall automatically be granted a Non-Qualified Stock Option as follows:
(i) With respect to Independent Directors who are directors on of prior to July 31, 2006, such Independent Directors shall receive an option to purchase fifty thousand (50,000) shares of Stock (or such lesser number of shares of Stock as remain available for grant at such date under the Plan, divided by the number of Independent Directors who are elected as directors at such date). Such Stock Options shall be exercisable at a price per share equal to the greater of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant or the par value of one share of Stock, as follows. The Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable as to thirty thousand (30,000) shares of Stock and shall become exercisable cumulatively as to ten thousand (10,000) shares of Stock on each of February 24, 2007 and February 24, 2008. The option shall expire on the first to occur of (x) five years from the date of the Independent Director’s first election as a director, or (y) seven (7) months from the date such Independent Director ceases to be a director if such Independent Director ceases to be a director other than as a result of his death or Disability or (z) twelve (12) months after the date of death or Disability. The options granted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i) shall constitute a grant of twenty five thousand (25,000) shares in addition to the twenty five thousand (25,000) shares granted prior to the July 27, 2006 amendment to the Plan with the vesting schedule of the combined option to be as set forth in this Section 4(c)(i).
(ii) With respect to Independent Directors who are first elected to the board subsequent to July 31, 2006, such Independent Directors shall receive a five-year option to purchase fifty thousand (50,000) shares of Stock (or such lesser number of shares of Stock as remain available for grant at such date under the Plan, divided by the number of Independent Directors who are elected as directors at such date). Such Stock Options shall be exercisable at a price per share equal to the greater of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant or the par value of one share of Stock, as follows. The Stock Option shall be exercisable as to thirty thousand (30,000) shares of Stock six months from the date of grant and shall become exercisable cumulatively as to ten thousand (10,000) shares of Stock on each of first and second anniversaries of the date of grant. The option shall expire on the first to occur of (x) five years from the date of grant, or (y) seven (7) months from the date such Independent Director ceases to be a director if such Independent Director ceases to be a director other than as a result of his death or Disability or (z) twelve (12) months after the date of death or Disability.
(d) Options granted pursuant to Sections 4(b) and 4(c) may be exercised only by the Independent Director or, in the case of his or her death or Disability, by his or her legal representative. In no event may the Option be exercised with respect to any shares of Stock as to which the Option becomes exercisable after the date on which the Independent Director ceases to be a director.
5. Stock Options.
(a) Administration. Stock Options may be granted alone, in addition to or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve. Stock Options granted under the Plan may be of two types: (i) Incentive Stock Options and (ii) Non-Qualified Stock Options. The Committee shall have the authority to grant to any optionee Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options (in each case with or without Stock Appreciation Rights).
(b) Option Grants. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall deem desirable:
(i) Option Price. The option price per share of Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant.
(ii) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date the Option is granted.
(iii) Exercisability. Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at or after grant. If the Committee provides, in its sole discretion, that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time at or after grant in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine.
(iv) Method of Exercise.
(A) Subject to whatever installment exercise provisions apply under Section 5(b)(iii) of the Plan, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the option period, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price, either by check, note or such other instrument, securities or property as the Committee may accept. As and to the extent determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at or after grant, payments in full or in part may also be made in the form of Stock already owned by the optionee or, in the case of the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock subject to an award hereunder (based, in each case, on the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the option is exercised, as determined by the Committee).
(B) If payment of the option exercise price of a Non-Qualified Stock Option is made in whole or in part in the form of Restricted Stock or
Deferred Stock, the Stock issuable upon such exercise (and any replacement shares relating thereto) shall remain (or be) restricted or deferred, as the case may be, in accordance with the original terms of the Restricted Stock award or Deferred Stock award in question, and any additional Stock received upon the exercise shall be subject to the same forfeiture restrictions or deferral limitations, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at or after grant.
(C) No shares of Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been received by the Company. In the event of any exercise by note or other instrument, the shares of Stock shall not be issued until such note or other instrument shall have been paid in full, and the exercising optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder until such payment is made.
(D) Subject to Section 5(b)(iv)(C) of the Plan, an optionee shall generally have the rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to shares subject to the Option when the optionee has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such shares, and, if requested, has given the representation described in Section 14(a) of the Plan.
(v) Non-Transferability of Options. No Stock Option shall be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee.
(vi) Termination by Death. Subject to Section 5(b)(ix) of the Plan with respect to Incentive Stock Options, if an optionee’s employment by the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates by reason of death, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised, to the extent such option was exercisable at the time of death or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine at or after grant (or as may be determined in accordance with procedures established by the Committee), by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of the optionee under the will of the optionee, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify at grant) from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(vii) Termination by Reason of Disability or Retirement. Subject to Section 5(b)(ix) of the Plan with respect to Incentive Stock Options, if an optionee’s employment by the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates by reason of a Disability or Normal or Early Retirement, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine at or after grant (or as may be determined in accordance with procedures established by the Committee), for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify at grant) from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided, however, that, if the optionee dies within such one-year period (or such other period as the Committee shall specify at grant), any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall thereafter be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of one year from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Disability or Normal or Early Retirement, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(viii) Other Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee (or pursuant to procedures established by the Committee) at or after grant, if an optionee’s employment by the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate terminates for any reason other than death, Disability or Normal or Early Retirement, the Stock Option shall thereupon terminate; provided, however, that if the optionee is involuntarily terminated by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate without Cause, including a termination resulting from the Subsidiary, Affiliate or division in which the optionee is employed or engaged, ceasing, for any reason, to be a Subsidiary, Affiliate or division of the Company, such Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent otherwise exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months (or seven months in the case of a person subject to the reporting and short-swing profit provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act) from the date of such termination or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever is shorter.
(ix) Incentive Stock Options.
(A) Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code, or, without the consent of the optionee(s) affected, to disqualify any Incentive
Stock Option under such Section 422.
(B) To the extent required for “incentive stock option” status under Section 422(d) of the Code (taking into account applicable Treasury regulations and pronouncements), the Plan shall be deemed to provide that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the optionee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company or any Subsidiary or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 425 of the Code) shall not exceed $100,000. If Section 422 is hereafter amended to delete the requirement now in Section 422(d) that the plan text expressly provide for the $100,000 limitation set forth in Section 422(d), then this Section 5(b)(ix)(B) shall no longer be operative and the Committee may accelerate the dates on which the incentive stock option may be exercised.
(C) To the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code or the applicable regulations thereunder or any applicable Internal Revenue Service pronouncement:
(I) If (x) a participant’s employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Retirement and (y) the portion of any Incentive Stock Option that is otherwise exercisable during the post-termination period specified under Sections 5(b)(vi) and (vii) of the Plan, applied without regard to the $100,000 limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code, is greater than the portion of such option that is immediately exercisable as an “incentive stock option” during such post-termination period under Section 422, such excess shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option; and
(II) if the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option is accelerated by reason of a Change in Control, any portion of such option that is not exercisable as an Incentive Stock Option by reason of the $100,000 limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(x) Buyout Provisions. The Committee may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash, Stock, Deferred Stock or Restricted Stock an option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the optionee at the time that such offer is made.
(xi) Settlement Provisions. If the option agreement so provides at grant or is amended after grant and prior to exercise to so provide (with the optionee’s consent), the Committee may require that all or part of the shares to be issued with respect to the spread value of an exercised Option take the form of Deferred or Restricted Stock which shall be valued on the date of exercise on the basis of the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Committee) of such Deferred or Restricted Stock determined without regard to the deferral limitations and/or forfeiture restrictions involved.
6. Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) Grant and Exercise.
(i) Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan. In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of the grant of such Stock Option.
(ii) A Stock Appreciation Right or applicable portion thereof granted with respect to a given Stock Option shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Stock Option, subject to such provisions as the Committee may specify at grant where a Stock Appreciation Right is granted with respect to less than the full number of shares covered by a related Stock Option.
(iii) A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by an optionee, subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan, in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee for such purpose. Upon such exercise, the optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in said Section 6(b). Stock Options relating to exercised Stock Appreciation Rights shall no longer be exercisable to the extent that the related Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.
(b) Terms and Conditions. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, including the following:
(i) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Stock Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6 and Section 5 of the Plan; provided, however, that any Stock Appreciation Right granted to an optionee subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the grant of the related Stock Option shall not be exercisable during the first six months of its term, except that this special limitation shall not apply in the event of death or Disability of the optionee prior to the expiration of the six-month period. The exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights held by optionees who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act shall comply with Rule 16b-3 thereunder to the extent applicable.
(ii) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, an optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash and/or shares of Stock equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock over the option price per share specified in the related Stock Option multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment. When payment is to be made in shares of Stock, the number of shares to be paid shall be calculated on the basis of the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date of exercise. When payment is to be made in cash, such amount shall be based upon the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise, determined in a manner not inconsistent with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and the rules of the Commission thereunder.
(iii) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only when and to the extent that the underlying Stock Option would be transferable under Section 5(b)(v) of the Plan.
(iv) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised only to the extent of the number of shares issued under the Stock Appreciation Right at the time of exercise based on the value of the Stock Appreciation Right at such time.
(v) In its sole discretion, the Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights that become exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control and/or a Potential Change in Control, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify at grant; provided that any such Stock Appreciation Rights shall be settled solely in cash.
(vi) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may also provide that, in the event of a Change in Control and/or a Potential Change in Control, the amount to be paid upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be based on the Change in Control Price, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify at grant.
7. Restricted Stock.
(a) Administration. Shares of Restricted Stock may be issued either alone, in addition to or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. The Committee shall determine the eligible persons to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock will be made, the number of shares to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the recipient of Restricted Stock, subject to Section 7(b) of the Plan, the time or times within which such awards may be subject to forfeiture, and all other terms and conditions of the awards. The Committee may condition the grant of Restricted Stock upon the attainment of specified performance goals or such other factors as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine. The provisions of Restricted Stock awards need not be the same with respect to each
recipient.
(b) Awards and Certificates.
(i) The prospective recipient of a Restricted Stock award shall not have any rights with respect to such award unless and until such recipient has executed an agreement evidencing the award and has delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such award.
(ii) The purchase price for shares of Restricted Stock may be equal to or less than their par value and may be zero.
(iii) Awards of Restricted Stock must be accepted within a period of 60 days (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify at grant) after the award date, by executing a Restricted Stock Award Agreement and paying the price, if any, required under Section 7(b)(ii).
(iv) Each participant receiving a Restricted Stock award shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such award.
(v) The Committee shall require that (A) the stock certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in the custody of the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and (B) as a condition of any Restricted Stock award, the participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock covered by such award.
(c) Restrictions and Conditions. The shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Section 7 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:
(i) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the award agreement, during a period set by the Committee commencing with the date of such award (the “Restriction Period”), the participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge or assign shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan. Within these limits, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part, based on service, performance and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion.
(ii) Except as provided in this Section 7(c)(ii) and Section 7(c)(i) of the Plan, the participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any regular cash dividends paid out of current earnings. The Committee, in its sole discretion, as determined at the time of award, may permit or require the payment of cash dividends to be deferred and, if the Committee so determines, reinvested, subject to Section 14(e) of the Plan, in additional Restricted Stock to the extent shares are available under Section 3 of the Plan, or otherwise reinvested. Stock dividends, splits and distributions issued with respect to Restricted Stock shall be treated as additional shares of Restricted Stock that are subject to the same restrictions and other terms and conditions that apply to the shares with respect to which such dividends are issued, and the Committee may require the participant to deliver an additional stock power covering the shares issuable pursuant to such stock dividend, split or distribution. Any other dividends or property distributed with regard to Restricted Stock, other than regular dividends payable and paid out of current earnings, shall be held by the Company subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock.
(iii) Subject to the applicable provisions of the award agreement and this Section 7, upon termination of a participant’s employment or other services with the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason during the Restriction Period, all shares still subject to restriction will vest, or be forfeited, in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at or after grant.
(iv) If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock subject to such Restriction Period, certificates for an appropriate number of unrestricted shares, and other property held by the Company with respect to such Restricted Shares, shall be delivered to the participant promptly.
(d) Minimum Value Provisions. In order to better ensure that award payments actually reflect the performance of the Company and service of the participant, the Committee may provide, in its sole discretion, for a tandem Stock Option or performance-based or other award designed to guarantee a minimum value, payable in cash or Stock to the recipient of a Restricted Stock award, subject to such performance, future service, deferral and other terms and conditions as may be specified by the Committee.
8. Deferred Stock.
(a) Administration. Deferred Stock may be awarded either alone, in addition to or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. The Committee shall determine the eligible persons to whom and the time or times at which Deferred Stock shall be awarded, the number of shares of Deferred Stock to be awarded to any person, the duration of the period (the “Deferral Period”) during which, and the conditions under which, receipt of the Stock will be deferred, and the other terms and conditions of the award in addition to those set forth in Section 8(b). The Committee may condition the grant of Deferred Stock upon the attainment of specified performance goals or such other factors or criteria as the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine. The provisions of Deferred Stock awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
(b) Terms and Conditions. The shares of Deferred Stock awarded pursuant to
this Section 8 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the award agreement referred to in Section 8(b)(vi) of the Plan, Deferred Stock awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Deferral Period. At the expiration of the Deferral Period (or the Elective Deferral Period referred to in Section 8(b)(v) of the Plan, where applicable), share certificates representing the shares covered by the Deferred Stock award shall be delivered to the participant or his legal representative.
(ii) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant, amounts equal to any dividends declared during the Deferral Period with respect to the number of shares covered by a Deferred Stock award will be paid to the participant currently, or deferred and deemed to be reinvested in additional Deferred Stock, or otherwise reinvested, all as determined at or after the time of the award by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
(iii) Subject to the provisions of the award agreement and this Section 8, upon termination of a participant’s employment with the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason during the Deferral Period for a given award, the Deferred Stock in question will vest, or be forfeited, in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at or after grant.
(iv) Based on service, performance and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine, the Committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Deferred Stock award and/or waive the deferral limitations for all or any part of such award.
(v) A participant may elect to further defer receipt of an award (or an installment of an award) for a specified period or until a specified event (the “Elective Deferral Period”), subject in each case to the Committee’s approval and to such terms as are determined by the Committee, all in its sole discretion. Subject to any exceptions adopted by the Committee, such election must generally be made at least twelve months prior to completion of the Deferral Period for such Deferred Stock award (or such installment).
(vi) Each award shall be confirmed by, and subject to the terms of, a Deferred Stock agreement executed by the Company and the participant.
(c) Minimum Value Provisions. In order to better ensure that award payments actually reflect the performance of the Company and service of the participant, the Committee may provide, in its sole discretion, for a tandem Stock Option or performance-based or other award designed to guarantee a minimum value, payable in cash or Stock to the recipient of a deferred stock award, subject to such performance, future service, deferral and other terms and conditions as may be specified by the Committee.
9. Stock Purchase Rights.
(a) Awards and Administration. The Committee may grant eligible participants Stock Purchase Rights which shall enable such participants to purchase Stock (including Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock):
(i) at its Fair Market Value on the date of grant;
(ii) at a percentage of such Fair Market Value on such date, such percentage to be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion;
(iii) at an amount equal to Book Value on such date; or
(iv) at an amount equal to the par value of such Stock on such date.
The Committee shall also impose such deferral, forfeiture and/or other terms and conditions as it shall determine, in its sole discretion, on such Stock Purchase Rights or the exercise thereof. The terms of Stock Purchase Rights awards need not be the same with respect to each participant. Each Stock Purchase Right award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to the terms of, a Stock Purchase Rights Agreement.
(b) Exercisability. Stock Purchase Rights shall generally be exercisable for such period after grant as is determined by the Committee not to exceed sixty (60) days. However, the Committee may provide, in its sole discretion, that the Stock Purchase Rights of persons potentially subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act shall not become exercisable until six months and one day after the grant date, and shall then be exercisable for ten trading days at the purchase price specified by the Committee in accordance with Section 9(a) of the Plan.
10. Other Stock-Based Awards.
(a) Administration.
(i) Other awards of Stock and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, Stock (“Other Stock-Based Awards”), including, without limitation, performance shares, convertible preferred stock (to the extent a series of preferred stock has been or may be created by, or in accordance with a procedure set forth in, the Company’s certificate of incorporation), convertible debentures, warrants, exchangeable securities and Stock awards or options valued by reference to Fair Market Value, Book Value or performance of the Company or any Subsidiary, Affiliate or division, may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock or Stock Purchase Rights granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan.
(ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such award shall be made, the number of shares of Stock to be awarded pursuant to such awards, and all other conditions of the awards. The Committee may also provide for the grant of Stock upon the completion of a specified performance period. The provisions of Other Stock-Based Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
(b) Terms and Conditions. Other Stock-Based Awards made pursuant to this Section 10 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(i) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the award agreement referred to in Section 10(b)(v) of the Plan, shares of Stock subject to awards made under this Section 10 may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered prior to the date on which the shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses.
(ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the award agreement and unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant, the recipient of an award under this Section 10 shall be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, interest or dividends or interest or dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares covered by the award, as determined at the time of the award by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and the Committee may provide that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock or otherwise reinvested.
(iii) Any award under Section 10 and any Stock covered by any such award shall vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the award agreement, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
(iv) In the event of the participant’s Retirement, Disability or death, or in cases of special circumstances, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive in whole or in part any or all of the remaining limitations (if any) imposed with respect to any or all of an award pursuant to this Section 10.
(v) Each award under this Section 10 shall be confirmed by, and subject to the terms of, an agreement or other instrument by the Company and by the participant.
(vi) Stock (including securities convertible into Stock) issued on a bonus basis under this Section 10 may be issued for no cash consideration.
11. Change in Control Provisions.
(a) Impact of Event. In the event of a “Change in Control,” as defined in Section 11(b) of the Plan, or a “Potential Change in Control,” as defined in Section 11(c) of the Plan, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board at or after grant (subject to any right of approval expressly reserved by the Committee or the Board at the time of such determination), the following acceleration and valuation provisions shall apply:
(i) Any Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding for at least six months and any Stock Options awarded under the Plan not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested and any Incentive Stock Options may, with the consent of the holders thereof, be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.
(ii) The restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock Purchase rights and Other Stock-Based Awards, in each case to the extent not already vested under the Plan, shall lapse and such shares and awards shall be deemed fully vested.
(iii) The value of all outstanding Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock, Stock Purchase Rights and Other Stock-Based Awards, in each case to the extent vested (including such rights which shall have become vested pursuant to Sections 11(a)(i) and (ii) of the Plan), shall be purchased by the Company (“cashout”) in a manner determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, on the basis of the “Change in Control Price” as defined in Section 11(d) of the Plan as of the date such Change in Control or such Potential Change in Control is determined to have occurred or such other date as the Committee may determine prior to the Change in Control, unless the Committee shall, contemporaneously with or prior to any particular Change of Control or Potential Change of Control, determine that this Section 11(a)(iii) shall not be applicable to such Change in Control or Potential Change in Control.
(b) Definition of “Change in Control.” For purposes of Section 11(a) of the Plan, a “Change in Control” means the happening of any of the following after the completion of the acquisition of Ranor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Acquisition Effective Date”):
(i) When any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding the Company and any Subsidiary and any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary and any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) directly or indirectly becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time), of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that a Change of Control shall not arise if such acquisition is approved by the board of directors or if the board of directors or the Committee determines that such acquisition is not a Change of Control or if the board of directors authorizes the issuance of the shares of Stock (or securities convertible into Stock or upon the exercise of which shares of Stock may be issued) to such persons; or
(ii) When, during any period of twenty-four consecutive months during the existence of the Plan, the individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided, however, that a director who was not a director at the beginning of such 24-month period shall be deemed to have satisfied such 24-month requirement (and be an Incumbent Director) if such director was elected by, or on the recommendation of, or with the approval of, at least two-thirds of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors either actually (because they were directors at the beginning of such 24-month period) or by prior operation of this Section 11(b)(ii); provided, however, that all directors who are elected to the board not later than six months after the Acquisition Effective Date shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director and shall be deemed to have satisfied the 24-month requirement set forth in this Section 11(b)(ii); or
(iii) The occurrence of a transaction requiring stockholder approval for the acquisition of the Company by an entity other than the Company or a Subsidiary through purchase of assets, or by merger, or otherwise unless approved by a majority of Incumbent Directors.
(c) Definition of Potential Change in Control. For purposes of Section 11(a) of the Plan, a “Potential Change in Control” means the happening of any one of the following:
(i) The approval by stockholders of an agreement by the Company, the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control of the Company as defined in Section 11(b) of the Plan; or
(ii) The acquisition of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, by any entity, person or group (other than the Company or a Subsidiary or any Company employee benefit plan or any trustee of such plan acting as such trustee) of securities of the Company representing five percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities and the adoption by the Board of Directors of a resolution to the effect that a Potential Change in Control of the Company has occurred for purposes of the Plan.
(d) Change in Control Price. For purposes of this Section 11, “Change in Control Price” means the highest price per share paid in any transaction reported on the principal stock exchange on which the Stock is traded or the average of the highest bid and asked prices as reported by the principal stock exchange or market on which the Stock is traded, or paid or offered in any bona fide transaction related to a Potential or actual Change in Control of the Company at any time during the sixty-day period immediately preceding the occurrence of the Change in Control (or, where applicable, the occurrence of the Potential Change in Control event), in each case as determined by the Committee except that, in the case of Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights relating to Incentive Stock Options, such price shall be based only on transactions reported for the date on which the optionee exercises such Stock Appreciation Rights, Incentive Stock Options or, where applicable, the date on which a cashout occurs under Section 11(a)(iii).
12. Amendments and Termination.
(a) The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of an optionee or participant under a Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted or Deferred Stock award, Stock Purchase Right or Other Stock-Based Award theretofore granted, without the optionee’s or participant’s consent, and no amendment will be made without approval of the stockholders if such amendment requires stockholder approval under state law or if stockholder approval is necessary in order that the Plan comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Commission under the Exchange Act or any substitute or successor rule or if stockholder approval is necessary in order to enable the grant pursuant to the Plan of options or other awards intended to confer tax benefits upon the recipients thereof.
(b) The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall impair the rights or any holder without the holder’s consent. The Committee may also substitute new Stock Options for previously granted Stock Options (on a one for one or other basis), including previously granted Stock Options having higher option exercise prices.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Sections 12(a) and (b) of the Plan, the Board shall have broad authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in applicable securities and tax laws and accounting rules, as well as other developments, and, in particular, without limiting in any way the generality of the foregoing, to eliminate any provisions which are not required to included as a result of any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.
13. Unfunded Status of Plan.
The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a participant or optionee by the Company, nothing contained in this Plan shall give any such participant or optionee any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Stock or payments in lieu of or with respect to awards under this Plan; provided, however, that, unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of the affected participant, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan.
14. General Provisions.
(a) The Committee may require each person purchasing shares pursuant to a Stock Option or other award under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the optionee or participant is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. The certificates for such shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer. All certificates or shares of Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Stock is then listed, and any applicable Federal or state securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
(b) Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
(c) Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the grant of any award pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate any right to continued employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.
(d) No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the participant for Federal income tax purposes with respect to any award under the Plan, the participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding the payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, withholding obligations may be settled with Stock, including Stock that is part of the award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements and the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the participant.
(e) The actual or deemed reinvestment of dividends or dividend equivalents in additional Restricted Stock (or in Deferred Stock or other types of Plan awards) at the time of any dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Stock are available under Section 3 of the Plan for such reinvestment (taking into account then outstanding Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights and other Plan awards).
15. Effective Date of Plan.
The Plan shall be effective as of the date the Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of the Company’s Stock at the next annual or special meeting of stockholders or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock by a written consent in lieu of a meeting. Any grants made under the Plan prior to such approval shall be effective when made (unless otherwise specified by the Committee at the time of grant), but shall be conditioned on, and subject to, such approval of the Plan by such stockholders.
16. Term of Plan.
Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Purchase Right or Other Stock-Based Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan, until ten (10) years from the date the Plan was approved by the Board, unless the Plan shall be terminated by the Board, in its discretion, prior to such date, but awards granted prior to such termination may extend beyond that date.
Exhibit 10.3
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
This Purchase and Sale Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this 20th day of December, 2010, by and between WM Realty Management LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company with an address at 46 Baldwin Farms North, Greenwich, CT 06831 (“Seller”), and Ranor, Inc., a Delaware corporation with an address at 1 Bella Drive, Westminster, MA 01473 (“Buyer”).
Seller is the owner of certain Premises (as hereinafter defined) located at 1 Bella Drive, Westminster, Worcester County, Massachusetts. Seller now desires to sell and Buyer desires to purchase the Premises and certain tangible and intangible personal property related to the Premises, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound, Seller and Buyer agree as follows:
1.
|
AGREEMENT TO SELL AND PURCHASE.
|
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller agrees to sell to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller the following:
(a)
Land
. All that certain tract or parcel of land described by metes and bounds in
Exhibit A
to this Agreement (the “Land”) (which Land shall not include the three residential lots as shown on the ANR Plan attached hereto as
Exhibit B
and made a part hereof which lots are part of the Land currently, but which will be separate from the Land after recording of the ANR Plan in accordance with Section 12 hereof.
(b)
Improvements
. The buildings and other improvements located on the Land, including all fixtures, electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing, security, fire suppression and other mechanical systems (the “Improvements”).
(c)
Appurtenances
. All easements, rights of way, licenses, privileges, hereditaments and appurtenances, if any, belonging to or inuring to the benefit of the Land, and all right, title and interest of Seller in and to any land lying in the bed of any highway, street, road or avenue, opened or proposed, in front of or abutting or adjoining the Land (collectively, the “Appurtenances”).
The Land, Improvements and Appurtenances are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “Premises”.
(d)
Intangibles
. The following intangible personal property (collectively, the “Intangibles”):
(i)
all licenses, authorizations, approvals, permits and certificates of occupancy issued by any governmental authority and relating to the ownership, use, operation or occupancy of the Premises (the “Permits”);
(ii)
all currently effective warranties and guaranties given by any contractor, supplier or manufacturer of any Improvements, or of any work performed on any Improvements (the “Warranties”).
The Premises and Intangibles are referred to collectively as the “Property”.
Said Premises is to be conveyed by a good and sufficient quitclaim deed, with quitclaim covenants, running to the Buyer, or to the nominee or assignee designated by the Buyer, and said deed shall convey a good and clear record and marketable title thereto such as will be insured by a title company licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts at the standard rate, free from encumbrances, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions (defined below).
The agreed purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for said Property is Four Million Two Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($4,275,000), of which
(a)
$150,000 (“Deposit”) has been paid by Buyer to Seller prior to the Effective Date. Seller acknowledges receipt of the Deposit. The “Effective Date” means the last date on which both parties have executed and received a fully executed duplicate copy of this Agreement.
(b)
$4,125,000, subject to the adjustments and credits provided in this Agreement, shall be paid by Buyer at Closing by wire transfer or by bank or title company check.
4.
|
TIME FOR PERFORMANCE; DELIVERY OF DEED
|
(a)
Provided Seller has complied with all of its obligations hereunder, closing (“Closing”) of title shall take place upon the date specified by Buyer upon not less than three (3) business days’ prior notice but not later than December 31, 2010 unless extended pursuant to subsection (b) below, at a location selected by Buyer and reasonably acceptable to Seller. The date upon which the parties close title in accordance with this Agreement shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Closing Date”.
(b)
Buyer may extend the Closing Date to a date on or before January 30, 2011 (“Extended Closing Date”), provided Buyer gives Seller written notice of such extension on or before December 21, 2010. Unless the parties mutually agree by written agreement to further extend the Closing Date, Buyer shall not have the option to extend the Extended Closing Date beyond January 30, 2011. If the parties do not close on or before the Extended Closing Date and such failure to close is not due to Seller’s breach of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be null and void and Seller shall have the right to retain the Deposit, and the existing lease dated February, 2006, by and between Seller (as landlord) and Buyer (as tenant) (“Existing Lease”), shall remain in full force and effect and Buyer shall have the right to submit a new offer to purchase the Premises after July 30, 2011 and shall not have the right to do so prior to such date.
Full possession of the Premises is to be delivered by Seller to Buyer at the time of Closing and the Existing Lease shall terminate. Seller shall be entitled to pro-rated rent under the Existing Lease for any portion of the month in which the conveyance occurs, if such conveyance occurs on any date other than the first day of the month.
Buyer has received a current Title Commitment for the Property dated November 16, 2010 (“Title Commitment”). No matter which is added to the Title Commitment after its original issuance shall be a considered an acceptable encumbrance on the Property and Seller shall cause all of the following to be removed from the Title Commitment at or prior to Closing any deeds of trust or mortgages; judgments; mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens; tax liens; liens, encumbrances; and all exceptions, conditions and requirements described in Schedule B-Section 1 of the Title Commitment.
7.
|
USE OF MONEY TO CLEAR TITLE
|
To enable Seller to make conveyance as herein provided, Seller may, at the time of delivery of the deed, use the purchase money or any portion thereof to clear the title of any or all encumbrances or interests, provided that all instruments so procured are recorded simultaneously with the delivery of said deed or, in the case of institutional mortgages, arrangements for subsequent recording are made in accordance with customary conveyancing practice.
The acceptance of a deed by the Buyer or its nominee as the case may be, shall be deemed to be a full performance and discharge of every agreement and obligation herein contained or expressed, except for those obligations expressly stated to survive the termination of this Agreement or to be performed after the delivery of said deed.
It is acknowledged by the parties that the Existing Lease is a triple net lease. As a result, Buyer currently pays all water, sewer, use charges and real estate taxes for the Premises and there shall be no prorations for such expenses at Closing. Prorations for rent shall be in accordance with Section 5 hereof.
Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that Seller has had no dealings, negotiations or communications with any broker or other intermediary in connection with this Agreement or the sale of the Property. Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that Buyer has had no dealings, negotiations or communications with any broker or other intermediary in connection with this Agreement or the sale of the Property. In the event that any claim is asserted by any person, firm or corporation, whether broker or otherwise, claiming a commission and/or finder’s fee with respect to the sale of the Property resulting from any act, representation or promise of Seller, Seller shall indemnify and save harmless Buyer from any such claim. In the event any claim is asserted by any person, firm or corporation, whether broker or otherwise, claiming a commission and/or finder’s fee with respect to the sale of the Assets resulting from any act, representation or promise of Buyer, Buyer shall indemnify and save harmless Seller from any such claim.
11.
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
(a)
Representations and Warranties of Seller
. In order to induce Buyer to enter into this Agreement and with full knowledge that Buyer is relying thereon, Seller hereby warrants and represents to Buyer as follows:
(i)
Power to Perform
. This Agreement is duly authorized, executed and delivered by Seller, constitutes the legal and valid binding obligation of Seller, and does not violate any provision of any agreement or judicial order to which Seller is a party or to which it is subject. All documents executed by Seller which are to be delivered to Buyer at the Closing will be duly authorized, executed and delivered by Seller, and will not violate any provisions of any agreement or judicial order to which Seller is a party or to which it is subject.
(ii)
Proceedings, Bankruptcy
.
(A) There has not been filed by or against Seller a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, under state or Federal law.
(B) Seller has not made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or filed a petition for an arrangement or entered into an arrangement with creditors which petition, proceedings, assignment, or arrangement was not dismissed by final, unappealable order of the court or body having jurisdiction over the matter.
(C) Seller is not insolvent, nor has Seller admitted in writing the inability to pay its debts as they become due.
(iii)
Contracts
. There are not now, nor will there be on the Closing Date, any contracts or agreements, written or oral, to which Seller is a party which affect the Premises.
(iv)
Assessed Valuation
. To Seller’s knowledge, there is no proceeding pending for the adjustment of the assessed valuation of all or any portion of the Premises; there is no abatement in effect with respect to the real estate taxes.
(v)
Assessments
. To Seller’s knowledge, there are not now presently pending any special assessments with respect to any portion of the Premises, and Seller has received no notice of, or become aware of any special assessment being contemplated.
(vi)
Condemnation
. To Seller’s actual knowledge, there is no condemnation proceeding with regard to the Premises and Seller does not know of any proposed condemnation proceeding with regard to all or any portion of the Premises.
(vii)
Litigation
. To the best of Seller’s knowledge, there is not now any action, proceeding, litigation or investigation pending or, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, threatened against Seller or the Premises, or affect the ability of Seller to perform its obligation under this Agreement, or which questions the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.
(viii)
Foreign Person
. Seller is not a foreign person within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(ix)
Leases
. As of the Effective Date except for the Existing Lease, there are and as of the Closing Date the Premises will be subject to no other leases, licenses, claims or rights to possession in any party the Premises shall be delivered to Buyer free of all leases, licenses or other rights of possession claiming through Seller and on the Closing Date.
(x)
Other Agreements
. There are no rights, options, or other agreements of any kind created by or through Seller to purchase or otherwise acquire or sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Property.
(xi)
Separately Subdivided Parcel
. The Premises constitutes a separately subdivided parcel and is assessed for real estate tax purposes separate and distinct from all other real property and is not treated as part of any other real property for title, zoning or building purposes.
(xii)
Boundary Matters
. To Seller’s actual knowledge, there are no encroachments onto, overlaps, boundary line disputes or other similar matters with respect to the Premises, nor do any of the Improvements encroach upon any adjacent property or any easement or right-of-way except as set forth on the survey delivered by Seller to Buyer.
(xiii)
Service Contracts
. There are no management, service, equipment, supply, maintenance or concession agreements entered into by Seller with respect to or affecting the Property.
(xiv)
Equipment Leases
. Seller has not entered into any lease agreement for the rental of furniture, fixtures or equipment in connection with the use or operation of the Property.
(b)
Representations and Warranties of Buyer
. In order to induce Seller to enter into this Agreement, Buyer hereby warrants and represents to Seller as follows: this Agreement is duly authorized, executed and delivered by Buyer, constitutes the legal and valid binding obligation of Buyer, and does not violate any provision of any agreement or judicial order to which Buyer is a party or to which it is subject. All documents executed by Buyer which are to be delivered to Seller at the Closing will be duly authorized, executed and delivered by Buyer, and will not violate any provisions of any agreement or judicial order to which Buyer is a party or to which it is subject.
(c)
Representations and Warranties to Survive Closing
. Each of the representations and warranties of the respective parties contained herein or made in writing pursuant to this Agreement, shall be true and correct as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing Date, shall be deemed to be material and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and Closing for a period of one (1) year after the Closing Date. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered at any time by or on behalf of Seller in conjunction with the transaction contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties.
12.
|
RESIDENTIAL APPROVALS.
|
Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all permits and approvals and relief, including but not limited to, state, county, regional and municipal governmental approvals and permits necessary or required to create on a portion of the Property up to three residential lots in the location and size as shown on
Exhibit D
(“Lots”), attached hereto and made a part hereof, pursuant to an Approvals Not Required Plan (“ANR Plan”) and all applicable appeal periods with respect to such approvals have expired without any appeal thereto having been taken (the “Approvals”). Seller shall make application for such Approvals within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date. The Approvals shall be obtained at Seller’s sole cost and expense and Buyer shall reasonably cooperate by executing applications and plans as necessary to obtain such Approvals. If Seller has not obtained the Approvals as set forth herein within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall retain the portion of the Property intended to be subdivided from the Property with no adjustment to Purchase Price or payment of any kind and Seller shall have no rights or interests in the Property or the Approvals.
Seller shall not increase the outer perimeter of the three Lots as shown on
Exhibit D
nor shall the Lots be relocated to any other portion of the Property. It shall be Seller’s obligation to create no new non-conformity or increase an existing nonconformity with the Property by seeking and obtaining the Approvals or by the creation of the Lots.
Subject to the above, promptly after Seller obtaining the Approvals, Buyer shall convey the Lots back to Buyer by quitclaim deed, with quitclaim covenants, and with no additional representations or warranties by Buyer. Any transfer tax or other taxes, recording costs, plan recording costs or other expenses related to such conveyance shall be paid solely by Seller. Seller acknowledges that Buyer intends to obtain bond financing, a portion of the proceeds of which will be allocated to the acquisition of the Property. Buyer’s lender has certain requirements that must be satisfied by Buyer before lender will permit the Lots to be released from the lien of the mortgage encumbering the Property and securing the financing. If Buyer is u
nable to satisfy all of these requirements, and as a result, Buyer’s lender will not release the Lots from the lien of the encumbering mortgage or permit the reconveyance of the Lots to Seller, Seller shall release any and all claims to the Property or the right to reconveyance of the Lots and shall release, indemnify and hold harmless, Buyer from any liability hereunder and Buyer shall retain the entire Property, including the Lots with no adjustment to Purchase Price or payment of any kind. and Seller shall have no rights or interests in the Property.
At Closing, Seller shall provide to Buyer for the benefit of and to be relied upon by Buyer’s lender, a release from Seller indicating Seller has no claims to the remainder of the Property, such release to be in form and substance acceptable to Buyer’s lender.
This Section 12 shall survive Closing..
13.
|
PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO CLOSING.
|
(a)
Period Prior to Closing
.
(i)
Affirmative Covenants
. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Seller agrees to:
(A) Deliver to Buyer, promptly after receipt by Seller, copies of all notices of violation issued by any board, bureau, commission, department or body of any municipal, county, state or Federal government unit with respect to the Property received by Seller after the date of this Agreement;
(B) advise Buyer promptly of any litigation, arbitration or other judicial or administrative proceeding which concerns or affect the Property of which Seller becomes aware;
(C) cure any violation of which Seller receives notice;
(D) comply with the requirements of all Permits and Warranties; and
(E) in the event Seller becomes aware that any representation or warranty made by Seller in this Agreement will not be true and correct on the Closing Date, as if made at and as of the Closing Date, give prompt written notice thereof to Buyer, which notice shall include all information related thereto that is in Seller’s possession or control.
(ii)
Negative Covenants
. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Seller agrees that, without Buyer’s prior written consent, Seller will not:
(A) grant, create, assume or permit to be created any mortgage, lien, encumbrance, lease, easement, covenant, condition, right-of-way or restriction upon the Premises or take or permit any action adversely affecting the title to the Premises as it exists on the date of this Agreement;
(B) or enter into any new service contract (including, without limitation, any management, service, equipment, supply, maintenance or concession agreement) or equipment lease; or
(C) make any alterations to the Premises.
(b)
At Closing
:
(i)
Seller Deliveries
. Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following:
(A) a quitclaim deed with quitclaim covenants duly executed and acknowledged by Seller, in proper form for recording, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions, to the extent valid and subsisting;
(B) an assignment conveying the Intangibles, free and clear of all liens, security interests and encumbrances, and in the form attached to this Agreement as
Exhibit C
;
(C) an affidavit, in accordance with the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, in the form attached to this Agreement as
Exhibit E
;
(D) an affidavit to the Title Company of the type customarily provided by sellers of real property to induce title companies to insure over certain “standard” or “preprinted” exceptions to title;
(E) executed originals of all Permits, and Warranties; and
(F) such other documents as reasonably requested of Seller by Buyer, the Title Company or Buyer’s lender.
(ii)
Possession
. Possession of the Property shall be delivered by Seller to Buyer at Closing.
(iii)
Deposit
. The Deposit shall be credited against the Purchase Price.
(iv)
Buyer’s Deliveries
. Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller the following:
(A) the balance of the Purchase Price; and
(B) such other documents as may be reasonably required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(v)
Closing Expenses
.
(A) Buyer and Seller shall each pay all recording fees incurred with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the custom for similar transactions for the jurisdiction in which the Premises is located.
(B) Buyer shall pay the costs of the Title Commitment, title policy and all endorsements thereto, the cost of the Survey, and all costs of any appraisal, engineering and environmental reports obtained by Buyer.
(C) Seller and Buyer shall each pay one-half of the transfer taxes applicable to this transaction.
(D) Seller and Buyer shall each be responsible for paying their respective attorneys’ fees and costs.
(vi)
Prepayment Penalty
. Seller and Buyer shall each pay one-half of the amount of the prepayment penalty charged pursuant to Seller’s current mortgage loan with Amalgamated Bank which is being satisfied and released in connection with the sale of this Property to Buyer.
If after the Effective Date, and on or prior to the Closing Date, all or any material portion (more than 5% in land area or materially impacts access to the Premises) of the Premises is taken by eminent domain or a notice of any eminent domain proceeding with respect to a material portion of the Premises or any part thereof is received by Seller, Seller shall immediately give written notice thereof with specificity to Buyer. Buyer shall complete the purchase of the Premises under this Agreement, with no deduction/reduction in the Purchase Price except at the Closing Seller shall pay, assign and transfer to Buyer all net proceeds from such proceedings theretofore received by Seller with regard to the Premises and all rights Seller has to any future proceeds of such eminent domain proceedings with regard to the Premises (after deducting Seller’s reasonable, actual out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection therewith).
If at any time prior to Closing any portion of the Property is destroyed or damaged as a result of fire or any other casualty whatsoever, Seller shall, within three (3) days thereafter, give written notice to Buyer but Buyer shall be required purchase the Property. Buyer shall have the right, to participate in and approve any adjustment of any insurance claims, the proceeds of any insurance policies with respect to the Property paid between the date of this Agreement and the Closing shall be paid or credited to Buyer at time of Closing, unless the Property is restored prior to Closing, and (c) all unpaid claims and rights in connection with losses shall be assigned to Buyer at Closing without in any manner affecting the Purchase Price.
16.
|
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.
|
(a)
Conditions to Buyer’s Obligations To Purchase
. Buyer’s obligation to purchase the Premises is conditioned upon the satisfaction (or Buyer’s written waiver) on or prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:
(i)
The Title Company shall have issued or shall have committed to issue, upon payment of the applicable premium therefor, an ALTA Owner’s Policy of Title Insurance with respect to the Premises showing title to the Premises vested in Buyer, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions.
(ii)
Each of the documents required to be delivered by Seller pursuant to this Agreement shall have been delivered as provided therein, and Seller shall not otherwise be in default under this Agreement.
(iii)
Seller’s representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing Date.
(iv)
Seller shall have performed, observed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, observed and complied with prior to or as of the Closing.
(a)
Seller Default
.
(i)
If the sale of the Property is not consummated because of a material default under this Agreement on the part of the Seller, Buyer may terminate this Agreement by written notice of termination to Seller on or before the Closing Date, whereupon the Deposit shall be paid to Buyer, this Agreement shall become null and void and of no further force or effect and neither Seller nor Buyer shall have any further liability or obligation to the other under this Agreement, except for those obligations expressly stated to survive the termination of this Agreement, or
(ii)
Buyer shall also have the right to sue for specific performance of this Agreement.
(b)
Buyer Default
.
(i)
If the sale of the Property is not consummated because of a default under this Agreement on the part of Buyer, Seller shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by written notice of termination to Buyer on the Closing Date, whereupon, as Seller’s sole and exclusive remedy, the Deposit shall be retained by Seller as assessed and liquidated damages, and this Agreement shall become null and void and of no further force or effect and neither Seller nor Buyer shall have any further liability or obligation to the other under this Agreement, except for those obligations expressly stated to survive the termination of this Agreement. Buyer shall also be prohibited from submitting a new offer for purchase until July 31, 2011.
Any notices required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be delivered (a) in person, (b) by a commercial overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery and provides a receipt, or (c) by legible facsimile (followed by hard copy sent concurrently with such facsimile in accordance with preceding subsections (a) or (b)), or (d) mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested and such notices shall be addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth in paragraph 1 of the Agreement, in the case of Seller with a copy to,
WM Realty Management LLC
46 Baldwin Farms Road
Greenwich, CT 06831
Facsimile No.:
with a copy to:
Patricia Finnegan Gates, Esq.
Mountain, Dearborn & Whiting LLP
370 Main Street
Worcester, MA 01608
Facsimile No.: 508.755.6640
and in the case of Buyer with a required copy to (but which shall not constitute notice to Buyer):
Christine S. Kimmel, Esq.
Pepper Hamilton LLP
899 Cassatt Road
400 Berwyn Park
Berwyn, PA 19312
Facsimile No.: 610.640.7835
(a)
Time of Essence
. Time is of the essence on each and every provisions of this Agreement on which time is an element.
(b)
Governmental Filings
. If either party is required to make any filing, submission or report to any governmental authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the party upon which such requirement is imposed shall make such filing, submission or report.
(c)
Interpretation of Agreement
. The headings and captions in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and in no way define, describe or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof. Where the context so requires, the use of the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the use of the masculine shall include the feminine and the neuter. This Agreement shall be construed reasonably to carry out its intent, without presumption against or in favor of either party.
(d)
Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Massachusetts.
(e)
The Seller shall comply with all laws and regulations regarding the transfer of real estate in the jurisdiction, including payment of all transfer taxes and recording fees imposed upon Seller. If applicable, Seller shall provide the settlement agent with a signed, completed W-9 form, including Seller’s forwarding address and an allocation of the gross proceeds of the sale, all for the purpose of complying with the reporting requirements of 1521(a) and 1521(b) of the Tax Reform Act of l986. The Seller agrees to sign all standard and customary documents as are reasonably required by the lender or lender’s attorney in order to complete the transaction.
(f)
Buyer and Seller hereby disclose their social security/taxpayer I.D. numbers for the purpose of facilitating the reporting to the I.R.S. the sale of the Premises and any interest earned by either of the parties on the deposit, as required by law:
Seller’s Taxpayer I.D. number 20-35-00189
Buyer’s Taxpayer I.D. number 27-007112
(g)
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, by facsimile or electronically, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(h)
Liability Of Trustee, Shareholder, Beneficiary, Etc
. If the Seller or Buyer executes this agreement in a representative or fiduciary capacity, only the principal or the estate represented shall be bound, and neither the Seller or Buyer so executing, nor any shareholder or beneficiary of any trust, shall be personally liable for any obligation, express or implied, hereunder.
(i)
Assignment; Successors and Assigns
. Upon prior written notice to Seller, Buyer may assign its interest under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Seller to any party which either controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Buyer. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
(j)
Entire Agreement; Requirement for Writing
. This Agreement and the Exhibits attached to this Agreement contain the final and entire agreement of Buyer and Seller with respect to the sale and purchase of the Premises and are intended to be an integration of all prior negotiations and understandings. Neither Buyer nor Seller shall be bound by any covenants, agreements, statements, representations or warranties, oral or written, not contained in this Agreement. No change or modification to this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is in writing and is signed by the party against which it is sought to be enforced.
(k)
Severability
. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person, place or circumstance, shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable or void, the remainder of this Agreement and such provisions as applied to other persons, places and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.
(l)
Automatic Extension
. In the event that the date for performance of any duty or obligation, exercise of any right or option or giving of any notice shall occur upon a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, the due date for such performance, exercise or giving of notice shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day. “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a federal holiday recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of Massachusetts.
(m)
Further Assurances
. Each party shall, whenever and as often as it shall be requested to do so by the other party, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, any and all such other documents and do any and all other acts as may be necessary to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.
(n)
WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.
EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON, UNDER OR BY VIRTUE OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE PREMISES, OR ANY CLAIMS, DEFENSES, RIGHTS OF SET-OFF OR OTHER ACTIONS PERTAINING HERETO OR TO ANY OF THE FOREGOING.
(o)
No Recording
. Neither this Agreement nor any memorandum or short form thereof may be recorded by either party.
(p)
Drafts not an Offer to Enter into a Legally Binding Contract
. The submission of a draft of this Agreement by one party to another is not intended by either party to be an offer to enter into a legally binding contract with respect to the purchase and sale of the Premises. The parties shall be legally bound with respect to the purchase and sale of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Agreement only if and when Seller and Buyer have fully executed and delivered to each other a counterpart of this Agreement.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
WM REALTY MANAGEMENT, LLC,
|
|
RANOR, INC., a Delaware corporation,
|
|
a Massachusetts limited liability company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Andrew Levy
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Stanley Youtt
|
|
Name:
|
Andrew Levy
|
|
Name:
|
Stanley Youtt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
Date:
|
December 20, 2010
|
|
EXHIBIT A
Legal Description
EXHIBIT B
ANR Plan
EXHIBIT C
Assignment of Intangible Property
ASSIGNMENT OF INTANGIBLES
THIS ASSIGNMENT OF INTANGIBLES (the “Assignment”) is made as of the ________ day of
,2010, by ___________________________________________, a ______________________ (the “Assignor”), in favor of _____________________________, a _____________________ (the “Assignee”).
WITNESSETH:
Assignor and Assignee are parties to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated_____________ (the “Agreement”) pursuant to which Assignor agreed to sell and Assignee agreed to purchase certain property located in _____________________, _________________ County, Massachusetts (the “Premises”). This Assignment is being delivered pursuant to the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration received by Assignor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Assignor hereby sells, assigns and transfers to Assignee all of the following (collectively, the “Intangibles”):
(a) all licenses, authorizations, approvals, permits and certificates of occupancy, if any, issued by any governmental authority and relating to the ownership, operation, maintenance, use or occupancy of the Premises;
(b) all currently effective warranties or guaranties given by any contractor, supplier or manufacturer of (i) any personal property or fixture installed in or used in connection with the Premises, and (ii) any work performed on or improvements included in the Premises.
Assignor represents and warrants to Assignee that (a) Assignor is the absolute owner of the Intangibles, (b) the Intangibles are free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances and security interests, and (c) Assignor has full right, power and authority to sell the Intangibles and to make this Assignment.
This Assignment shall inure to the benefit of Assignee, its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon, Assignor, its successors and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor has executed this Assignment on the day and year first above written.
|
ASSIGNOR:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT D
Subdivision Approvals
EXHIBIT E
Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act
ENTITY TRANSFER CERTIFICATION
Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that a transferee of a United States real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. To inform _________________________ (the “Buyer”) that withholding of tax is not required upon the disposition of United States real property interests by __________________________ (the “Seller”), Seller hereby certifies the following:
1.
|
SELLER IS NOT A FOREIGN CORPORATION, FOREIGN PARTNERSHIP, FOREIGN TRUST, OR FOREIGN ESTATE, AS THOSE TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE AND INCOME TAX REGULATIONS.
|
2.
|
SELLER’S EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IS __________________________.
|
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
Seller understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by Buyer and that any false statement made by Seller and contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.
Under penalties of perjury, the undersigned individual signing this document on behalf of Seller declares that he/she has examined this certification and to the best of his/her knowledge and belief, it is true, correct and complete. The undersigned further declares that he/she has authority to sign this document on behalf of Seller.
WITNESS: _______________________________________
__________________________ By: ____________________________________
Print Name: ________________ Name: __________________________________
Title: ____________________________________
Date: _______________________
Exhibit 10.4
EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT
THIS EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT is made as of the 30
th
of December, 2010 (the “
Agreement
”), by and among
RANOR, INC.
, a corporation organized under the State of Delaware with its chief executive office, principal place of business and mailing address at One Bella Drive, Westminster, Massachusetts 01473 (the “
Borrower
”) and
SOVEREIGN BANK
, a federal savings bank with a usual place of business at 115 Asylum Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 (the “
Lender
”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS
, Lender and Borrower entered into a certain loan transaction in the amount of up to $9,000,000.00 as evidenced by a Loan and Security Agreement dated February 24, 2006, as amended from time to time (the “
Loan Agreement
”); and
WHEREAS
, the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement are evidenced by a certain Amended and Restated Revolving Promissory Note in the amount of $2,000,000 (the “Revolving Note”) from Borrower to the order of Lender dated June 28, 2007, a certain Term Promissory Note in the amount of $4,000,000 (the “Term Note”) from Borrower to the order of Lender dated February 24, 2006, as amended, a certain $3,000,000 CapEx Promissory Note dated December 19, 2008 (the “CapEx Note”), a certain $1,900,000 Staged Advance Note dated as of March 29, 2010 from Borrower to Lender (collectively, the “
Note
”); and
NOW THEREFORE,
in consideration of the foregoing, and in consideration of $1.00 and other valuable consideration received to the full satisfaction of the Borrower, the Borrower and the Lender hereby agree as follows:
1. Section 2.17, Staged Advance Loan, is amended to provide that the outstanding balance of the Staged Advance Loan will be capped at $556,000, and no further advances will be permitted thereunder. Borrower shall pay down the Staged Advance Note to said amount on the date hereof.
2. The following is added as a new Section 5.10(c) and 5.10(c) is hereby redesignated Section 5.10(d):
(c)
Leverage Ratio
. Borrower will not permit its Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.0 to 1.0 at any time, tested quarterly.
3. The following is added to the definitions in Section 5.10:
“Leverage Ratio
” means the ratio of (a) the total liabilities that would be shown on the balance sheet of the Borrower as of any date, to (b) the Borrower's Tangible Net Worth at such date.
“Intangible Assets”
-
means assets that in accordance with GAAP are properly classifiable as intangible assets, including, but not limited to, goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names and copyrights.
“
Net Worth
"
– means at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP be included as shareholders' equity on a balance sheet.
“Tangible Net Worth”
- means total assets determined in accordance with GAAP minus the sum of (i) Intangible Assets and (ii) total liabilities determined in accordance with GAAP..
Except as modified herein, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the Borrower and the Lender have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.
|
LENDER:
|
|
|
|
|
|
SOVEREIGN BANK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
|
Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
|
Its Senior Vice President
|
|
|
|
Duly Authorized
|
|
|
BORROWER:
|
|
|
|
|
|
RANOR, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/Stanley Youtt
|
|
|
|
Stanley Youtt
|
|
|
|
Its President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
Duly Authorized
|
|
The foregoing has been read and consented to by the following Guarantor:
|
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION
f/k/a LOUNSBERRY HOLDINGS II,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Richard Fitzgerald
|
|
|
|
Richard Fitzgerald
|
|
|
|
Its Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
Duly Authorized
|
|
Exhibit 10.5
MORTGAGE, LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
Among
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
And
RANOR, INC.
And
SOVEREIGN BANK, as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent
Dated as of December 1, 2010
And providing for the Issue of
$4,250,000
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 2010A
And
$1,950,000
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 2010B
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE 1 INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
Section 101. Description of the Agreement and the Parties.
|
1
|
Section 102. Definitions.
|
1
|
ARTICLE 2 THE CONVEYANCES; GRANTING OF SECURITY INTERESTS
|
6
|
Section 201. Granting of Mortgage, Security Interests.
|
6
|
Section 202. The Agency’s Assignment and Pledge of Revenues.
|
8
|
Section 203. Defeasance.
|
8
|
ARTICLE 3 THE BORROWING
|
9
|
Section 301. The Bonds.
|
9
|
Section 302. Application of Bond Proceeds.
|
25
|
Section 303. Debt Service Fund.
|
25
|
Section 304. [Reserved.]
|
25
|
Section 305. [Reserved.]
|
25
|
Section 306. Rebate.
|
26
|
Section 307. [Reserved.]
|
27
|
Section 308. Application of Moneys.
|
27
|
Section 309. Loan of Proceeds; Payments by the Borrower.
|
27
|
Section 310. Unconditional Obligation.
|
28
|
Section 311. Redemption of the Bonds.
|
28
|
Section 312. Investments.
|
29
|
Section 313. Paying Agent.
|
31
|
Section 314. Unclaimed Moneys.
|
31
|
Section 315. Tender of Bonds.
|
32
|
ARTICLE 4 THE PROJECT AND THE MORTGAGED PROPERTY
|
32
|
Section 401. Project Fund.
|
32
|
Section 402. Borrower’s Obligations to Undertake and Complete Project.
|
35
|
Section 403. Use of Project and Mortgaged Property.
|
36
|
Section 404. Repair and Current Expenses.
|
37
|
Section 405. Insurance.
|
37
|
Section 406. Damage to or Destruction or Taking of the Mortgaged Property.
|
38
|
Section 407. Additions and Alterations.
|
39
|
Section 408. Right of Access to the Mortgaged Property.
|
39
|
ARTICLE 5 [RESERVED]
|
39
|
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.
|
40
|
Section 601. Default by the Borrower.
|
40
|
Section 602. Remedies for Events of Default.
|
41
|
Section 603. Court Proceedings.
|
42
|
Section 604. Revenues after Default.
|
43
|
Section 605. Bondowner May Perform Obligations.
|
43
|
Section 606. Remedies Cumulative.
|
43
|
ARTICLE 7 THE DISBURSING AGENT.
|
44
|
Section 701. Corporate Organization, Authorization and Capacity.
|
44
|
Section 702. Rights and Duties of the Disbursing Agent.
|
44
|
Section 703. Expenses of the Disbursing Agent.
|
45
|
Section 704. Resignation or Removal of the Disbursing Agent.
|
45
|
Section 705. Successor Disbursing Agent.
|
45
|
ARTICLE 8 THE AGENCY
|
46
|
Section 801. Corporate Organization, Authorization and Power.
|
46
|
Section 802. Covenants as to Payment; Faith and Credit of Commonwealth Not Pledged.
|
46
|
Section 803. Rights and Duties of the Agency.
|
47
|
ARTICLE 9 THE BONDOWNER
|
48
|
Section 901. Action by Bondowner.
|
48
|
Section 902. Proceedings by the Bondowner.
|
48
|
Section 903. Expenses of the Bondowner.
|
49
|
ARTICLE 10 THE BORROWER
|
49
|
Section 1001. Corporate Organization, Authorization, and Powers
|
49
|
Section 1002. Tax Status.
|
49
|
Section 1003. Securities Laws.
|
51
|
Section 1004. Maintenance of Corporate Existence.
|
51
|
Section 1005. Books and Accounts.
|
51
|
Section 1006. Notification of Event of Taxability.
|
51
|
Section 1007. Indemnification by Borrower.
|
51
|
ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
|
52
|
Section 1101. Amendment.
|
52
|
Section 1102. Successor and Assigns.
|
52
|
Section 1103. Notices.
|
52
|
Section 1104. Agreement Not for the Benefit of Other Parties.
|
52
|
Section 1105. Severability.
|
53
|
Section 1106. Counterparts.
|
53
|
Section 1107. Captions.
|
53
|
Section 1108. Governing Law.
|
53
|
ARTICLE 1
INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS
Section 101.
Description of the Agreement and the Parties.
This MORTGAGE, LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “
Agreement
”) is entered into as of December 1, 2010, by the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (with its successors, the “
Agency
”), Ranor, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (with its successors, the “
Borrower
”), and Sovereign Bank, a Federal savings bank, as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent (with its successors, the “
Disbursing Agent
”).
This Agreement provides for the following transactions:
(a)
the Agency’s issue of the Bonds;
(b)
the Agency’s loan of the proceeds of the Bonds to the Borrower for the purpose of financing and refinancing the Project;
(c)
the Borrower’s repayment of the loan of Bond proceeds from the Agency through payment to the Bondowner of all amounts necessary to pay the Bonds;
(d)
the Borrower’s mortgage and pledge of the Mortgaged Property to the Bondowner; and
(e)
the Agency’s assignment to the Bondowner of the Revenues to be received hereunder and the rights to receive the same.
In consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Agency, the Borrower, the Bondowner and the Disbursing Agent agree as set forth herein for their own benefit and for the benefit of the Bondowner, provided that any financial obligation of the Agency hereunder shall not be a general obligation of the Agency nor a debt or pledge of the faith and credit of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “
Commonwealth
”), but shall be payable solely from the funds and Revenues pledged under this Agreement.
Section 102.
Definitions.
In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a)
“
Act
” means Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 23G and, to the extent incorporated therein, Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 40D, both as amended from time to time.
(b)
“
Assignment
” means, collectively, the Collateral Assignment of Leases, Rents and Property Income, the Collateral Assignment of Permits and Other Documents, the Contractor’s Consent to Assignment of Construction Contract, Assignment of Construction Contract, each dated as of December 30, 2010, by and between the Borrower and the Bondowner and Bank.
(c)
“
Authorized Officer
” means: (i) in the case of the Agency, the President and Chief Executive Officer; the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; the Treasurer and Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer; the Secretary; the General Counsel and Executive Vice President for Legislative Affairs; the Executive Vice President for Finance Programs; the Executive Vice President for Real Estate; the Executive Vice President for Devens Operations; the Executive Vice President for Marketing and Communications; and the Senior Vice President, Investment Banking, or any other official of the Agency so designated by a resolution of the Agency; and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the Chief Financial Officer and when used with reference to an act or document of the Borrower, also means any other person authorized to perform the act or execute the document.
(d)
“
Bank
” means Sovereign Bank, a Federal savings bank.
(e)
“
Bank Obligations
” means the obligations of the Borrower to the Bank under that certain Loan Agreement, dated February, 24, 2006, as amended.
(f)
“
Bond Counsel
” means Greenberg Traurig, LLP, or any attorney at law or firm of attorneys selected by the Agency and acceptable to the Bondowner of nationally recognized standing in matters pertaining to the federal tax exemption of interest on bonds issued by states and political subdivisions, and duly admitted to practice law before the highest court of any state of the United States.
(g)
“
Bond Documents
” means the Bonds, this Agreement, the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Assignment, the Commitment, the Tax Agreement, the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2010, between the Borrower and the Bondowner, the Guaranty, and the Swap Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2010 between the Borrower and the Bondowner.
(h)
“
Bond Purchase Agreement
” means the Bond Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2010, by and between the Borrower and the Initial Purchaser.
(i)
“
Bond Year
” means each one-year period ending on December 1.
(j)
“
Bondowner
” means, collectively, the Initial Purchaser and any subsequent registered owners of the Bonds from time to time as shown in the books kept by the Disbursing Agent as bond registrar and transfer agent.
(k)
“
Bonds
” means, collectively, the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds.
(l)
“
Business Day
” means a London Banking Day and a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, on which banks are generally open for business in Boston, Massachusetts.
(m)
“
Closing Date
” means the date of delivery of the Bonds to the Bondowner against payment therefor.
(n)
“
Collateral
” means all personal property and fixtures of the Borrower of every kind and description, in each case whether now or hereafter existing, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and located at or used in connection with the Project and the real property described in
Exhibit A
, including, but not limited to, all goods (including inventory and equipment and any accessions thereto), motor vehicles, and fixtures. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement or any other Bond Document to the contrary, no Collateral which constitutes “investment property” within the meaning of Section 148(b) of the IRC will be deemed to secure the Borrower’s obligations with respect to the Bonds unless the Bondowner has received an Opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that the Bonds may be so secured without causing the Bonds to be “arbitrage bonds” under Section 148 of the IRC.
(o)
“
Date of Taxability
” means a date on which interest on any Bond is no longer excludable from gross income for federal or Massachusetts income purposes as a result of an Event of Taxability.
(p)
“
Debt Service Fund
” means the fund so designated and established pursuant to Section 303.
(q)
“
Default Rate
” means an interest rate per annum equal to the interest rate per annum in effect on the Bonds immediately preceding the Event of Default to which the Default Rate relates, plus 5% per annum.
(r)
“
Event of Taxability
” means any one of the events herein after described. For purposes of this definition, “Bondowner” means any former or current Bondowner:
(i)
The issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of a statutory notice of deficiency which asserts that the interest payable on the Bonds is includable in the gross income of the Bondowner for federal income tax purposes or a similar notice issued by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue with respect to Massachusetts income tax.
(ii)
The issuance to the Bondowner of an opinion (the “
Opinion
”) of Bond Counsel to the effect that, after the initial issuance of the Bonds, there has been (A) an amendment to the IRC or the regulations promulgated thereunder, or (B) an amendment to the Act or other Massachusetts law, any of which has the effect of requiring that the interest payable on the Bonds be included in the gross income of the Bondowner for federal or Massachusetts income tax purposes.
(iii)
Any other event caused by, or act or omission of, the Agency or the Borrower, including, but not limited to, a breach or violation by the Agency or the Borrower of any covenant contained in any of the documents, agreements, certificates or instruments executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Agency or the Borrower in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Bonds and the financing of the Project which would, for any reason, require that the interest payable on the Bonds be includable in the gross income of the Bondowner for federal or Massachusetts income tax purposes, unless the Borrower furnishes the Agency and the Bondowner with an unqualified Opinion of Bond Counsel that interest payable on the Bonds is not includable in the gross income of the Bondowner for federal or Massachusetts, as applicable, income tax purposes.
(s)
“
Fund
” means the Debt Service Fund, the Project Fund or any other fund established with the Disbursing Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
(t)
“
Government or Equivalent Obligations
” means (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States; (ii) certificates evidencing ownership of the right to the payment of the principal of and interest on obligations described in clause (i), provided that such obligations are held in the custody of a bank or trust company satisfactory to the Bondowner, in a special account separate from the general assets of such custodian; and (iii) any open-end or closed-end management type investment company or trust registered under 15 U.S.C. §80(a)-l et seq.; provided that the portfolio of such investment company or trust is limited to obligations described in clause (i) and repurchase agreements fully collateralized by such obligations, and provided further that such investment company or trust shall take custody of such collateral either directly or through a custodian satisfactory to the Bondowner.
(u)
“
Guarantor
” means TechPrecision Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
(v)
“
Guaranty
” means the Guaranty (Unlimited) from the Guarantor to the Bondowner, dated as of December 30, 2010.
(w)
“
Initial Purchaser
” means Sovereign Bank.
(x)
“
IRC
” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended and applied to the Bonds from time to time.
(y)
“
London Banking Day
” means any day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in U.S. Dollar ($) deposits) in London, England and Boston, Massachusetts.
(z)
“
Moody’s
” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor rating agency.
(aa)
“
Mortgaged Property
” means, collectively, (i) the Collateral, and (ii) the real property described in the attached
Exhibit A
, all rights and easements appurtenant thereto, and all buildings, structures, fixtures, equipment, furnishings and improvements thereon, whether in existence on the date hereof or later coming into existence and whether owned by the Borrower on the date hereof or acquired hereafter, together with any additional real property not included in the foregoing provisions which may be added to the Mortgaged Property by a supplemental agreement.
(bb)
“
Opinion of Bond Counsel
” means an opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that the matter or action in question will not have an adverse impact on the tax-exempt status of the Bonds for federal income tax purposes. Any Opinion of Bond Counsel required to be delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement shall be provided at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower.
(cc)
“
Outstanding
,” when used to modify Bonds, refers to Bonds issued under this Agreement, excluding: (i) Bonds which have been exchanged or replaced, or delivered to the Disbursing Agent for credit against a principal payment or a sinking fund installment; (ii) Bonds which have been paid; (iii) Bonds which have become due and for the payment of which moneys have been duly provided; and (iv) Bonds for which there have been irrevocably set aside sufficient funds, or Government or Equivalent Obligations described in clause (i) or (ii) of Subsection 102(t) bearing interest at such rates, and with such maturities, as will provide sufficient funds to pay or redeem them; provided, however, that if any such Bonds are to be redeemed prior to maturity, the Agency shall have taken all action necessary to redeem such Bonds and notice of such redemption shall have been duly mailed in accordance with this Agreement.
(dd)
“
Payment Date
” means each date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Bond is due and payable for any reason.
(ee)
“
Permitted Encumbrances
” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 201(b).
(ff)
“
Permitted Investment
” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 312(c).
(gg)
“
Person
” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
(hh)
“
Project
” means the financing and refinancing of the acquisition of the manufacturing facility currently leased by the Borrower, the construction of an approximate 20,500 square foot addition thereto, and the improvement and equipping thereof, including the acquisition of a gantry milling machine, as described in the Application for Tax Exempt Financing, dated August 23, 2010, submitted to the Agency by the Borrower, together with all amendments thereto, and supplementary information provided to the Agency.
The word “
Project
” also refers to the facilities which result or have resulted from the foregoing activities, as more particularly described in the Tax Agreement.
(ii)
“
Project Costs
” means the costs of issuing the Bonds (not in excess of 2% of the initial principal amount of the Bonds) and carrying out the Project, including repayment of external loans and reimbursement to the Borrower of costs incurred for the Project and paid by the Borrower prior to the date of issuance of the Bonds (“
internal advances
”) to the extent permitted by this Agreement, and interest prior to, during and for up to one year after construction is substantially complete, but excluding general administrative expenses, overhead of the Borrower and interest on internal advances.
(jj)
“
Project Fund
” means the fund so designated and established pursuant to Section 401.
(kk)
“
Project Officer
” means the Borrower’s Chief Financial Officer.
(ll)
“
Purchase Date
” means sixty (60) days after the date on which the Borrower refinances the Bank Obligations with a lender other than the Bondowner.
(mm)
“
Rebate Provision
” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 306.
(nn)
“
Rebate Calculation Date
” means December ___, 2015 and the maturity date of the Bonds.
(oo)
“
Repurchase Agreement
” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 312(c).
(pp)
“
Revenues
” means all debt service payments, rates, mortgage payments, rents, fees, charges, and other income and receipts, including proceeds of insurance, eminent domain and sale, and including proceeds derived from any security provided hereunder, payable to the Agency under this Agreement, excluding administrative fees of the Agency, reimbursements to the Agency for expenses incurred by the Agency, and indemnification of the Agency.
(qq)
“
S&P
” means Standard & Poor’s, a business of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, or any successor rating agency.
(rr)
“
Swap Agreement
” means, collectively, the ISDA Master Agreement (together with the Schedule thereto and each Confirmation issued thereunder), dated December 30, 2010, by and between the Borrower and the Bank.
(ss)
“
Series A Bonds
” means the $4,250,000 Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010A, dated the date of delivery thereof, and any bond or bonds issued in exchange or replacement therefor.
(tt)
“
Series B Bonds
” means the $1,950,000 Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010B, dated the date of delivery thereof, and any bond or bonds issued in exchange or replacement therefor.
(uu)
“
Tax Agreement
” means the Tax Certificate and Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and between the Agency and the Borrower.
(vv)
“
Taxable Rate
” means an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of LIBOR plus the 275 basis points.
(ww)
“
UCC
” means the Massachusetts Uniform Commercial Code.
Words importing persons include firms, associations and corporations, and the singular and plural form of words shall be deemed interchangeable wherever appropriate.
ARTICLE 2
THE CONVEYANCES; GRANTING OF SECURITY INTERESTS
Section 201.
Granting of Mortgage, Security Interests.
(a)
The Mortgage
. The Borrower grants to the Bondowner (i) WITH MORTGAGE COVENANTS the Mortgaged Property upon the terms hereof; (ii) all of its rights, title and interest in (A) all easements, bridges, rights of way, privileges, hereditaments, and appurtenances belonging to or inuring to the benefit of the Mortgaged Property; all right, title, and interest of the Borrower in and to land lying within any street or roadway adjoining the Mortgaged Property; and all right, title, and interest of the Borrower in and to any vacated or hereafter vacated street or road adjoining the Mortgaged Property; (B) any and all awards or payments, including interest thereon, and the right to receive the same, which may be made with respect to the Mortgaged Property as a result of (1) the exercise of the right of eminent domain, (2) the alteration of the grade of any street, or (3) any other injury to or decrease in the value of the Mortgaged Property, to the extent of all amounts which may be secured by this Agreement (including the reasonable counsel fees, costs, and disbursements incurred by the Bondowner in connection with the collection of such award or payment) at the date of receipt by the Bondowner of any such award or payment; (C) as lessor, under any leases of any of the Mortgaged Property, all of the rents and other payments required of lessees, tenants, occupants, licensees, concessionaires, or other persons or parties, whether or not designated as rent or additional rent (including, without limitation, security deposits, tax or operating expense escalation payments, percentage rent, or any other payments from any license, use, permit, or concession), and any other issues and profits arising from any rental units, space, or rentable facilities within, on or appurtenant to the Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof, and all of the Borrower’s contractual rights now existing or hereafter arising between the Borrower and any tenant or occupant with respect to any of the Mortgaged Property; (iii) to the extent the Mortgaged Property is or may be treated as personal property under the UCC, a security interest therein; and (iv) with respect to all of the foregoing, the products and proceeds thereof, including without limitation, all insurance proceeds; all to secure the payment of all sums required to be paid by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Bond Documents, and the satisfaction and performance of all other covenants, agreements and obligations made or undertaken by the Borrower hereunder or under the other Bond Documents for the benefit of the Bondowner, the Disbursing Agent and the Agency.
This Agreement is upon the STATUTORY CONDITION and upon the further condition that all covenants, agreements and obligations of the Borrower hereunder will be observed and performed, and upon any Event of Default, as defined in Section 601, the Bondowner shall have, in addition to its other rights and remedies hereunder, the STATUTORY POWER OF SALE and any other rights granted by law.
(b)
Title
. The Borrower represents and warrants that (i) it is lawfully seized in fee simple of the real property comprising the Mortgaged Property, free from all liens and encumbrances except those described in the attached
Exhibit A
(“
Permitted Encumbrances
”), (ii) the Borrower has, or at the time of the acquisition, construction and installation thereof will have, full title to the Collateral free from all liens and encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances, and (iii) the Borrower has the full right, power and authority to mortgage and pledge the Mortgaged Property hereunder. The Borrower covenants that it will warrant and defend the Mortgaged Property against the lawful claims and demands of all persons and that it will not permit any mortgage, lien or encumbrance to be filed or recorded on or against the Mortgaged Property, except Permitted Encumbrances, without the written consent of the Bondowner. The Borrower shall from time to time execute, deliver and register, record and file such instruments as the Bondowner may reasonably require to confirm, perfect or maintain the security created or intended to be created hereby.
(c)
Financing Statement
. This Agreement is intended to take effect as a security agreement and is to be recorded and filed with the Worcester County Registry of Deeds in lieu of a financing statement pursuant to Sec. 9-502 of the UCC.
Section 202.
The Agency’s Assignment and Pledge of Revenues.
The Agency assigns and pledges to the Bondowner upon the terms hereof (a) all Revenues to be received from the Borrower or derived from any security provided hereunder, (b) all rights to receive such Revenues and the proceeds of such rights, (c) all funds and investments held from time to time in the funds established under this Agreement, and (d) all of its right, title and interest in this Agreement, including enforcement rights and remedies but excluding certain rights of indemnification and to reimbursement of certain expenses as set forth herein. This assignment and pledge does not include: (i) the rights of the Agency pursuant to provisions for consent, concurrence, approval or other action by the Agency, notice to the Agency or the filing of reports, certificates or other documents with the Agency, (ii) the right of the Agency to any payments or reimbursements pursuant to Sections 309(e), 803, and 1007, or (iii) the powers of the Agency as stated herein to enforce the provisions hereof. As further security for its obligations to make payments to the Debt Service Fund, and for its other payment obligations under this Agreement, the Borrower grants to the Bondowner a security interest in its interest in the moneys and other investments held from time to time in the funds and accounts established under this Agreement.
Section 203.
Defeasance.
When there are in the applicable account within the Debt Service Fund sufficient funds, or Government or Equivalent Obligations described in clause (i) or (ii) of Subsection 102(t) in such principal amounts, bearing interest at such rates and with such maturities as will provide sufficient funds to pay or redeem a series of Bonds in full, and when all other amounts due under the Bond Documents with respect to such series of Bonds have been paid and the rights hereunder and thereunder of the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner have been provided for, upon written notice from the Borrower to the Agency and the Bondowner, the Bondowner shall cease to be entitled to any benefit or security with respect to such series of Bonds under this Agreement except that the Bondowner shall have the right to receive payment of the funds deposited and held for payment and other rights which by their nature cannot be satisfied prior to or simultaneously with termination of the lien hereof (including obligations of the Borrower under Sections 306 and 1007), title to the Mortgaged Property shall revert to the Borrower, the security interests created by this Agreement (except in such funds and investments) shall terminate, and the Agency and the Bondowner shall execute and deliver such instruments as may be necessary to discharge the lien and security interests created hereunder; provided, however, that if any of such Bonds are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, the Agency shall have taken all action necessary to redeem such Bonds and notice of such redemption shall have been duly given in accordance with this Agreement. Upon such defeasance, the funds and investments required to pay or redeem the Bonds in full shall be irrevocably set aside for that purpose, subject, however, to Section 314 hereof, and moneys held for defeasance shall be invested only as provided above in this section. Any funds or property held by the Disbursing Agent and not required for payment or redemption of the Bonds in full or to pay any other amounts owing under the Bond Documents shall, after satisfaction of all the rights of the Agency and after allowance for any payments required to be made pursuant to Section 306, be distributed to the Borrower upon such indemnification, if any, as the Agency and the Disbursing Agent may reasonably require.
ARTICLE 3
THE BORROWING
Section 301.
The Bonds.
(a)
Details of the Bonds
. The Series A Bonds shall be issued in fully registered form and in the original aggregate principal amount of $4,250,000, and shall be numbered from R-A-1 upwards in order of their issuance, or in any other manner deemed appropriate by the Agency. The Series A Bonds shall be in the minimum denomination of $100,000. The Series A Bonds shall be dated the date of delivery thereof. Principal and interest on the Series A Bonds until they come due shall be payable commencing on February 1, 2011 and on the first (1st) day of each month thereafter, in accordance with the Form of Bonds set forth in Section 301(b)(i). If any payment is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due on the next subsequent Business Day. The Series A Bonds shall mature on January 1, 2021, and shall bear interest at the rates per annum as set forth in the Form of Bonds in Section 301(b)(i), below.
The Series B Bonds shall be issued in fully registered form in the original aggregate principal amount of $1,950,000, and shall be numbered from R-B-1 upwards in order of their issuance, or in any other manner deemed appropriate by the Agency and the Trustee. The Series B Bonds shall be in the minimum denomination of $100,000. The Series B Bonds shall be dated the date of delivery thereof. Principal and interest on the Series B Bonds until they come due shall be payable commencing on February 1, 2011 and on the first (1st) day of each month thereafter, in accordance with the Form of Bonds set forth in Section 301(b)(ii). If any payment is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due on the next subsequent Business Day. The Series B Bonds shall mature on January 1, 2018, and shall bear interest at the rates per annum as set forth in the Form of Bonds in Section 301(b)(ii), below.
The Bonds shall be signed on behalf of the Agency by the manual or facsimile signature of an Authorized Officer, and the corporate seal of the Agency or a facsimile thereof shall be engraved or otherwise reproduced thereon. The authenticating certificate of the Disbursing Agent shall be manually signed on behalf of the Disbursing Agent.
In case any officer whose manual or facsimile signature shall appear on any Bond shall cease to be such officer before the delivery thereof, such manual or facsimile signature shall nevertheless be valid and sufficient for all purposes as if he or she had remained in office until after such delivery.
The Bonds are subject to special redemption and optional redemption, as described in Section 311 and in the Forms of Bonds.
(b)
Form of Bonds
. (i) The Series A Bonds shall be issued in substantially the following form.
Registered No. R-A-___ $___________
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 2010A
INITIAL LIBOR RATE: ________________ Percent (____%) Per Annum
MATURITY DATE: January 1, 2021
DATE OF THIS BOND: December 30, 2010
(Date as of which the Bonds were initially issued.)
INITIAL RATE PERIOD: From the date of this Bond to and including January 31, 2011.
PAYMENT DATES: February 1, 2011 and the first (1st) day of each month thereafter to the MATURITY DATE or earlier redemption in full.
DATE OF REGISTRATION:
REGISTERED OWNER:
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:
|
THIS BOND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A GENERAL OBLIGATION OF THE MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY OR A DEBT OR PLEDGE OF THE FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS; THE PRINCIPAL OF AND INTEREST AND PREMIUM, IF ANY, ON THIS BOND ARE PAYABLE SOLELY FROM THE REVENUES AND FUNDS PLEDGED FOR THEIR PAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MORTGAGE, LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. THE AGENCY HAS NO TAXING POWER UNDER THE ACT.
|
|
The Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (the “
Agency
”), for value received promises to pay to the REGISTERED OWNER of this bond, or registered assigns, but solely from the moneys to be provided under the Agreement mentioned below, in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds, the PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, in installments in the amounts as set forth on Schedule 1, commencing on January ___, 2011, and on each PAYMENT DATE thereafter, with the remaining principal balance due on the MATURITY DATE, unless paid earlier as provided below, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year based on the actual number of days elapsed) on the PRINCIPAL AMOUNT outstanding from the most recent PAYMENT DATE to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the DATE OF THIS BOND, at the INITIAL LIBOR RATE per annum during the INITIAL RATE PERIOD, and thereafter at the LIBOR Rate (as defined below) per annum, as determined below for each Rate Period (as defined below), payable on each PAYMENT DATE, until the date on which this bond becomes due, whether at maturity or by acceleration or redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an Event of Taxability occurs, the interest rate in effect on the Series A Bonds from and after the Date of Taxability shall be the Taxable Rate and following an Event of Default, the interest rate in effect on the Series A Bonds shall be the Default Rate. The Agency also shall pay to the Bondowner, but only from amounts available under the Agreement, a late charge for any payment of principal or interest not paid within fifteen (15) days following the date such payment is due equal to five percent (5.0%) of the amount of any such payment.
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this bond shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement (the “
Agreement
”), dated as of December 1, 2010, by and among the Agency, Ranor, Inc. (the “
Borrower
”), and Sovereign Bank, as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent (the “
Disbursing Agent
”). As used in this bond, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“
Effective Date
” means the date on which a new Rate Period takes effect. The first Effective Date shall be February 1, 2011 and thereafter shall be the first (1st) day of each month thereafter.
“
LIBOR
” means the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/32 of one percent) for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a one-month period, which appears on the day that is two London Banking Days preceding the next Effective Date as of 11:00 a.m. London time (x) on the Telerate Page 3750 or (y) if such rate does not appear on the Telerate Page 3750, then as determined by the Bank from another recognized source or interbank quotation. In the event that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall impose a Reserve Percentage with respect to LIBOR deposits of the REGISTERED OWNER of this bond, then for any period during which such Reserve Percentage shall apply, LIBOR shall be equal to the amount determined above divided by an amount equal to 1 minus the Reserve Percentage.
“
LIBOR Rate
” means 65% times the sum of (i) the Spread plus (ii) LIBOR.
“
Rate Period
” means, when used with respect to any particular LIBOR Rate, the period during which such rate of interest determined for the Bonds will remain in effect as described herein, which shall be the period commencing on each Effective Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month. A new interest rate shall take effect on each Effective Date.
“
Reserve Percentage
” means the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves), which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in Regulation D.
“
Spread
” means 275 basis points.
The record date for payment of interest is the Business Day preceding the date on which the interest is to be paid; provided that, with respect to overdue interest or interest payable on redemption of this bond other than on a PAYMENT DATE or interest on any overdue amount, the Disbursing Agent may establish a special record date. The special record date may not be more than five (5) days before the date set for payment. The Disbursing Agent will mail notice of a special record date to the Bondowner at least seven (7) days before the special record date. The Disbursing Agent will promptly certify to the Agency that it has mailed such notice to the Bondowner, and such certificate will be conclusive evidence that such notice was given in the manner required hereby.
This bond is one of a series of bonds (the “
Series A Bonds
”), in the aggregate principal amount of $4,250,000, being issued by the Agency under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 23G, as amended, and resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of the Agency, which resolutions also authorize the execution and delivery of the Agreement. The Series A Bonds are being issued pursuant to the Agreement. Simultaneously with the issuance of the Series A Bonds, the Agency is issuing its $1,950,000 Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010B (the “
Series B Bonds
,” and together with the Series A Bonds, the “
Bonds
”). Pursuant to the Agreement, the Agency is loaning the proceeds of the Bonds to the Borrower for the purpose of financing and refinancing the Project (as defined in the Agreement). The Borrower has agreed to repay the borrowing in the amounts and at the times necessary to enable the Agency to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds, and the Agency has assigned its rights to receive such funds to the Bondowner, subject to the provisions of the Agreement. Reference is made to the Agreement for a description of the funds pledged and the rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities of the Borrower, the Agency and the Bondowner, including the order of payments in the event of insufficient funds. The Agreement may be amended to the extent and in the manner provided therein.
In case any Event of Default (as defined in the Agreement) occurs, the principal amount of this bond together with accrued interest may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Agreement.
The Series A Bonds are redeemable pursuant to the Agreement prior to maturity, as a whole or in part on any PAYMENT DATE, in inverse order of principal installments due, at their principal amounts, without premium, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, (i) at the direction of the Borrower, (ii) from excess proceeds on deposit in the Project Fund created under the Agreement upon completion or termination of the Project, and (iii) in the event of a substantial loss to the Mortgaged Property, as defined in the Agreement, from insurance or condemnation award proceeds allocable to the Series A Bonds.
If less than all of the Outstanding Series A Bonds are to be called for redemption, the Series A Bonds to be redeemed will be selected by the Disbursing Agent by lot.
In the event this bond is selected for redemption, notice will be mailed not less than twenty (20) days prior to the redemption date to the REGISTERED OWNER at its address shown on the registration books maintained by the Disbursing Agent. Failure to mail notice to the owner of any other Series A Bond or any defect in the notice to such an owner shall not affect the redemption of this bond.
If this bond is of a denomination in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), portions of the principal amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) may be redeemed. If less than all of the principal amount is to be redeemed, upon surrender of this bond to the Disbursing Agent, there will be issued to the REGISTERED OWNER, without charge, a new bond or bonds, at the option of the REGISTERED OWNER, for the unredeemed principal amount.
Notice of redemption having been duly mailed, this bond, or the portion called for redemption, will become due and payable on the redemption date at the applicable redemption price and, the redemption price having been paid or moneys for the redemption having been deposited with the Disbursing Agent, from and after the date fixed for redemption interest on this bond (or such portion) will no longer accrue.
This bond is transferable by the REGISTERED OWNER, subject to the provisions of the Agreement, in person or by its attorney duly authorized in writing, at the office of the Disbursing Agent set forth above, upon surrender of this bond to the Disbursing Agent for cancellation. Upon the transfer, a new bond or bonds of the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the transferee at the same office. No transfer will be effective unless represented by such surrender and reissue. This bond may also be exchanged at the office of the Disbursing Agent for a new bond or bonds of the same aggregate principal amount without transfer to a new registered owner. Exchanges and transfers will be without expense to the holder except for applicable taxes or other governmental charges, if any. The Disbursing Agent will not be required to make an exchange or transfer of this bond during the thirty (30) days preceding (i) any date fixed for redemption if this bond (or any part thereof) is eligible to be selected or has been selected for the redemption and (ii) the MATURITY DATE.
The Bonds are issuable only in fully registered form in the minimum denomination of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).
The Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower may treat the REGISTERED OWNER as the absolute owner of this bond for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
Neither the members of the Agency nor any Person executing this bond are liable personally hereon or subject to any personal liability or accountability by reason of the issuance hereof.
Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, this bond is subject to mandatory tender by the REGISTERED OWNER on the Purchase Date at a price (the “
Purchase Price
”) equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount Outstanding, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Purchase Date, unless the REGISTERED OWNER shall give the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower notice of its election to retain this bond by delivery to the Borrower, with a copy to the Agency and the Disbursing Agent, of a written notice substantially in the form of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice set forth herein, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Purchase Date. Upon receipt of the copy of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice, the Disbursing Agent shall give notice to any other Bondowner of the receipt of such Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Purchase Date. In the event there is more than one Bondowner and the registered owners of Bonds representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding elect not to tender their Bonds for purchase, each Bondowner shall be deemed to have agreed irrevocably to retain their Bonds and that the Bonds shall not be subject to mandatory tender on the applicable Purchase Date. If the Borrower does not receive at least thirty (30) days prior to a Purchase Date Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notices from Bondowners representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding, then the Bonds will be subject to mandatory tender and purchased on the applicable Purchase Date. THE OWNER OF THIS BOND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO SELL AND SURRENDER THIS BOND AT THE PURCHASE PRICE TO ANY PURCHASER DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT IN THE EVENT OF A MANDATORY TENDER AND, ON THE PURCHASE DATE, TO SURRENDER THIS BOND TO THE AGENCY FOR PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price of this bond shall be paid to the REGISTERED OWNER by the Borrower on the Delivery Date, which shall be the Purchase Date or any subsequent Business Day on which this bond is delivered to the Agency for cancellation, with a copy to the Borrower. The Purchase Price of this bond shall be paid only upon surrender of this bond to the Agency as provided herein. From and after the Purchase Date, no further interest on this bond shall be payable to the REGISTERED OWNER, provided that there are sufficient funds available on the Purchase Date to pay the Purchase Price. Payment of the Purchase Price of this bond to the REGISTERED OWNER shall be made by the Borrower on the Purchase Date, if presentation and surrender of this bond to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, is made prior to 10:00 a.m. Boston, Massachusetts time on the Purchase Date, or on such later Business Day upon which presentation and surrender of this bond to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, is made prior to 10:00 a.m. Boston, Massachusetts time.
This bond will not be valid until the Certificate of Disbursing Agent has been signed by the Disbursing Agent.
|
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
|
|
|
|
|
|
(SEAL)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Authorized Officer
|
|
CERTIFICATE OF DISBURSING AGENT
This bond is one of the Bonds described in the Agreement.
|
SOVEREIGN BANK,
as Disbursing Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
ASSIGNMENT
For value received the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers this bond to
|
(Name
and Address of Assignee)
|
|
|
Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Assignee
and irrevocably appoints ___________________ attorney-in-fact to transfer it on the books kept for registration of the bond, with full power of substitution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written on the face of the bond without alteration or enlargement or other change.
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guaranteed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participant in a Recognized
Signature Guarantee Medallion
Program
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 1
Schedule of Principal Payments
[To be inserted]
NON-TENDER ELECTION NOTICE
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 2010A
Principal Amount
|
Bond Numbers
|
Purchase Date
|
|
|
|
The undersigned hereby certifies that it is the registered owner of the Bonds described above (the “
Non-Tendered Bonds
”), and hereby agrees that the delivery of this instrument to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower constitutes an irrevocable election to retain the Non-Tendered Bonds and not to sell the Non-Tendered Bonds to the Borrower or its designee on the Purchase Date; provided, however, that the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that if there is more than one Bondowner, then the Non-Tendered Bonds nonetheless shall be subject to purchase by the Borrower or its designee on the Purchase Date unless the Owners of more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds elect not to tender their Bonds for purchase on the next Purchase Date. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the foregoing provision and subject to all other rights of the undersigned contained in the Bonds, this election notice is irrevocable.
Except as otherwise indicated herein and unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, providing for the issuance of the Bonds.
|
|
Signature(s)
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Street City State
Zip
|
|
IMPORTANT: The above signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as set forth on the face of the Non-Tendered Bond(s) with respect to which this Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice is being delivered without any change whatsoever. If this notice is signed by a person other than the registered owner of any Non-Tendered Bond(s), the Non-Tendered Bond(s) must be either endorsed on the Assignment appearing on each Bond or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner or owners appear on the bond register. The method of presenting this notice to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower is the choice of the person making such presentation. If it is made by mail, it should be by registered mail with return receipt requested.
[End of Series A Bond Form]
(ii) The Series B Bonds shall be issued in substantially the following form.
Registered No. R-B-___
|
$___________
|
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 2010B
INITIAL LIBOR RATE: ________________ Percent (____%) Per Annum
MATURITY DATE: January 1, 2018
DATE OF THIS BOND: December 30, 2010
(Date as of which the Bonds were initially issued.)
INITIAL RATE PERIOD: From the date of this Bond to and including January 31, 2011.
PAYMENT DATES: February 1, 2011 and the first (1st) day of each month thereafter to the MATURITY DATE or earlier redemption in full.
DATE OF REGISTRATION:
REGISTERED OWNER:
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:
|
THIS BOND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A GENERAL OBLIGATION OF THE MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY OR A DEBT OR PLEDGE OF THE FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS; THE PRINCIPAL OF AND INTEREST AND PREMIUM, IF ANY, ON THIS BOND ARE PAYABLE SOLELY FROM THE REVENUES AND FUNDS PLEDGED FOR THEIR PAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MORTGAGE, LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. THE AGENCY HAS NO TAXING POWER UNDER THE ACT.
|
|
The Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (the “
Agency
”), for value received promises to pay to the REGISTERED OWNER of this bond, or registered assigns, but solely from the moneys to be provided under the Agreement mentioned below, in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds, the PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, in installments in the amounts as set forth on Schedule 1, commencing on January ___, 2011, and on each PAYMENT DATE thereafter, with the remaining principal balance due on the MATURITY DATE, unless paid earlier as provided below, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year based on the actual number of days elapsed) on the PRINCIPAL AMOUNT outstanding from the most recent PAYMENT DATE to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the DATE OF THIS BOND, at the INITIAL LIBOR RATE per annum during the INITIAL RATE PERIOD, and thereafter at the LIBOR Rate (as defined below) per annum, as determined below for each Rate Period (as defined below), payable on each PAYMENT DATE, until the date on which this bond becomes due, whether at maturity or by acceleration or redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an Event of Taxability occurs, the interest rate in effect on the Series B Bonds from and after the Date of Taxability shall be the Taxable Rate and following an Event of Default, the interest rate in effect on the Series B Bonds shall be the Default Rate. The Agency also shall pay to the Bondowner, but only from amounts available under the Agreement, a late charge for any payment of principal or interest not paid within fifteen (15) days following the date such payment is due equal to five percent (5.0%) of the amount of any such payment.
Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this bond shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement (the “
Agreement
”), dated as of December 1, 2010, by and among the Agency, Ranor, Inc. (the “
Borrower
”), and Sovereign Bank, as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent (the “
Disbursing Agent
”). As used in this bond, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“
Effective Date
” means the date on which a new Rate Period takes effect. The first Effective Date shall be February 1, 2011 and thereafter shall be the first (1st) day of each month thereafter.
“
LIBOR
” means the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/32 of one percent) for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a one-month period, which appears on the day that is two London Banking Days preceding the next Effective Date as of 11:00 a.m. London time (x) on the Telerate Page 3750 or (y) if such rate does not appear on the Telerate Page 3750, as determined by the Bank from another recognized source or interbank quotation. In the event that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall impose a Reserve Percentage with respect to LIBOR deposits of the REGISTERED OWNER of this bond, then for any period during which such Reserve Percentage shall apply, LIBOR shall be equal to the amount determined above divided by an amount equal to 1 minus the Reserve Percentage.
“
LIBOR Rate
” means 65% times the sum of (i) the Spread plus (ii) LIBOR.
“
Rate Period
” means, when used with respect to any particular LIBOR Rate, the period during which such rate of interest determined for the Bonds will remain in effect as described herein, which shall be the period commencing on each Effective Date and ending on the last day of the calendar month. A new interest rate shall take effect on each Effective Date.
“
Reserve Percentage
” means the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal and other reserves), which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in Regulation D.
“
Spread
” means 275 basis points.
The record date for payment of interest is the Business Day preceding the date on which the interest is to be paid; provided that, with respect to overdue interest or interest payable on redemption of this bond other than on a PAYMENT DATE or interest on any overdue amount, the Disbursing Agent may establish a special record date. The special record date may not be more than five (5) days before the date set for payment. The Disbursing Agent will mail notice of a special record date to the Bondowner at least seven (7) days before the special record date. The Disbursing Agent will promptly certify to the Agency that it has mailed such notice to the Bondowner, and such certificate will be conclusive evidence that such notice was given in the manner required hereby.
This bond is one of a series of bonds (the “
Series B Bonds
”), in the aggregate principal amount of $1,950,000, being issued by the Agency under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 23G, as amended, and resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of the Agency, which resolutions also authorize the execution and delivery of the Agreement. The Series B Bonds are being issued pursuant to the Agreement. Simultaneously with the issuance of the Series B Bonds, the Agency is issuing its $4,250,000 Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010A (the “
Series A Bonds
,” and together with the Series B Bonds, the “
Bonds
”). Pursuant to the Agreement, the Agency is loaning the proceeds of the Bonds to the Borrower for the purpose of financing and refinancing the Project (as defined in the Agreement). The Borrower has agreed to repay the borrowing in the amounts and at the times necessary to enable the Agency to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds, and the Agency has assigned its rights to receive such funds to the Bondowner, subject to the provisions of the Agreement. Reference is made to the Agreement for a description of the funds pledged and the rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities of the Borrower, the Agency and the Bondowner, including the order of payments in the event of insufficient funds. The Agreement may be amended to the extent and in the manner provided therein.
In case any Event of Default (as defined in the Agreement) occurs, the principal amount of this bond together with accrued interest may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Agreement.
The Series B Bonds are redeemable pursuant to the Agreement prior to maturity, as a whole or in part on any PAYMENT DATE, in inverse order of principal installments due, at their principal amounts, without premium, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, (i) at the direction of the Borrower, (ii) from excess proceeds on deposit in the Project Fund created under the Agreement upon completion or termination of the Project, and (iii) in the event of a substantial loss to the Mortgaged Property, as defined in the Agreement, from insurance or condemnation award proceeds allocable to the Series B Bonds.
If less than all of the Outstanding Series B Bonds are to be called for redemption, the Series B Bonds to be redeemed will be selected by the Disbursing Agent by lot.
In the event this bond is selected for redemption, notice will be mailed not less than twenty (20) days prior to the redemption date to the REGISTERED OWNER at its address shown on the registration books maintained by the Disbursing Agent. Failure to mail notice to the owner of any other Series B Bond or any defect in the notice to such an owner shall not affect the redemption of this bond.
If this bond is of a denomination in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), portions of the principal amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) may be redeemed. If less than all of the principal amount is to be redeemed, upon surrender of this bond to the Disbursing Agent, there will be issued to the REGISTERED OWNER, without charge, a new bond or bonds, at the option of the REGISTERED OWNER, for the unredeemed principal amount.
Notice of redemption having been duly mailed, this bond, or the portion called for redemption, will become due and payable on the redemption date at the applicable redemption price and, the redemption price having been paid or moneys for the redemption having been deposited with the Disbursing Agent, from and after the date fixed for redemption interest on this bond (or such portion) will no longer accrue.
This bond is transferable by the REGISTERED OWNER, subject to the provisions of the Agreement, in person or by its attorney duly authorized in writing, at the office of the Disbursing Agent set forth above, upon surrender of this bond to the Disbursing Agent for cancellation. Upon the transfer, a new bond or bonds of the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the transferee at the same office. No transfer will be effective unless represented by such surrender and reissue. This bond may also be exchanged at the office of the Disbursing Agent for a new bond or bonds of the same aggregate principal amount without transfer to a new registered owner. Exchanges and transfers will be without expense to the holder except for applicable taxes or other governmental charges, if any. The Disbursing Agent will not be required to make an exchange or transfer of this bond during the thirty (30) days preceding (i) any date fixed for redemption if this bond (or any part thereof) is eligible to be selected or has been selected for the redemption and (ii) the MATURITY DATE.
The Bonds are issuable only in fully registered form in the minimum denomination of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).
The Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower may treat the REGISTERED OWNER as the absolute owner of this bond for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
Neither the members of the Agency nor any Person executing this bond are liable personally hereon or subject to any personal liability or accountability by reason of the issuance hereof.
Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, this bond is subject to mandatory tender by the REGISTERED OWNER on each Purchase Date at a price (the “
Purchase Price
”) equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount Outstanding, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Purchase Date, unless the REGISTERED OWNER shall give the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower notice of its election to retain this bond by delivery to the Borrower, with a copy to the Agency and the Disbursing Agent, of a written notice substantially in the form of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice set forth herein, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Purchase Date. Upon receipt of the copy of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice, the Disbursing Agent shall give notice to any other Bondowner of the receipt of such Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Purchase Date. In the event there is more than one Bondowner and the registered owners of Bonds representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding elect not to tender their Bonds for purchase, each Bondowner shall be deemed to have agreed irrevocably to retain their Bonds and that the Bonds shall not be subject to mandatory tender on the applicable Purchase Date. If the Borrower does not receive at least thirty (30) days prior to a Purchase Date Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notices from Bondowners representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding, then the Bonds will be subject to mandatory tender and purchased on the applicable Purchase Date. THE OWNER OF THIS BOND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO SELL AND SURRENDER THIS BOND AT THE PURCHASE PRICE TO ANY PURCHASER DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT IN THE EVENT OF A MANDATORY TENDER AND, ON THE PURCHASE DATE, TO SURRENDER THIS BOND TO THE AGENCY FOR PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price of this bond shall be paid to the REGISTERED OWNER by the Borrower on the Delivery Date, which shall be the Purchase Date or any subsequent Business Day on which this bond is delivered to the Agency for cancellation, with a copy to the Borrower. The Purchase Price of this bond shall be paid only upon surrender of this bond to the Agency as provided herein. From and after the Purchase Date, no further interest on this bond shall be payable to the REGISTERED OWNER, provided that there are sufficient funds available on the Purchase Date to pay the Purchase Price. Payment of the Purchase Price of this bond to the REGISTERED OWNER shall be made by the Borrower on the Purchase Date, if presentation and surrender of this bond to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, is made prior to 10:00 a.m. Boston, Massachusetts time on the Purchase Date, or on such later Business Day upon which presentation and surrender of this bond to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, is made prior to 10:00 a.m. Boston, Massachusetts time.
This bond will not be valid until the Certificate of Disbursing Agent has been signed by the Disbursing Agent.
|
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
|
|
(SEAL)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Authorized Officer
|
|
CERTIFICATE OF DISBURSING AGENT
This bond is one of the Bonds described in the Agreement.
|
SOVEREIGN BANK,
as Disbursing Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
ASSIGNMENT
For value received the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers this bond to
|
(Name and Address of Assignee)
|
|
|
Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Assignee
and irrevocably appoints ___________________ attorney-in-fact to transfer it on the books kept for registration of the bond, with full power of substitution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written on the face of the bond without alteration or enlargement or other change.
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guaranteed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participant in a Recognized
Signature Guarantee Medallion
Program
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 1
Schedule of Principal Payments
[To be inserted]
NON-TENDER ELECTION NOTICE
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency
Revenue Bonds
Ranor Issue, Series 2010B
Principal Amount
|
Bond Numbers
|
Purchase Date
|
|
|
|
The undersigned hereby certifies that it is the registered owner of the Bonds described above (the “
Non-Tendered Bonds
”), and hereby agrees that the delivery of this instrument to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower constitutes an irrevocable election to retain the Non-Tendered Bonds and not to sell the Non-Tendered Bonds to the Borrower or its designee on the Purchase Date; provided, however, that the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that if there is more than one Bondowner, then the Non-Tendered Bonds nonetheless shall be subject to purchase by the Borrower or its designee on the Purchase Date unless the Owners of more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds elect not to tender their Bonds for purchase on the next Purchase Date. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the foregoing provision and subject to all other rights of the undersigned contained in the Bonds, this election notice is irrevocable.
Except as otherwise indicated herein and unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, providing for the issuance of the Bonds.
Date: _________________
|
|
Signature(s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Street City State
Zip
|
|
IMPORTANT: The above signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as set forth on the face of the Non-Tendered Bond(s) with respect to which this Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice is being delivered without any change whatsoever. If this notice is signed by a person other than the registered owner of any Non-Tendered Bond(s), the Non-Tendered Bond(s) must be either endorsed on the Assignment appearing on each Bond or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner or owners appear on the bond register. The method of presenting this notice to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Borrower is the choice of the person making such presentation. If it is made by mail, it should be by registered mail with return receipt requested.
[End of Series B Bond Form]
(c)
Replacement of Bonds
. Replacement Bonds shall be issued pursuant to applicable law as a result of the destruction, loss or mutilation of the Bonds. The costs of a replacement shall be paid or reimbursed by the applicant, who shall indemnify the Agency, the Disbursing Agent, and the Borrower against all liability and expense in connection therewith.
(d)
Event of Taxability
. The Agency and the Bondowner will afford the Borrower prompt notice of any inquiry or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service or the Massachusetts Department of Revenue or the receipt of a statutory notice of deficiency or any Opinion of Bond Counsel described in clause (ii) of Section 102(r), that are known to the Agency or the Bondowner, as applicable, and the opportunity, at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense, to contest:
(i)
the validity of any amendment to the IRC or Massachusetts law (or any subsequent tax law) which causes the interest on the Bonds to be includable in the gross income of the Bondowner (including any former Bondowner) for federal or Massachusetts income tax purposes; or
(ii)
any challenge to the validity of the tax exemption with respect to the interest on the Bonds, including the right to direct any contest of such challenge (including any administrative audit, administrative appeal and litigation). The right of the Borrower to exercise its rights under this Section 301(d) is subject to the Borrower’s provision of whatever security and indemnification the Agency or the Bondowner shall reasonably request.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agency and the Bondowner a supplemental payment to reimburse the Agency and the Bondowner for any interest, penalties or other charges assessed to them, if any, by reason of an Event of Taxability (including any interest penalties or other charges assessed to a Bondowner for failure to include interest on the Bonds in the Bondowner’s gross income prior to the date of an Event of Taxability) (hereinafter, “
Unpaid Tax Penalties
”). The Borrower shall make such payments of Unpaid Tax Penalties to the Agency and to any Person who presents written proof satisfactory to the Disbursing Agent that as of the Date of Taxability, such Person was a Bondowner. Any Unpaid Tax Penalties which are not paid upon an Event of Taxability shall continue as an obligation of the Borrower, and the payment of all Unpaid Tax Liabilities due and owing shall be required prior to the defeasance of this Agreement pursuant to Section 203.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of the Form of Bonds as set forth in Section 301(b) to the contrary, if following an Event of Taxability, it is subsequently determined that the interest payable on the Bonds is properly excluded from the gross income of the owners thereof for Federal or Massachusetts income tax purposes, as applicable, then the calculation of the interest rate, as set forth in the Form of Bonds in Section 301(b), shall be determined as if no Event of Taxability had occurred, provided that the interest rate shall be adjusted in order to compensate the Borrower for any increase imposed in the rate of interest on the Bonds from and after the original Date of Taxability. Such adjustment to the interest rate shall be made such that the Borrower shall be fully compensated in not longer than a twelve-month period.
(e)
Bonds Are Not General Obligations
. The Bonds do not now and shall never constitute a general obligation or debt or pledge of the faith and credit of the Agency, nor a debt or pledge of the faith and credit of the Commonwealth, and each covenant and undertaking by the Agency herein and in the Bonds to make payments is not a general obligation of the Agency or a debt or a pledge of the faith and credit of the Commonwealth, but is a limited obligation payable solely from the revenues and other funds provided under this Agreement and is a valid claim of the Bondowner only against such revenues and other funds. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Agency to use any funds or revenues from any source other than the Revenues.
Section 302.
Application of Bond Proceeds.
Upon the receipt of the proceeds of the Bonds, such proceeds shall be used to reimburse the Borrower for certain internal advances, to pay the cost of issuing the Bonds and the Agency’s administrative fee, and the balance shall be deposited in the Project Fund to be applied either directly or indirectly through reimbursement to the Borrower to pay Project Costs, subject to the requirements of Section 401 hereof.
Section 303.
Debt Service Fund.
A Debt Service Fund is hereby established with the Disbursing Agent, and within such a Fund, a Series A Account and a Series B Account, and moneys shall be deposited therein as provided in this Agreement. The moneys in the Series A Account of the Debt Service Fund and any investments held as part of such account shall be held in trust and, except as otherwise provided, shall be applied solely to the payment of the principal, redemption premium, if any, and interest on the Series A Bonds. The moneys in the Series B Account shall be held in trust, and except as otherwise provided, shall be applied solely to the payment of the principal, redemption premium, if any, and interest on the Series B Bonds. The Disbursing Agent shall apply moneys in the applicable account within the Debt Service Fund to the payment of the respective series of Bonds on each date on which a payment is to be made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon prior agreement with the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner, the Borrower may make payments of principal and interest due on the Bonds directly to the Bondowner, without deposit into the accounts within the Debt Service Fund, through direct debiting of its accounts by the Bondowner or otherwise, and in such event no Debt Service Fund shall be established with the Disbursing Agent, except to the extent necessary in accordance with Section 203.
Section 304.
[
Reserved
.]
Section 305.
[
Reserved
.]
Section 306.
Rebate.
(a)
Payments of Rebate
. No later than thirty (30) days following each Rebate Calculation Date (or any earlier date that may be necessary to make a required payment to the United States under Subsection 306(c)), the Borrower shall compute and certify to the Agency and the Bondowner in reasonable detail the amount of the Excess (as defined in Subsection 306(b)), if any, as of each such Rebate Calculation Date.
(b)
Excess
. “
Excess
” means the sum of:
A.
the aggregate amount earned on all Nonpurpose Investments (other than investments attributable to an excess described in this subparagraph) attributable to the Gross Proceeds of Bonds including those on deposit in the Project Fund (but not including those in the Debt Service Fund so long as the conditions described below continue to be met) over
B.
the amount which would have been earned if such Nonpurpose Investments were invested at a rate equal to the yield (determined in accordance with the Rebate Provision) on the Bonds to which such Gross Proceeds are attributable, plus any income attributable to the Excess described in subparagraph (i) above.
The amount of any calculated Excess shall be reduced by any payments made to the United States pursuant to Subsection 306(c). The terms “
Nonpurpose Investment
” and “
Gross Proceeds
” shall have the meanings given in the Rebate Provision and shall be applied as provided therein. Earnings on amounts deposited in the Debt Service Fund shall be excluded from the calculation of any Excess if the gross earnings on such amounts for each Bond Year are less than $100,000 (or a pro rata portion of $100,000 in the case of a short Bond Year).
(c)
Payment of Rebate to the United States
.
(i)
No later than forty-five (45) days following each Rebate Calculation Date (or any earlier date that may be required to comply with the Rebate Provision), the Borrower shall cause to be paid to the United States on behalf of the Agency the full amount of rebate then required to be paid under IRC Section 148(f) (the “
Rebate Provision
”) as certified by the Borrower in accordance with Paragraph 306(c)(ii). No later than forty-five (45) days after the Bonds have been paid in full, the Borrower shall cause to be paid to the United States on behalf of the Agency the full amount of rebate then required to be paid under the Rebate Provision as certified by the Borrower in accordance with Paragraph 306(c)(ii). Each such payment shall be made to the Internal Revenue Service Center, Ogden, Utah 84201 or any successor location specified by the Internal Revenue Service, accompanied by a Form 8038-T (or other similar information reporting form) prepared by the Borrower.
(ii)
No later than fifteen (15) days prior to each date on which a payment could become due under Paragraph 306(c)(i) (a “
Rebate Payment Date
”), the Borrower shall deliver to the Agency and the Bondowner a certificate either summarizing the determination that no amount is required to be paid or specifying the amount then required to be paid pursuant to Paragraph 306(c)(i). If the certificate specifies an amount to be paid, such certificate shall be accompanied by (x) a completed Form 8038-T, which is to be signed by an officer of the Agency, (y) a certification stating that the Form 8038-T is accurate and complete, and (z) the amount required to be paid.
(d)
Records
. The Borrower shall keep such records as will enable it to fulfill its responsibilities under this section and the Rebate Provision.
(e)
Interpretation of this Section
. The purpose of this Section 306 is to satisfy the requirements of the Rebate Provision. Accordingly, this section shall be construed so as to meet such requirements. The Borrower covenants that all action taken under this section shall be taken in a manner that complies with the Rebate Provision and that it shall neither take any action nor omit to take any action that would cause the Bonds to be arbitrage bonds by reason of the failure to comply with the Rebate Provision.
(f)
Prompt Expenditure of Proceeds: Rebate Alternative
. The Borrower may exclude from its computation of an Excess required by Subsection 306(a) any Gross Proceeds that are not subject to rebate pursuant to IRC Section 148(f)(4)(B) or (C) or Treas. Reg. § 1.148-7.
(g)
Compliance by the Borrower
. To the extent any payment of rebatable arbitrage is not timely made to the United States, the Borrower shall pay to the United States on behalf of the Agency any interest, penalty, or other amount necessary to prevent the Bonds from becoming arbitrage bonds within the meaning of IRC Section 148. The Borrower covenants that to the extent necessary it shall obtain the advice and assistance of experts to aid it in complying with the Rebate Provision.
Section 307.
[
Reserved.
]
Section 308.
Application of Moneys.
If the moneys provided by the Borrower, including any available moneys in the applicable account within the Debt Service Fund, are not sufficient on any day to pay all principal, redemption price and interest on the applicable series of Bonds Outstanding then due or overdue, such moneys (other than any sum in the applicable account within the Debt Service Fund irrevocably set aside for the redemption of particular Bonds or required to purchase Bonds of such series under outstanding purchase contracts) shall be applied first to the payment of interest, including interest on overdue principal, in the order in which the same became due (pro rata with respect to interest which became due at the same time), and second to the payment of principal and redemption premiums, if any, without regard to the order in which the same became due (in proportion to the amounts due). For this purpose interest on overdue principal shall be treated as coming due on the first day of each month.
Section 309.
Loan of Proceeds; Payments by the Borrower.
(a)
The Agency shall loan the proceeds of the Bonds to the Borrower for the purposes of financing and refinancing Project Costs, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Borrower shall repay the loan of Bond proceeds at the times and in the amounts to enable the Agency to make the payments due on the Bonds as set forth in the Forms of Bonds in Section 301(b). The Borrower shall pay on or before each Payment Date, either directly to the Bondowner in accordance with the provisions of Section 303, or to the Disbursing Agent for deposit in the applicable account within the Debt Service Fund, a sum equal to all payments due on the Bonds of the applicable series on each such Payment Date, less amounts already on deposit in the applicable account within the Debt Service Fund, if any, and available, for that purpose. The Borrower shall pay a late charge for any payment of principal or interest not paid within five days following the date such payment is due equal to five percent (5.0%) of the amount of any such payment. All payment made by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America, in immediately available funds. For purposes of convenience only, and without limiting the Borrower’s obligations hereunder, a Schedule of Principal Payments for each series of Bonds is included as
Exhibit D
.
(b)
The payments to be made under the foregoing subsection shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any earnings on amounts in the Debt Service Fund, and any purchase or redemption of Bonds.
(c)
At any time when any principal of a series of Bonds is overdue, the Borrower also shall have a continuing obligation to pay an amount equal to interest on the overdue principal, as set forth in the Forms of Bonds in Section 301(b). Redemption premiums shall not bear interest.
(d)
Any payments by the Borrower to the Disbursing Agent for deposit in the applicable account within the Debt Service Fund under this Agreement shall discharge the obligation of the Borrower to the extent of such payments; provided, that if any moneys are invested in accordance with this Agreement and a loss results therefrom so that there are insufficient funds to pay principal and interest on the respective series of Bonds when due, the Borrower shall supply the deficiency.
(e)
Within thirty (30) days after notice from the Agency, the Borrower shall pay to the Agency all expenditures (except general administrative expenses or overhead) reasonably incurred by the Agency by reason of this Agreement.
Section 310.
Unconditional Obligation.
To the extent permitted by law, the obligation of the Borrower to make payments to the Agency and the Bondowner under this Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional, shall be binding and enforceable in all circumstances whatsoever, shall not be subject to setoff, recoupment or counterclaim, and shall be a general obligation of the Borrower to which the full faith and credit of the Borrower are pledged.
Section 311.
Redemption of the Bonds.
(a)
Special Redemption
. If moneys are available to redeem Bonds pursuant to Section 401(h) or Section 406, such moneys (and earnings thereon) shall be used to redeem Bonds of the applicable series within sixty (60) days. The Bonds are subject to redemption pursuant to this subsection as a whole or in part on any Payment Date, at their principal amounts, without premium, plus accrued interest to the redemption date, in inverse order of principal installments due; provided that, if less than all of the Bonds of a series Outstanding shall be called for redemption, the Bonds to be so redeemed shall be selected by lot.
(b)
Optional Redemption
. The Bonds are redeemable prior to maturity at the written direction of the Borrower to the Agency and the Bondowner. Such redemption shall be in accordance with the terms of the applicable series of Bonds, as a whole or in part on any Payment Date, in inverse order of principal installments due, at redemption price set forth in the applicable Form of Bonds, plus accrued interest to the redemption date.
(c)
Payment of Redemption Price and Accrued Interest
. Whenever Bonds are called for redemption, the accrued interest thereon shall become due on the redemption date and shall be paid from the applicable account within the Debt Service Fund to the extent of any available moneys therein. To the extent not otherwise provided, the Borrower shall pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on the respective series of Bonds.
(d)
Notice of Redemption
. When Bonds of a series are to be redeemed, the Borrower shall give notice to the Agency and the Bondowner, which notice may be conditional and shall identify the Bonds to be redeemed and state the date fixed for redemption. The notice shall further state that on such date there shall become due and payable upon each Bond to be redeemed the redemption price thereof, together with interest accrued to the redemption date, and that upon payment of the same to the Bondowner on such date, from and after such date interest thereon shall cease to accrue. The Borrower shall mail or deliver the redemption notice not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date fixed for redemption.
Section 312.
Investments.
(a)
Pending their use under this Agreement, moneys in the Project Fund and the Debt Service Fund may be invested by the Disbursing Agent, at the direction of the Borrower, in Permitted Investments (as defined below) maturing or redeemable at the option of the holder at or before the time when such moneys are expected to be needed. Any investments pursuant to this subsection shall be held by the Disbursing Agent as a part of the applicable Fund and shall be sold or redeemed to the extent necessary to make payments or transfers or anticipated payments or transfers from such Fund, subject to the notice provisions of Section 9-611 of the UCC to the extent applicable. The Disbursing Agent shall not be liable for any loss occurring from any investment, sale or conversion to cash made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
(b)
Except as set forth below, any interest realized on investments in any Fund and any profit realized upon the sale or other disposition thereof shall be credited to the Fund with respect to which they were earned and any loss shall be charged thereto. Earnings (which for this purpose include net profit and are after deduction of net loss) on amounts deposited in the Debt Service Fund (and the respective accounts thereon) and the Project Fund shall be retained therein.
(c)
The term “
Permitted Investments
” means (i) Government or Equivalent Obligations, (ii) “tax exempt bonds” as defined in IRC § 150(a)(6), other than “specified private activity bonds” as defined in IRC §57(a)(5)(C), rated at least AA or Aa2 by S&P and Moody’s, respectively, or the equivalent by any other nationally recognized rating agency, at the time of acquisition thereof or shares of a so-called money market or mutual fund that do not constitute “investment property” within the meaning of IRC §148(b)(2); provided either that the fund has all of its assets invested in obligations of such rating quality or, if such obligations are not so rated, that the fund has comparable creditworthiness through insurance or otherwise and which fund is rated AAm or AAm-G if rated by S&P, (iii) certificates of deposit of, banker’s acceptances drawn on and accepted by, and interest bearing deposit accounts of, a bank or trust company which has a capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000, (iv) Repurchase Agreements (as defined below), (v) investment agreements with providers rated at least AA- or Aa3 by S&P and Moody’s, respectively, (vi) money market funds rated at least AAm or AAm-G by S&P, and (vii) any other investment acceptable to the Bondowner. The term “
Repurchase Agreement
” shall mean a written agreement under which a bank or trust company which has a capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000, or a government bond dealer reporting to, trading with, and recognized as a primary dealer by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, sells to, and agrees to repurchase from the Disbursing Agent, obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States; provided that the market value of such obligations is at the time of entering into the agreement at least one hundred and three percent (103%) of the repurchase price specified in the agreement and that such obligations are segregated from the unencumbered assets of such bank or trust company or government bond dealer; and provided further, that unless the agreement is with a bank or trust company, such agreement shall require the repurchase to occur on demand or on a date certain which is not later than one (1) year after such agreement is entered into and shall expressly authorize the Disbursing Agent to liquidate the purchased obligations in the event of the insolvency of the party required to repurchase such obligations or the commencement against such party of a case under the federal Bankruptcy Code or the appointment of, or taking possession by, a trustee or custodian in a case against such party under the Bankruptcy Code. Any such investments may be purchased from or through the Disbursing Agent.
A. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, Permitted Investments with respect to the Debt Service Fund shall not include the following:
1. Government or Equivalent Obligations, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, in each case with yields lower than either (x) the yield available on comparable obligations then offered by the United States Treasury, or (y) the highest yield published or posted by the provider of the Permitted Investments to be currently available from the provider on reasonably comparable investments;
2. Any demand deposit or similar account with a bank, trust company or broker, unless (x) the account is used for holding funds for a short period of time until such funds are reinvested or spent, and (y) substantially all the funds in the account are withdrawn for reinvestment or expenditure within fifteen (15) days of their deposit therein; or
3. Repurchase Agreements, unless (x) at least three (3) bids are obtained on the proposed Repurchase Agreement from Persons other than those with an interest in the Bonds, (y) the highest yielding Repurchase Agreement for which a qualifying bid is received is purchased, (z) the provider of the Repurchase Agreement certifies that the yield on the Repurchase Agreement is not less than the yield then available from the provider on reasonably comparable repurchase agreements, if any, offered to Persons who are purchasing the agreement from a source other than proceeds of tax-exempt bonds, (xx) the terms of the Repurchase Agreement, including collateral requirements, are reasonable, and (yy) a written record of the yield offered by each bidder is maintained.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any of the requirements of this paragraph A. shall not apply if the Borrower shall have received an Opinion of Bond Counsel regarding the waiver of such requirements. Permitted Investments shall not include any investment that would cause any of the Bonds to be federally guaranteed within the meaning of IRC §149(b).
(d)
Any security interest required by Subsection 312(a) shall be perfected in such manner as may be provided by law. In the case of a Repurchase Agreement, if under applicable law, including the federal Bankruptcy Code, the agreement is recognized as transferring ownership in the underlying securities to the investing party with a right to liquidate the securities and apply the proceeds against the repurchase obligation, all free and clear of the claims of creditors and transferees of the other party, the interest of the investing party shall be regarded as the equivalent of a perfected security interest for the purposes of this subsection. In any case, however, if the underlying securities or the securities subject to the security interest are certificated securities (as opposed to uncertificated or book-entry securities), they shall be delivered to the Disbursing Agent, or to a depository satisfactory to the Disbursing Agent, either as agent for the Disbursing Agent or as bailee with appropriate instructions and acknowledgement, at the time of or prior to the investment, or, if the security interest is perfected without delivery, delivery shall be made within three (3) Business Days. Possession by the Disbursing Agent of the security for an obligation of the Disbursing Agent shall not be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this subsection unless there is an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Agency to the effect that such possession satisfies the requirements of this subsection.
(e)
The Disbursing Agent may hold undivided interests in Permitted Investments for more than one Fund (for which they are eligible) and may make interfund transfers in kind.
Section 313.
Paying Agent.
The Disbursing Agent shall act as paying agent for the Bonds and as Bond registrar and transfer agent.
Section 314.
Unclaimed Moneys.
Except as may otherwise be required by applicable law, in case any moneys deposited with the Disbursing Agent for the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Bond remain unclaimed for three (3) years after such principal, interest or premium has become due and payable, the Disbursing Agent may, and upon receipt of a written request of the Borrower shall, pay over to the Borrower the amount so deposited in immediately available funds, without additional interest, and thereupon the Disbursing Agent and the Agency shall be released from any further liability with respect to the payment of principal, interest or premium, and the owner of such Bond shall be entitled (subject to any applicable statute of limitations) to look only to the Borrower as an unsecured creditor for the payment thereof.
Section 315.
Tender of Bonds.
The Bonds shall be subject to mandatory tender on the Purchase Date, at the Purchase Price (as defined in the Form of Bonds in Section 301(b)), upon the terms and conditions described in the Form of Bonds, unless the Bondowner shall give the Borrower notice of its election not to tender the Bonds by delivery to the Borrower, with a copy to the Agency and the Disbursing Agent, of a written notice of non-tender substantially in the form of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice set forth in the Form of Bonds in Section 301(b), not less than thirty (30) prior to the Purchase Date. Upon receipt of a copy of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice, the Disbursing Agent shall give notice to any other Bondowners of the receipt of the Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notice and of the Purchase Date. If there is more than one Bondowner and the owners of more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding elect to retain their Bonds, then each Bondowner shall be deemed to have agreed irrevocably to retain its Bonds and the Bonds shall not be subject to mandatory tender on the applicable Purchase Date. If Borrower does not receive at least thirty (30) days prior to a Purchase Date Bondowner’s Non-Tender Election Notices from Bondowners representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding, then the Borrower shall be required to purchase all of the Bonds Outstanding on the applicable Purchase Date. The Bondowners shall cooperate with the Agency, the Borrower and the Disbursing Agent in the transfer of the Bonds to the purchaser designated by the Borrower or any other designee of the Borrower following any such mandatory tender. The Purchase Price of the Bonds shall be payable to the Bondowners on the Purchase Date or any subsequent Business Day upon delivery of the Bonds to the Agency, with a copy to the Borrower, as set forth in the Form of Bonds in Section 301(b).
ARTICLE 4
THE PROJECT AND THE MORTGAGED PROPERTY
Section 401.
Project Fund.
(a)
Establishment; Use of Proceeds
. A Project Fund is hereby established with the Disbursing Agent. Bond proceeds deposited into the Project Fund shall be used to pay requisitions approved by the Bondowner pursuant to this Section 401. The moneys in the Project Fund and investments held as part of such fund shall be held in trust and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be applied solely to pay Project Costs, either directly or through reimbursement to the Borrower. If there is an Event of Default with respect to any payments due on the Bonds, or to the Agency or the Disbursing Agent, the Disbursing Agent may use any amounts in the Project Fund without requisition to make up the deficiency, and the Borrower shall restore the funds so used.
(b)
Disbursements
. Disbursements from the Project Fund to pay Project Costs shall be made only upon receipt by the Disbursing Agent of written requisitions, in each instance signed by the Project Officer and (except for requisitions relating to the costs of issuing the Bonds) approved by the Bondowner, in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Requisitions shall be in substantially the form of
Exhibit B
. Disbursements for construction related Project Costs shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
Exhibit C
. By the filing of each requisition, the Borrower hereby represents and covenants that each such requisition shall be:
(i)
for Project Costs that have not been the basis of a prior or contemporaneous requisition or of a prior payment of an external loan or of a prior reimbursement of internal advances, and that to the extent it is for the reimbursement of Project Costs paid by the Borrower before the date of issuance of the Bonds, such reimbursement is consistent with the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Subsection 1002(c);
(ii)
for Project Costs related to work, services, material or equipment that is in accordance with all material and applicable building, zoning, land use, environmental protection, historical, sanitary and safety laws, rules and regulations, and material and applicable insurance requirements and the provisions of this Agreement; and that all permits, licenses and approvals required for the items covered by the requisition have been obtained; and
(iii) accompanied by satisfactory evidence that the monies remaining undisbursed in the Project Fund (less the retainage described in
Exhibit C
hereof) are sufficient for the payment of all direct and indirect costs of completion of the Project (including closing costs and equipment purchases) in accordance with all of the terms and provisions hereof. If such satisfactory evidence is not furnished, it shall be a condition to the Bondowner’s approval of any Borrower requisition that the Borrower deposit into the Project Fund an amount which, together with the then undisbursed monies in the Project Fund (less the aforesaid retainage) will be sufficient to pay the aforesaid costs of completion of the Project (including the closing costs and equipment purchases). The Borrower agrees, forthwith upon demand by the Bondowner, to make all such deposits.
(c)
Additional Documentation
. In addition to the requirements set forth in
Exhibit C
, prior to approving a requisition, the Bondowner may require that the Borrower also provide:
(i)
lien releases, waivers, partial waiver and subordination forms, or affidavits from any contractor, subcontractors and materialmen to which the requisition may apply;
(ii)
a report of the title insurance company that provided the title insurance policy to the Bondowner for the Project at the time of issuance of the Bonds (the “
Title Insurance Policy
”), which confirms that there are no liens or other encumbrances on the Project (other than real estate taxes for the then current year, payment of which is not in default, this Agreement, the Assignment, and such other liens and encumbrances as appeared in the Title Insurance Policy or are otherwise permitted under this Agreement), and confirms that there are no notices of contract or other notices of intention to file liens on the Project that have not been released, subordinated or waived;
(iii)
an affidavit of the Borrower to the effect that as of the date of the requisition, the Borrower knows of no event that will or could negatively affect completion of the Project, or the Borrower’s ability to make payments on the Bonds or any other payments required under this Agreement, or otherwise interfere with the operation of the Project for its intended purpose; and
(iv)
evidence that the Borrower has obtained all necessary governmental and private approvals of the Plans (as defined in
Exhibit C
) and all necessary building permits from all governmental authorities having jurisdiction.
(d)
Bondowner Approval
. The Bondowner shall have no obligation to approve a requisition if:
(i)
it determines that as of the date of such requisition and as a result of the construction of the Project, the lien of this Agreement with respect to the Mortgaged Property is subject to a mortgage, lien, encumbrance or claim that did not appear in the Title Insurance Policy and is not otherwise permitted in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
(ii)
in the Bondowner’s sole determination, to do so would result in the payment of the requisition being made more than twenty-five (25) days after the last day of the period stated in an accurate, duly executed partial waiver and subordination of lien form in substantially the form provided by Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 254, Section 32;
(iii)
following the Bondowner’s request, the Borrower fails to record, or to cause to be recorded, a bond pursuant to Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 254, Section 14, sufficient in form, substance and amount to dissolve any lien which may encumber the Project or the Mortgaged Property;
(iv)
there shall have been filed or recorded documents claiming a lien pursuant to Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 254, Section 4, which lien or claim of lien is not dissolved or waived prior to or contemporaneously with the payment of such requisition;
(v)
the Borrower has not submitted a requisition in conformance with the provisions of this Article 4 and
Exhibit C
, or, if after funding of the requested advance, the Project Fund will be “out of balance” with respect to the remainder of the Project Costs; or
(vi)
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder.
(e)
Construction Representative
. The Bondowner may engage, in its sole discretion but at the cost and expense of the Borrower, a construction representative (the “
Construction Representative
”). As directed by the Bondowner, the Construction Representative shall review and approve the estimated construction costs for the Project and the Plans. In addition to its other responsibilities as set forth in
Exhibit C
, the Construction Representative may conduct periodic inspections of the Project and make periodic reports to the Bondowner with respect thereto, to ensure that all work performed on the Project has been performed in a good and workmanlike manner. The function of the Construction Representative shall be solely to assist the Bondowner, and neither the Bondowner, nor its agents or employees, shall be liable either directly or indirectly for any loss, claim or damage which may arise as a result of negligence, defective or inappropriate design, materials, workmanship or supervision. The Borrower hereby agrees to hold the Bondowner harmless and indemnified from any such loss, claim or damage.
(f)
Final Requisition
. At the time of submission of the final requisition for Project Costs relating to the Project, including all retainage of Project Costs, in addition to the requirements of
Exhibit C
, the Borrower shall provide to the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner a Completion Certificate, in accordance with the provisions of Section 401(g).
(g)
Completion Certificate
. The Borrower shall provide the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner with a Completion Certificate promptly upon completion or termination of the Project. The Completion Certificate shall be signed by the Project Officer and shall specify the date by which the Project has been completed (or terminated) and shall (i) (in the case of completion of the Project) (A) state that the Project has been substantially completed so as to permit efficient use in the operations of the Borrower, (B) be accompanied by the appropriate occupancy certificate, and (C) set forth any Project Costs remaining to be paid from the Project Fund or state that all Project Costs have been paid to the extent applicable; or (ii) (in the case of termination of the Project) (A) set forth the reasons why the Project is not and will not be completed by the Borrower, and (B) set forth any Project Costs incurred prior to termination, or as a result of termination, of the Project that are not yet paid from the Project Fund.
(h)
Application of Funds in Project Fund at Project Completion
. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all moneys in the Project Fund (including moneys earned thereon by investment) remaining after the earliest to occur of (i) delivery of the Completion Certificate, or (ii) two (2) Business Days next preceding the third anniversary of the date of issue of the Bonds, shall be applied (A) to redeem Bonds in accordance with the provisions of Section 311(a), without premium, on the next Payment Date following notice to the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner pursuant to Section 311(d), without further authorization from the Borrower or the Agency, so to exhaust such amount to the extent possible, or (B) applied to pay principal of or interest on the Bonds on the next applicable payment date for the Bonds, or (C) a combination of either of the foregoing; provided that, before any funds are applied pursuant to this paragraph, the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner shall have been provided with an Opinion of Bond Counsel regarding the proposed application of such funds on deposit in the Project Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amounts previously or then certified to the Disbursing Agent by the Project Officer as required for payment of Project Costs not yet due shall be retained in the Project Fund for payment of such costs as they become due. Any retained funds remaining after full payment of all such Project Costs shall be likewise applied as described above.
If the Bonds shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 602(a), any balance remaining in the Project Fund shall, without further authorization, be applied as provided in Section 604.
Section 402.
Borrower’s Obligations to Undertake and Complete Project.
(a)
Proceeds of the Bonds on deposit in the Project Fund shall be used to pay Project Costs; provided, however, if the moneys in the Project Fund are not sufficient to pay in full all Project Costs, the Borrower agrees, in order to fulfill the purposes of the Act, to pay any such excess Project Costs from its own funds. The Agency makes no warranty, express or implied, that moneys paid into the Project Fund or otherwise available to complete the Project will be sufficient to pay all Project Costs.
(b)
The Borrower shall cause the Project to be completed diligently and continuously and with all reasonable dispatch in accordance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the Project. The materials and workmanship shall be of high quality, and no materials, fixtures or equipment intended to become part of the Project shall be purchased by the Borrower subject to any lien, encumbrance or claim. The Borrower represents that contracts for carrying out the Project and acquisitions in connection therewith have been and shall be made by the Borrower in its own name.
(c)
The Borrower may terminate the Project upon written notice to the Agency and the Bondowner, in which event upon receipt of a Completion Certificate as set forth in Section 401(g), all unspent moneys shall be applied pursuant to Subsection 401(h).
Section 403.
Use of Project and Mortgaged Property.
(a)
Compliance with Law
. In the maintenance, improvement and operation of the Project and the Mortgaged Property, the Borrower covenants that it has complied and will comply with any provisions of the Act applicable to the Borrower, and all applicable building, zoning, land use, environmental protection, labor and employment, sanitary and safety laws, rules and regulations, and all applicable insurance requirements, and will not permit a nuisance thereon; but it shall not be a breach of this subsection if the Borrower fails to comply with such laws, rules, regulations and requirements (other than Chapter 21E of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended) during any period in which the Borrower is diligently and in good faith contesting the validity thereof, provided that the security created or intended to be created hereby is not, in the opinion of the Bondowner, unreasonably jeopardized thereby. The Borrower shall not suffer or permit a lien arising pursuant to Chapter 21E of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, to be created of record with respect to the Mortgaged Property or the rights to the proceeds thereof.
(b)
Payment of Lawful Charges
. The Borrower shall make timely payment of all taxes and assessments and other municipal or governmental charges and all claims and demands for work, labor, services, materials or other objects which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien on the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof; but it shall not be a breach of this subsection if the Borrower fails to pay any such item during any period in which the Borrower is diligently and in good faith contesting the validity thereof, provided that the laws applicable to contesting its validity do not require payment thereof and proceedings for a refund, that the security created or intended to be created hereby is not, in the opinion of the Bondowner, unreasonably jeopardized thereby, and that the Borrower has posted a bond in the amount of the disputed sum, if so required by applicable law.
(c)
Permitted Purposes
. The Borrower agrees that the Project shall be used only for the purposes described in the Act. The Borrower acknowledges that it is fully familiar with the physical condition of the Project and that it is not relying on any representation of any kind by the Agency or the Bondowner concerning the nature or condition thereof. Neither the Agency nor the Bondowner shall be liable to the Borrower or any other Person for any latent or patent defect in the Project.
Section 404.
Repair and Current Expenses.
(a)
The Borrower agrees that it will maintain and repair the Mortgaged Property and keep the same in good and serviceable condition and in at least as good condition and repair (reasonable wear and tear and casualty loss excepted) as it was on the date the same was placed in service. In the event of damage to or destruction of all or any part of the Mortgaged Property from any casualty, unless the Borrower exercises its right under Subsection 406(e), the Borrower shall repair, replace, restore or reconstruct the Project to the extent necessary to restore substantially its value and in a manner suitable for its continued use for the purpose for which it was provided; and this obligation shall not be limited by the amount of available insurance proceeds.
(b)
The Borrower shall pay all costs of maintaining and operating the Project and the Mortgaged Property.
Section 405.
Insurance.
(a)
Coverage
. The Borrower (i) shall keep its plant, equipment, furnishings and fixtures (including the Mortgaged Property) insured on a full replacement costs basis against fire, lightning and extended coverage perils and against such other risks as are customarily insured against by similar borrowers in the area in an amount equal to the greater of (A) 100% of the insurable value thereof (including replacement cost endorsements) exclusive of excavations and foundations, or (B) in the case of blanket policies, an amount equal to the greater of (i) or the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds, but in any case not less than the amount necessary to avoid coinsurance; (ii) shall, to the extent required by law, carry workers’ compensation insurance, disability insurance and other insurance covering injury, sickness, disability or death of employees; and (iii) shall maintain insurance against liability of the Borrower imposed by law or assumed by contract for injuries to persons, and for death of persons from such injuries with limits reasonably acceptable to the Bondowner.
(b)
Policies
. All insurance policies carried under clause (i) of Subsection 405(a) shall be made payable to the Bondowner as its interests may appear and otherwise to the Borrower, and shall name the Bondowner as additional insured (as to liabilities coverages), and as mortgagee and loss payee (as to property coverages). All insurance carried under this section shall be with responsible and reputable companies authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth, and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Bondowner. All policies of insurance shall contain a provision that prior to cancellation of such insurance, the carrier will give at least thirty (30) days written notice of the proposed cancellation to the Bondowner. When any insurance is to expire other than by cancellation, the duplicate or certificate of the new policy shall be furnished to the Bondowner at least thirty (30) days before such expiration date.
(c)
Evidence of Coverage
. The policies shall be open to inspection by the Bondowner at all reasonable times. Certificates of insurance describing the policies (or, in the case of flood insurance, satisfactory evidence of its taking effect at or prior to the delivery of the Bonds) shall be furnished by the Borrower to the Initial Purchaser at or prior to the delivery of the Bonds, and a complete list describing the policies and certificates in effect as of each January 1 shall be furnished by the Borrower to the Bondowner annually, no later than thirty (30) days following such date, together with a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that such insurance meets all the requirements of this section. In making this certificate, such Authorized Officer may rely upon certificates of insurance. If any change is made in the insurance as to either the deductible amount or type of coverage, a description and notice of the change shall be immediately furnished to the Bondowner by the Borrower.
Section 406.
Damage to or Destruction or Taking of the Mortgaged Property.
(a)
Recovery of Insurance Proceeds
. In the event of damage to or destruction of all or any part of the Mortgaged Property, the parties shall cooperate in order to recover any applicable proceeds of insurance required under Subsection 405(a), with the Borrower to have primary responsibility to recover the proceeds. Such proceeds shall be paid to the Disbursing Agent. From such proceeds the Disbursing Agent shall provide for the payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses of obtaining the recovery. The Disbursing Agent shall then give notice to the Borrower of such expenses and of the amount of the remaining proceeds (the “
Net Proceeds
”).
(b)
Payment to Borrower
. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) below, the Disbursing Agent shall pay to the Borrower the Net Proceeds, or so much thereof as may be needed for the repair, replacement, restoration or reconstruction, at one time or from time to time as directed by the Bondowner, as such funds are required by the Borrower, upon notification by the Borrower as to the amount needed and upon the approval of the Bondowner. Until so paid to the Borrower or transferred under Subsection 406(c), such funds may be invested by the Disbursing Agent as provided in Section 312.
(c)
Balance of Net Proceeds
. If no repair, replacement, restoration or reconstruction is necessary, or when no further funds are needed for such purposes, the Borrower shall so notify the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner. Any remaining Net Proceeds shall be applied to the redemption of Bonds pursuant to Section 311(a).
(d)
Eminent Domain
. In the event of a taking of all or any part of the Mortgaged Property by eminent domain, the parties shall cooperate as in Subsection 406(a) in order to recover any applicable proceeds. Such proceeds shall be paid to the Disbursing Agent. The Disbursing Agent shall make appropriate deductions from such proceeds as in the case of insurance proceeds and give notice to the Borrower of such deductions and of the amount of the Net Proceeds. The Net Proceeds shall be dealt with as in Subsection 406(c), unless the Bondowner directs the Borrower or the Borrower elects to defease this Agreement or redeem Bonds pursuant to Subsection 406(e) with that portion of the Net Proceeds allocable to the Bonds, or in the case of a partial taking, unless the Borrower, within thirty (30) days after such notification, gives notice to the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner of its election to repair, replace, restore, or reconstruct the remaining property, subject to the provisions of Subsection 406(e). In the event of such an election to repair, replace, restore or reconstruct, the foregoing provisions as to insurance proceeds shall apply, and the Borrower shall be obligated to repair, replace, restore or reconstruct the remaining property to the extent necessary to restore the operational utility lost by the taking, and this obligation shall not be limited by the amount of Net Proceeds available.
(e)
Election to Obtain Discharge or Redeem Bonds
. With respect to any one casualty or series of related casualties, whenever the Net Proceeds of insurance or condemnation awards resulting from damage to or destruction or a taking of all or a portion of the Mortgaged Property exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the then full insurable value of the Mortgaged Property, as determined by a consultant acceptable to the Bondowner, the Bondowner may direct the Borrower or the Borrower may elect to use such Net Proceeds (or a portion thereof exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of such insurable value not used or to be used for partial repair, replacement, restoration or reconstruction) to redeem Bonds pursuant to the special redemption provisions of Subsection 311(a). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred that has not been waived, the Bondowner may direct the Borrower to apply all insurance or condemnation proceeds to redeem Bonds. In addition, the Borrower may be relieved of its obligation to repair, replace, restore or reconstruct at any time, by taking all action necessary to discharge the lien of this Agreement under Section 203. In order to so redeem Bonds, the Borrower shall give notice of the redemption of Bonds pursuant to Subsections 311(a) and (d). In order to discharge the lien of this Agreement as described in this subsection, the Borrower may direct the Disbursing Agent to deposit into the Debt Service Fund all Net Proceeds then held by the Disbursing Agent under this section.
Section 407.
Additions and Alterations.
The Borrower may erect additional buildings on the premises described in the attached
Exhibit A
and may alter, remodel or improve the Mortgaged Property, provided that such alteration or remodeling shall not damage the basic structure thereof or materially decrease its value. Such new buildings, improvements, alterations or remodeling shall be deemed a part of the Mortgaged Property and shall be subject to the lien hereof, but the cost thereof shall be paid by the Borrower. The Borrower shall not take or permit any action which would cause the Mortgaged Property or a sale thereof under Subsection 602(c) to violate zoning or other land use regulations.
Section 408.
Right of Access to the Mortgaged Property.
The Agency and the Bondowner and their respective duly authorized agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to enter upon the Mortgaged Property for the purpose of inspection or to carry out their powers hereunder and under the other Bond Documents. The Agency or the Bondowner may enter at any time and from time to time during normal business hours pursuant to this section except that, in case of emergency as determined by the Agency or the Bondowner, as the case may be, the Agency or the Bondowner may enter at any time.
ARTICLE 5
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.
Section 601.
Default by the Borrower.
(a)
Events of Default; Default
. “Event of Default” in this Agreement means any one of the events set forth below and “default” means any Event of Default without regard to any lapse of time or notice.
(i)
Debt Service
. Any principal or premium, if any, of or interest on any Bond shall not be paid when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon redemption or otherwise, or the Borrower shall fail to make any payment required of it under Subsections 309(a) or (c), or 311(c), when the same becomes due and payable.
(ii)
Other Obligations
. The Borrower shall fail (A) to make any other required payment required hereunder within ten (10) days after the same is due and payable, or (B) to perform its obligations under Section 405(a), or (C) to perform any of its other agreements, covenants or obligations under this Agreement, and such failure is not remedied within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given by the Bondowner to the Borrower; provided, however, Borrower shall be permitted such additional time as may be reasonable and necessary to cure such failure, if such failure cannot be cured within the aforesaid 30-day period, so long as Borrower promptly commences and diligently pursues such cure to completion.
(iii)
Warranties
. There shall be a material breach of warranty or representation made herein by the Borrower as of the date it was intended to be effective.
(iv)
Voluntary Bankruptcy
. The Borrower shall commence a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, or shall become insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall apply for, consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of, or taking possession by, a trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official or agent for itself or any substantial part of its property.
(v)
Appointment of Receiver
. A trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official or agent shall be appointed for the Borrower or for any substantial part of its property and such trustee or receiver shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days.
(vi)
Involuntary Bankruptcy
. The Borrower shall have an order or decree for relief in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws entered against it, or a petition seeking reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition, or other similar relief as to it under the federal bankruptcy laws or any similar law for the relief of debtors shall be brought against it and shall be consented to by it or shall remain undismissed for sixty (60) days.
(vii)
Breach of Other Agreements
. If (A) an Event of Default shall occur under the Bond Purchase Agreement, or (B) a default shall occur under any other Bond Document, or (C) a breach shall occur (and continue beyond any applicable grace period) with respect to the payment by the Borrower or the Guarantor (1) of other indebtedness to the Disbursing Agent or the Bondowner, or (2) with respect to other indebtedness in excess of $___________, or with respect to the performance of any agreement securing such indebtedness or pursuant to which the same was issued or incurred, or an event shall occur with respect to provisions of any such agreement relating to matters of the character referred to in this section, so that a holder or holders of such indebtedness or a trustee or trustees under any such agreement accelerates or is empowered to accelerate any such indebtedness. The Borrower shall notify the Bondowner of any such breach or event immediately upon the Borrower’s becoming aware of its occurrence and shall from time to time furnish such information as the Bondowner may reasonably request for the purpose of determining whether a breach or event described in this clause (vii) has occurred.
Section 602.
Remedies for Events of Default.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing:
(a)
Acceleration
. The Bondowner may, by written notice to the Borrower and the Agency, declare immediately due and payable the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds and the payments to be made by the Borrower therefor, and accrued interest on the foregoing, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable without any further action or notice.
(b)
Entry
. The Bondowner may at any time enter the Mortgaged Property without being liable for any prosecution or damages therefor, may take complete and peaceful possession of the Mortgaged Property, in whole or in part, with or without process of law, and may dispossess the Borrower therefrom, and the Borrower covenants that in any such event it will peacefully and quietly yield up and surrender the Mortgaged Property. The Bondowner may operate and manage the property either directly or through its agents, receivers or other similar officials; exercise all of the powers and privileges and remedies of the Borrower with respect hereto, either in the name of the Borrower or otherwise; receive all rents, profits, revenues and other income of the Mortgaged Property; and make such repairs or alterations in or to the Mortgaged Property as it may deem necessary to place and maintain the same in good order and condition. Notwithstanding entry by the Bondowner, the Borrower agrees that any utility services, including heat, furnished by the Borrower to the Mortgaged Property prior to such entry shall continue to be furnished by the Borrower to the Mortgaged Property at the expense of the Borrower. Before making such entry, the Bondowner shall give such notice to the Borrower as may be required by applicable law, if any. Entry under this subsection shall not operate to release the Borrower from any sums to be paid or other obligations under this Agreement or the other Bond Documents. Any such entry shall not cause the Bondowner to become a so-called mortgagee in possession unless the Bondowner declares itself so to be.
(c)
STATUTORY POWER OF SALE
. The Bondowner, with or without an entry under the foregoing subsection, at any time may sell the Mortgaged Property or any part or parts of the same, either as a whole or in parts or parcels, together with any improvements thereon, by public auction on or near the premises described in the attached
Exhibit A
in accordance with the statutes of the Commonwealth relating to the foreclosure of a mortgage by the exercise of a power of sale, and may convey the same by proper deed or deeds or bill or bills of sale to the purchaser or purchasers absolutely and in fee simple; and such sale shall forever bar the Borrower and all Persons claiming under it from all right and interest in the Mortgaged Property, whether at law or in equity. The Borrower covenants that it will, upon request, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers a deed or deeds of release confirming such sale, and the Bondowner is hereby irrevocably appointed the Borrower’s attorney to execute and deliver a full transfer of all policies of insurance on the Mortgaged Property at the time of such sale, with credit to the Borrower for any unearned premiums paid by the Borrower. The Borrower, the Agency, the Disbursing Agent or the Bondowner may become the purchaser at any such sale.
(d)
Rights as a Secured Party
. The Bondowner may exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC with respect to that portion of the Mortgaged Property pledged hereunder which is or may be treated as collateral under the UCC. The Bondowner may deal with such property as collateral under the UCC or as provided in Subsection 602(c) or in part the one and in part the other. Notice of any public sale of such collateral under the UCC shall be given in the same manner as required by Subsection 602(c). Notice sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or delivered during business hours to the Borrower, at least seven (7) days before an event under UCC Section 9-610 or any successor provision of law, shall constitute reasonable notification of such event. To the extent permitted by law, the Bondowner may treat all or any portion or portions of the Mortgaged Property as personal property and may remove the same for the purposes of exercising its rights and remedies hereunder. The Bondowner may exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC with respect to securities in the Project Fund and the Debt Service Fund, including the right to retain such securities and apply the same against the obligations of the Borrower hereunder.
(e)
Receiver
. The Bondowner may have a receiver appointed to take possession of any collateral pledged as security hereunder, issues, and profits therefrom, and apply the same as the court appointing same may direct, and the Bondowner shall be entitled to the appointment of such a receiver as a matter of right, without consideration of the value of such collateral as security for the amounts due hereunder, or the availability of other collateral, or the solvency of any Person liable for the payment of such amounts. Such receiver may also take possession of, and for these purposes use, any and all collateral. The expense (including receiver’s fees, counsel fees, costs, and agents compensation) incurred pursuant to the powers herein contained shall be secured hereby.
(f)
Power of Attorney
. The Borrower hereby appoints and constitutes the Bondowner as the Borrower’s lawful attorney in fact with full power of substitution to perform any action that the Borrower is required to perform hereunder, including, without limitation, the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of any notice or document on behalf of the Borrower.
Section 603.
Court Proceedings.
The Bondowner may enforce the provisions of this Agreement by legal proceedings for the specific performance of any covenant, obligation or agreement contained herein, whether or not an Event of Default exists, or for the enforcement of any other appropriate legal or equitable remedy, and may recover damages caused by any breach by the Agency or the Borrower of the provisions of this Agreement, including court costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of the Agency or the Borrower hereunder.
Section 604.
Revenues after Default.
The proceeds from operation or sale under Subsections 602(c) (including any proceeds of insurance or eminent domain) and 602(d) of all or any part of the Mortgaged Property shall be held by the Bondowner. After payment or reimbursement of the reasonable expenses of the Bondowner and the Agency in connection therewith (including without limitation the expenses of insurance, ordinary or extraordinary repairs or alterations deemed advisable by the Bondowner, and taxes or other charges on the Mortgaged Property which the Bondowner may deem it advisable to pay, and reserves for the foregoing to the extent deemed necessary by the Bondowner), the same, together with any other funds held under this Agreement, shall be applied, first to the remaining obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Bond Documents (other than obligations to make payments to the Agency for its own use) in such order as may be determined by the Bondowner in its sole discretion, and second, to any unpaid sums due the Agency for its own use. Any surplus thereof shall be paid to the Borrower so long as the Bonds have been paid in full.
Section 605.
Bondowner May Perform Obligations.
If the Borrower fails to observe or perform any covenant, condition, agreement or provision contained in this Agreement with respect to the Mortgaged Property (including, without limitation, the insurance, maintenance or repair of the Mortgaged Property and the payment of taxes or other governmental charges thereon), whether or not there is an Event of Default hereunder, the Bondowner may perform such covenant, condition, agreement or provision in its own name or in the Borrower’s name, and is hereby irrevocably appointed the Borrower’s attorney-in-fact for such purpose. The Bondowner shall give at least ten (10) days’ notice to the Borrower before taking action under this section, except that following an Event of Default or in the case of emergency as reasonably determined by the Bondowner, the Bondowner may act on lesser notice or give the notice promptly after, rather than before, taking the action. The reasonable cost of any such action by the Bondowner shall be paid or reimbursed by the Borrower.
Section 606.
Remedies Cumulative.
The rights and remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and shall not exclude any other rights and remedies allowed by law. The failure to insist upon a strict performance of any of the obligations of the Borrower or of the Agency or to exercise any remedy for any violation thereof shall not be taken as a waiver for the future of the right to insist upon strict performance or of the right to exercise any remedy for the violation or any other violation.
ARTICLE 7
THE DISBURSING AGENT.
Section 701.
Corporate Organization, Authorization and Capacity
.
The Disbursing Agent represents and warrants that it is a Federal savings bank duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, with the capacity to exercise the powers and duties of the Disbursing Agent hereunder, and that by proper corporate action it has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
Section 702.
Rights and Duties of the Disbursing Agent.
(a)
Moneys to be Held in Trust
. All moneys received by the Disbursing Agent under this Agreement (other than amounts received for its own use) shall be held by the Disbursing Agent in trust and applied subject to the provisions of this Agreement.
(b)
Accounts
. The Disbursing Agent shall keep proper accounts of its transactions hereunder (separate from its other accounts), which shall be open to inspection by the Agency, the Borrower and the Bondowner and their representatives duly authorized in writing upon reasonable prior written notice to the Disbursing Agent.
(c)
Responsibility
. The Disbursing Agent shall be entitled to the advice of counsel (who may be counsel for any party) and shall not be liable for any action taken in good faith in reliance on such advice. The Disbursing Agent may rely conclusively on any notice, certificate or other document furnished to it under this Agreement and reasonably believed by it to be genuine. The Disbursing Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within the discretion or power conferred upon it, or taken by it pursuant to any direction or instruction by which it is governed under this Agreement or omitted to be taken by it by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required for such action, or be responsible for the consequences of any error of judgment reasonably made by it. When any action by the Disbursing Agent is called for by this Agreement, the Disbursing Agent may defer such action pending receipt of such evidence, if any, as it may reasonably require in support thereof. A permissive right or power to act shall not be construed as a requirement to act. The Disbursing Agent shall in no event be liable for the application or misapplication of funds, or for other acts or defaults, by any Person except by its own directors, officers, agents and employees. No recourse shall be had by the Borrower, the Agency or any Bondowner for any claim based on this Agreement, the Bonds, or any agreement securing the same against any director, officer, agent or employee of the Disbursing Agent unless such claim is based upon the bad faith, fraud or deceit of such Person.
(d)
Ownership of Bonds
. The Disbursing Agent may be or become the owner of or trade in Bonds with the same rights as if it were not the Disbursing Agent.
(e)
Surety Bond
. The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to furnish any bond or surety.
(f)
Financial Obligations
. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way obligate the Disbursing Agent to pay any debt or meet any financial obligations to any Person in relation to the Mortgaged Property except from moneys received under the provisions of this Agreement or from the exercise of the Disbursing Agent’s rights hereunder, other than the moneys received for its own purposes in its capacity as Disbursing Agent.
Section 703.
Expenses of the Disbursing Agent.
The Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Disbursing Agent for its reasonable expenses and disbursements, including attorneys’ fees, hereunder. Any expenses, reimbursements or other charges which the Disbursing Agent may be entitled to receive from the Borrower hereunder, if not paid when due, shall bear interest at the Default Rate.
Section 704.
Resignation or Removal of the Disbursing Agent.
The Disbursing Agent may resign on not less than thirty (30) days’ notice given in writing to the Agency, the Bondowner and the Borrower, but such resignation shall not take effect until a successor has been appointed. The Disbursing Agent will promptly certify to the Agency that it has mailed such notice to the Bondowner and such certificate will be conclusive evidence that such notice was given in the manner required hereby. The Disbursing Agent may be removed (i) by written notice from the Bondowner to the Disbursing Agent, the Agency and the Borrower; (ii) for cause by the Borrower with the approval of the Agency so long as no Event of Default has occurred that has not been waived; or (iii) for cause by the Agency.
Section 705.
Successor Disbursing Agent.
Any corporation or association which succeeds to the business of the Disbursing Agent as a whole or substantially as a whole, whether by sale, merger, consolidation or otherwise, shall thereby become vested with all the property, rights and powers of the Disbursing Agent under this Agreement, without any further act or conveyance.
In case the Disbursing Agent resigns or is removed or becomes incapable of acting, or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or if a receiver, liquidator or conservator of the Disbursing Agent or of its property is appointed, or if a public officer takes charge or control of the Disbursing Agent, or of its property or affairs, a successor shall be appointed by written notice from the Bondowner to the Agency and to the Borrower. Any such successor Disbursing Agent shall notify the Agency and the Borrower of its acceptance of the appointment and, upon giving such notice, shall become Disbursing Agent, vested with all the property, rights and powers of the Disbursing Agent hereunder, without any further act or conveyance. Such successor Disbursing Agent shall execute, deliver, record and file such instruments as are required to confirm or perfect its succession hereunder and any predecessor Disbursing Agent shall from time to time execute, deliver, record and file such instruments as the incumbent Disbursing Agent may reasonably require to confirm or perfect any succession hereunder.
ARTICLE 8
THE AGENCY
Section 801.
Corporate Organization, Authorization and Power.
The Agency represents and warrants as follows:
(a)
It is a body politic and corporate and a public instrumentality of the Commonwealth, established under Chapter 23G of the Massachusetts General Laws, with the power under and pursuant to the Act to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and to issue and sell the Bonds pursuant to this Agreement.
(b)
It has taken all necessary action and has complied with all provisions of the Constitution of the Commonwealth and the Act, required to make this Agreement and the Bonds the valid obligations of the Agency which they purport to be; and, when executed and delivered by the parties hereto, this Agreement will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Agency enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be subject to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general equitable principles and to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws for the relief of debtors heretofore or hereafter enacted to the extent that the same may be constitutionally applied.
(c)
When delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Bonds will constitute valid and binding special obligations of the Agency enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be subject to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general equitable principles and to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws for the relief of debtors heretofore or hereafter enacted to the extent that the same may be constitutionally applied, and will be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.
(d)
The Agency makes no other representation or warranty, either express or implied, of any nature or kind, including, without limitation, a representation or warranty that interest on the Bonds is or will continue to be exempt from federal or state income taxation.
Section 802.
Covenants as to Payment; Faith and Credit of Commonwealth Not Pledged.
The Agency covenants that it will promptly pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, interest and other charges, if any, on all Bonds at the place, on the dates and in the manner provided herein and in the Bonds, provided, however, that the Bonds do not now and shall never constitute a general obligation of the Agency or a debt or pledge of the faith and credit of the Commonwealth, and all covenants and undertakings by the Agency hereunder and under the Bonds to make payments are special obligations of the Agency payable solely from the revenues and funds pledged hereunder. The Agency agrees that the Bondowner may enforce all rights of the Agency (except those rights not assigned under this Agreement) and all obligations of the Borrower hereunder, whether or not the Agency is in default hereunder.
Section 803.
Rights and Duties of the Agency.
(a)
Remedies of the Agency
. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, the Agency shall have the right to take any action not prohibited by law or make any decision not prohibited by law with respect to proceedings for indemnity against the liability of the Agency and its officers, directors, employees and agents and for collection or reimbursement of moneys due to it under this Agreement for its own account. The Agency may enforce its rights under this Agreement which have not been assigned to the Bondowner by legal proceedings for the specific performance of any obligation contained herein or for the enforcement of any other legal or equitable remedy, and may recover damages caused by any breach by the Borrower of its obligations to the Agency under this Agreement, including court costs, reasonable attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred in enforcing such obligations.
(b)
Limitations on Actions
. Without limiting the generality of Subsection 803(c), the Agency shall not be required to monitor the financial condition of the Borrower and shall not have any responsibility or other obligation with respect to reports, notices, certificates or other documents filed with it hereunder.
(c)
Responsibility
. The Agency and its officers, directors, employees and agents shall be entitled to the advice of counsel (who may be counsel for any party) and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in reliance on such advice. They may rely conclusively on any communication or other document furnished to it under this Agreement and reasonably believed by it to be genuine. No such Person shall be liable for any action (i) taken in good faith and reasonably believed to be within the discretion or powers conferred upon such Person, or (ii) in good faith omitted to be taken because such Person reasonably believed such action to be beyond the discretion or powers conferred upon such Person, or (iii) taken pursuant to any direction or instruction by which such Person is governed under this Agreement, or (iv) omitted to be taken by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required for such action, nor shall such Person be responsible for the consequences of any error of judgment reasonably made by such Person. The Agency shall in no event be liable for the application or misapplication of funds, or for other acts or defaults by any Person except its own directors, officers and employees. When any consent or other action by the Agency is called for by this Agreement, the Agency may defer such action pending such investigation or inquiry or receipt of such evidence, if any, as it may require in support thereof. It shall not be required to take any remedial action (other than the giving of notice) unless reasonable indemnity is provided for any expense or liability to be incurred thereby. It shall be entitled to reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred or advances reasonably made, with interest at the “prime rate” of the Bank, as announced from time to time (or, if none, the nearest equivalent), in the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to the extent that it acts without previously obtaining indemnity. No permissive right or power to act shall be construed as a requirement to act; and no delay in the exercise of any such right or power shall affect the subsequent exercise of that right or power. The Agency shall not be required to take notice of any breach or default by the Borrower under this Agreement except when given notice thereof by the Bondowner. No recourse shall be had by the Borrower or the Bondowner for any claim based on this Agreement, the Bonds or any agreement securing the same against any director, officer, agent or employee of the Agency alleging personal liability on the part of such Person unless such claim is based upon the willful dishonesty of or intentional violation of law by such Person. No covenant, stipulation, obligation or agreement of the Agency contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a covenant, stipulation, obligation or agreement of any present or future director, officer, employee or agent of the Agency in his or her individual capacity, and no Person executing a Bond shall be liable personally thereon or be subject to any personal liability or accountability by reason of the issuance thereof.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower acknowledges that in the event of an examination, inquiry or related action by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the Bonds or the exclusion of interest thereon from the gross income of the holders thereof for federal income tax purposes, the Agency may be treated as the responsible party, and the Borrower agrees to respond promptly and thoroughly to the satisfaction of the Agency to such examination, inquiry or related action on behalf of and at the direction of the Agency. The Borrower further agrees to pay all costs of counsel selected by the Agency to represent the Agency in connection with such examination, inquiry or related action. The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agency against any and all costs, losses, claims, penalties, damages or liability of or resulting from such examination, inquiry or related action by the Internal Revenue Service, including any settlement thereof by the Agency.
(d)
Financial Obligations
. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to impose any pecuniary liability on the Agency nor shall it in any way obligate the Agency to pay any debt or meet any financial obligations to any Person at any time in relation to the Project except from moneys received under the provisions of this Agreement or from the exercise of the Agency’s rights hereunder other than moneys received for its own purposes.
ARTICLE 9
THE BONDOWNER
Section 901.
Action by Bondowner.
If there is at any time more than one Bondowner, any request, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Agreement to be given or taken by the Bondowner shall, except as otherwise expressly provided, require the concurrence of the registered owners of Bonds representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds and may be contained in and evidenced by one or more writings of substantially the same tenor signed by such Bondowners or their authorized representatives; provided, however, that actions to be taken with respect to a single series of Bonds shall require the concurrence of the registered owners of such series of Bonds representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the principal amount of the Outstanding Bonds of such series. In taking or refraining from any such actions, each Bondowner may act in its sole discretion.
Section 902.
Proceedings by the Bondowner
.
The Bondowner may by any available legal proceedings enforce and protect its rights hereunder and under the laws of the Commonwealth.
Section 903.
Expenses of the Bondowner.
The Borrower will prepay or reimburse the Bondowner within thirty (30) days after notice for any reasonable expenses and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by it in taking any action hereunder at the request of the Borrower or resulting from the failure of the Borrower to pay or perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any other Bond Document, or incurred in the exercise of its rights while a default or an Event of Default exists. Any expenses and costs which the Bondowner may be entitled to receive from the Borrower hereunder, if not paid when due, shall bear interest at the Default Rate.
ARTICLE 10
THE BORROWER
Section 1001.
Corporate Organization, Authorization, and Powers.
The Borrower represents and warrants that it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to do business in the Commonwealth, with the power to enter into and perform this Agreement. The Borrower further represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not conflict with or constitute a breach of or default under any bond, indenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness of the Borrower, the charter or by-laws of the Borrower, or any contract, lease or other instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it is bound, or cause the Borrower to be in violation of any applicable statute or rule or regulation of any governmental authority.
Section 1002.
Tax Status.
(a)
The Borrower covenants to comply with its obligations under the Tax Agreement and warrants that all representations of the Borrower contained therein are true and correct.
(b)
The Borrower shall not take or omit to take any action if such action or omission (i) would cause the Bonds to be “arbitrage bonds” under Section 148 of the IRC, (ii) would cause the Bonds to not meet any of the requirements of Section 149 of the IRC, or (iii) would cause the Bonds to cease to be “qualified small issue bonds” within the meaning of Section 144(a) of the IRC.
(c)
The Borrower represents, warrants and covenants that:
(i)
Internal advances to be reimbursed from the proceeds of the Bonds are in every instance for Project Costs constituting capital expenditures that are either (A) related to the Project as described in the Agency’s Official Action Resolution, dated September 16, 2010 (or the date of the Borrower’s declaration of Official Intent (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.150-2), whichever is earlier) (the “
Official Action
”), and that were incurred not earlier than the date that is sixty (60) days prior to the date of the Official Action, (B) in an amount not in excess of the lesser of $100,000 or five percent (5%) of the non-refunding proceeds of the Bonds, or (C) in an amount not in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the non-refunding proceeds of the Bonds and consisting of preliminary expenditures for the Project, such as architectural, engineering, surveying and soil testing, but not including such costs as site preparation or land acquisition.
(ii)
On the date of any declaration of Official Intent, the Borrower had a reasonable expectation that the expenditures described therein would be reimbursed from the proceeds of a debt obligation.
(iii)
The Borrower has not made declarations of Official Intent as a matter of course or in amounts substantially in excess of the amounts expected to be necessary for the project described therein.
(iv)
The Borrower shall not within one (1) year after the reimbursement of any internal advances from Bond proceeds use funds corresponding to such Bond proceeds in a manner that would cause such funds to be treated as replacement proceeds (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.148-1(c)) of the Bonds or any other indebtedness the interest on which is excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that such funds may be deposited in a bona fide debt service fund (as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.148-1(b)).
(v)
Each reimbursement of an internal advance (other than an internal advance described in clause (i)(B) or (i)(C) above) from Bond proceeds will be made not more than eighteen (18) months after:
A.
the date the Project Cost was paid, or
B.
the date the portion of the Project to which the Project Cost related was placed in service or abandoned, but in no event later than three (3) years after the Project Cost was paid.
(d)
The Borrower represents and warrants that no arrangement, formal or informal, has been, and covenants that none shall be, authorized, permitted or made for the purchase of any of the Bonds by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other substantial user of the Project or any “related party” (as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.150-1(b)) in an amount related to the amount loaned by the Agency to the Borrower.
(e)
The Borrower shall not enter into a Hedge Agreement (as hereinafter defined) or any other hedging transaction with respect to the Bonds, other than the Swap Agreement, without obtaining an Opinion of Bond Counsel. “
Hedge Agreement
” shall mean a payment exchange agreement, swap agreement, forward purchase agreement or any other hedge agreement entered into by the Borrower providing for payments between the parties based on levels of, or changes in interest rates, stock or other indices or contracts to exchange cash flows or a series of payments or contracts, including without limitation, interest rate floors, or caps, options, puts or calls, which allow the Borrower to manage or hedge payment, rate, spread or similar risk with respect to the Bonds.
(f)
Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event will the occurrence of an Event of Taxability be a default or an Event of Default under this Agreement, provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Taxability the interest rate in effect on the Bonds shall be the Taxable Rate, in accordance with the provisions of the Forms of Bonds in Section 301(b).
Section 1003.
Securities Laws.
In any “Offering” of the Bonds by a “Participating Underwriter,” as those terms are defined in Rule 15c2-12 (the “
Rule
”) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “
Exchange Act
”), the Borrower shall at all times take such actions as may be necessary to permit such Participating Underwriter to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws, including the Exchange Act and the Rule, and shall cooperate with the Bondowner to the extent necessary to permit the Bondowner to comply with any obligations imposed on it as a result of the Participating Underwriter’s obligation to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws, including the Exchange Act and the Rule.
Section 1004.
Maintenance of Corporate Existence.
The Borrower shall maintain its existence as a corporation duly organized and qualified to do business in the Commonwealth, and shall not dissolve, dispose of or spin off all or substantially all of its assets, or consolidate with or merge into another entity or entities, or permit one or more other entities to consolidate with or merge into it, except as provided in the Bond Purchase Agreement.
Section 1005.
Books and Accounts.
The Borrower will keep proper accounts of its transactions hereunder (separate from its other accounts), which shall be open to inspection by the Agency and the Bondowner and their representatives duly authorized in writing at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice.
Section 1006.
Notification of Event of Taxability
.
The Borrower will notify promptly the Agency and the Bondowner in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Taxability or any basis therefor, and of any allegation of which the Borrower has or acquires knowledge by any federal or state agency that any such event has occurred.
Section 1007.
Indemnification by Borrower.
The Borrower, regardless of any agreement to maintain insurance, will indemnify the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner against (a) any and all claims by any Person related to the participation of the Agency, the Disbursing Agent or the Bondowner in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation claims arising out of (i) any condition of the Project or the construction, use, occupancy or management thereof; (ii) any accident, injury or damage to any Person occurring in or about or as a result of the Project; (iii) any breach by the Borrower of its obligations under this Agreement; (iv) any act or omission of the Borrower, or any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees; or (v) the offering, issuance, sale or any resale of the Bonds to the extent permitted by law, and (b) all costs, counsel fees, expenses or liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon. In case any action or proceeding is brought against the Agency, the Disbursing Agent or the Bondowner by reason of any such claim, the Borrower will defend the same at its expense upon notice from the Agency, the Disbursing Agent or the Bondowner, as applicable, and the Agency, the Disbursing Agent or the Bondowner, as the case may be, will cooperate with the Borrower, at the expense of the Borrower, in connection therewith. This indemnification shall survive the termination or defeasance of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1101.
Amendment.
This Agreement may be amended by the parties only with the written consent of the Bondowner. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be accompanied by an opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that the amendment (i) is permitted by this Agreement, and (ii) unless waived by the Bondowner, will not adversely affect the exclusion of interest on the Bonds from gross income of the owners thereof for federal income tax purposes.
Section 1102.
Successor and Assigns.
The rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall inure to their respective successors and assigns.
Section 1103.
Notices.
Unless otherwise expressly provided, all notices to the Agency, the Disbursing Agent, the Borrower, and the Bondowner shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by recognized courier service providing evidence of receipt, or delivered during a Business Day as follows: (a) to the Agency at 160 Federal Street, 7
th
Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, attention of the Senior Vice President, Investment Banking, with a copy to the Deputy General Counsel, (b) to the Disbursing Agent at Sovereign Bank, 446 Main Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01608, attention of Edward S. Borden, Senior Vice President, (c) to the Borrower at One Bella Drive, Westminster, Massachusetts 01473, attention of Stanley Youtt, President and Chief Executive Officer, and (d) to the Bondowner at Sovereign Bank, 446 Main Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01608, attention of Edward S. Borden, Senior Vice President, or to all of the foregoing, to such other address as the addressee shall have indicated by prior written notice to the one giving notice.
Notice hereunder may be waived prospectively or retrospectively by the Person entitled to the notice, but no waiver shall affect any notice requirement as to other Persons.
Section 1104.
Agreement Not for the Benefit of Other Parties.
This Agreement is not intended for the benefit of, and shall not be construed to create rights in, parties other than the Borrower, the Agency, the Disbursing Agent and the Bondowner.
Section 1105.
Severability.
In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid in any circumstance, such invalidity shall not affect any other provisions or circumstances.
Section 1106.
Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
Section 1107.
Captions.
The captions and table of contents of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
Section 1108.
Governing Law.
This instrument shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed under seal all as of the date first above written.
|
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Steven Chilton
|
|
|
|
Authorized Officer
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RANOR, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Stanley Youtt
|
|
|
|
Stanley Youtt
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SOVEREIGN BANK,
as Disbursing Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
|
Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SOVEREIGN BANK,
as Bondowner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
|
Edward S. Borden
Senior Vice President
|
|
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
Suffolk, ss.
On December __, 2010, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Steven Chilton, Senior Vice President of the
Massachusetts Development Finance Agency
(the “Principal”) and acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for its stated purpose. The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document. The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:
o
|
A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or
|
o
|
On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or
|
o
|
Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or
|
o
|
The following evidence of identification: __________________________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed Name:______________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission Expires:______________
|
[Seal]
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
Suffolk, ss.
On December __, 2010, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Stanley Youtt, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Ranor, Inc.
(the “Principal”) and acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for its stated purpose. The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document. The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:
o
|
A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or
|
o
|
On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or
|
o
|
Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or
|
o
|
The following evidence of identification: ___________________________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed Name:___________________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission Expires:___________________
|
[Seal]
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
Suffolk, ss.
On December __, 2010, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Edward S. Borden, Senior Vice President of
Sovereign Bank
(the “Principal”) and acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for its stated purpose. The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document. The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:
o
|
A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or
|
o
|
On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or
|
o
|
Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or
|
o
|
The following evidence of identification: _________________________________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed Name:_________________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission Expires: ________________
|
[Seal]
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
Suffolk, ss.
On December __, 2010, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Edward S. Borden, Senior Vice President of
Sovereign Bank
(the “Principal”) and acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for its stated purpose. The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document. The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:
o
|
A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or
|
o
|
On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or
|
o
|
Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or
|
o
|
The following evidence of identification: _________________________________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notary Public
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed Name:_______________________
|
|
|
|
|
|
My Commission Expires:_______________
|
[Seal]
EXHIBIT A
Description of Mortgaged Property
See
Attached Exhibit A
Permitted Encumbrance
s
See
those exceptions listed in Schedule B, Part II of the
Fidelity National Title Insurance Company Loan Policy
Dated December, 2010
EXHIBIT B
Form of Requisition
TO:
|
Sovereign Bank, as Disbursing Agent
under the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement,
dated as of December 1, 2010
(the “
Agreement
”), among
the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency,
Ranor, Inc., and Sovereign Bank, as Bondowner
and said Disbursing Agent.
|
Requisition No.: __
Terms used in this Requisition and not otherwise defined shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.
This Requisition to be funded from proceeds of the Series ___ Bonds.
This Disbursement under the Series B Bonds shall not exceed 80% of the actual purchase price of the asset(s).
The Disbursing Agent is hereby authorized and directed to make payment from the Project Fund as follows:
Amount: $___________ to those payees set forth in
Attachment A
.
[Note: Attachment A is not required if an AIA Requisition Form is provided.]
The proceeds of this Requisition will be used to pay _________________. [Include a description of the use of the proceeds and attach copies of invoices from applicable payees;]
1.
|
The undersigned hereby certifies on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the payment requested by this Requisition that the obligations set forth in this Requisition were incurred in connection with the Project, and the obligations have not been the basis for a prior Requisition that has been paid. The payments that are requested by this Requisition are for Project Costs described in Section 401(b) of the Agreement.
|
2.
|
The undersigned has reviewed the provisions of Section 1002 of the Agreement, and the payment of this Requisition will not result in any proceeds of the Bonds being expended in violation of the provisions of said Section 1002. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the payment of this Requisition when added to all previous Requisitions, will not result in more than an amount equal to ____% ($________________) of the proceeds of the Bonds being used for issuance costs within the meaning of Section 147(g) of the Code.
|
3.
|
No Event of Default has occurred or will occur by the payment of this Requisition.
|
4.
|
The obligation for which payment is proposed to be made does not represent a material change from the Project described in the Application as of the date of delivery of the Bonds.
|
5.
|
No notice of any mechanics’ or other lien or encumbrance upon the Project by reason of work, labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to be supplied for or in connection with the Project has been received by the Borrower or has been filed in the Worcester County Registry of Deeds unless such lien or encumbrance has been discharged or dissolved or will be discharged or dissolved concurrently with payment of the Requisition, or the Borrower is contesting the same.
|
|
|
RANOR, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Project Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
APPROVED FOR PAYMENT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SOVEREIGN BANK,
|
|
|
|
as Bondowner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Duly Authorized
|
|
|
|
Attachment A
Name of Payee Address Invoice No. Date Amount
EXHIBIT C
Construction and Disbursement Requirements
[To be conformed to bank requirements by bank counsel]
1.
|
General Disbursement Conditions
: Disbursements from the Project Fund are to be made monthly (or less frequently if the Borrower determines not to submit monthly requisitions) after receipt and review of itemized requisitions submitted to the Bondowner. Disbursements under the Series B Bonds shall not exceed 80% of the actual purchase price of the asset(s). Disbursements from the Project Fund shall be made only at such time as the Project is “in balance.” The Project shall be deemed to be “in balance” only at such time, and from time to time, as Borrower has invested sufficient funds in the Project to assure Bondowner, in its sole judgment, that the undisbursed portion of the Project Fund is sufficient to complete the construction of the Project, to install all appliances and fixtures, to operate the Project, and to pay all non-construction costs associated with the Project until repayment of the Bond. If the Project is not “in balance” at any time, it shall be a default under the Loan Agreement unless Borrower deposits with Bondowner and pledges to Bondowner sufficient funds to place the Project “in balance” within a reasonable time following written notice from Bondowner that the Project is not “in balance.”
|
2.
|
Construction Site Inspections/Title Updates
: Prior to each disbursement from the Project Fund, the Bondowner, or the Construction Representative inspecting on behalf of the Bondowner, shall perform a site inspection to ensure that the Project as constructed is consistent with the Project budget submitted to and approved by the Bondowner (the “Budget”) and the final plans and specifications submitted to and approved by the Bondowner (the “Plans”). No disbursements shall be made for materials not yet installed or incorporated into the Project; except that, on a case-by-case basis, Bondowner may agree in its discretion to disburse for such materials if (i) they are stored on the Project or in a bonded warehouse, (ii) they are covered by adequate insurance, (iii) they are adequately protected against theft and damage, and (iv) Construction Representative confirms the foregoing and recommends such disbursements.
|
3.
|
Cost Breakdown/ Disbursement Schedule
: The Borrower shall provide to the Bondowner, on the 1st day of each month, commencing February 1, 2011, a report containing the following information, current as of the date of submission of the report, all of which shall be subject to the approval of the Bondowner: (i) a construction time and disbursement schedule; (ii) the Budget; (iii) a construction cost breakdown of the Project itemized as to trade category and subdivision of work to be done; and (iv) a breakdown of the indirect (non-construction) costs including without limitation real estate taxes, legal and accounting fees, surveys, permit and inspection fees, insurance premiums, architect’s and engineer’s fees, and marketing, management, leasing, and advertising expenses.
|
4.
|
Plans and Specifications; Contract
: As a condition of the approval of any requisition from the Project Fund after the date of issuance of the Bonds, the Borrower shall deliver to the Bondowner:
|
(a)
|
a complete set of Plans (including site and mechanical plans and specifications for all proposed improvements), which shall be subject to the Bondowner’s prior review and approval, and an assignment of such Plans by the Borrower to the Bondowner in form and substance acceptable to the Bondowner, together with the written consent of the Project architect to the assignment of the Plans to the Bondowner. Prior to delivering such Plans to the Bondowner, the Borrower shall obtain the approval thereof by all local, state, and federal regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Project, including, without limitation, all required permits (with any appeal periods having expired with no appeal having been taken) for the construction of the proposed improvements;
|
(b)
|
a letter from the Project architect or engineer certifying: (i) all public utility services, including storm and sanitary sewers, water supply, gas, electric and telephone facilities of adequate capacity necessary for the construction and operation of the Project, are located and physically available at the boundaries of the real property of the Borrower upon which the Project is located; (ii) upon completion of the improvements in accordance with the Plans, the Project shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations including zoning ordinances, building codes, environmental laws, and handicapped accessibility laws and regulations; and
|
(c)
|
a copy of the contract between the Borrower and the general contractor which shall be either a fixed price or guaranteed maximum price contract, and shall include a detailed trade payment schedule in form to be utilized in the requisition process, and an assignment of such contract by the Borrower to the Bondowner in form and substance acceptable to the Bondowner, together with the written consent of such general contractor to the assignment of the construction contract to the Bondowner.
|
5.
|
Commencement
: The Borrower shall commence construction of the Project within 30 days of the date of issuance of the Bonds and use all diligent efforts to complete construction of the Project by December 31, 2012, with labor and materials of high quality in accordance with the Budget and the Plans.
|
6.
|
Certificate of Occupancy
: Upon completion of construction, the Borrower shall furnish to the Bondowner a certified copy of a final unconditional certificate of occupancy for the Project issued by the appropriate governmental authority, permitting occupancy and use of the premises for the purposes described in the Agreement.
|
7.
|
Lien Waivers
: Monthly requisitions shall be accompanied by notarized lien waivers from the general contractor and any sub-contractors and materialmen with contracts in excess of $5,000.00, consistent with applicable state law.
|
8.
|
Construction Sign
: Upon request of the Bondowner, the Borrower shall, at its expense, affix one sign satisfactory to the Agency, the Bondowner and the Borrower in a highly visible place, indicating that the Agency and the Bondowner are providing financing for the construction of the Project. Any such sign shall be erected in compliance with state and municipal laws and ordinances.
|
9.
|
Making the Advances
: Subject to compliance by the Borrower with the terms and conditions of the disbursement conditions set forth in the Agreement, the Disbursing Agent shall pay from the Project Fund the Project Costs approved by the Bondowner, either directly to the contractor/vendor/supplier or, if the costs were paid by the Borrower, to reimburse the Borrower. The Bondowner shall not be required to approve requisitions more frequently than once each month. The Bondowner shall be entitled to withhold from each requisition for payment a retainage amount equal to 10% of the costs of construction. The Bondowner shall approve requisitions of amounts representing retainage only following substantial completion of construction of the Project, subject to any hold-backs for punch-list items, and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Bond Documents. The amount of each disbursement shall be in an amount equal to the cost of construction work in place plus materials purchased and securely stored within the Project, and other non-construction costs, expenses and fees actually paid or payable by Borrower and set forth in the then-approved Budget or otherwise approved in writing by Bondowner. In addition, disbursements shall be limited as follows:
|
|
(a)
|
in no event will total disbursements exceed seventy-five percent (75%) of the “as completed” appraised value of the Project;
|
|
(b)
|
the Project shall be “in balance”;
|
|
(c)
|
the amount of each disbursement shall equal the cost of construction work in place as set forth in the Budget or otherwise approved in writing by Bondowner, subject to Retainage, plus the amount of other non-construction costs, expenses and fees actually paid or payable by the Borrower for costs set forth in the Budget or otherwise approved in writing by Bondowner as of the date of the request for a disbursement, less amounts previously disbursed from the Project Fund and the Borrower’s equity;
|
|
(d)
|
the amount of the request for construction work in place shall be confirmed and approved by the Construction Representative; and
|
|
(e)
|
Borrower has paid as they become due all amounts set forth in the Budget with respect to costs to be paid for by Borrower.
|
10.
|
Each requisition for construction-related Project Costs shall be accompanied by all documentation reasonably deemed necessary by the Bondowner to substantiate the requested payment. Requisitions for direct costs of constructing the Project shall require the submission of (i) requisitions from the general contractor (using the standard AIA forms) approved by the Borrower, the Project architect and the Construction Representative, and (ii) certifications by the Construction Representative, the Project architect and the general contractor, and shall be subject to inspection and approval of work performed by the Construction Representative. Requisitions for any other direct costs and indirect costs (other than cost of issuing the Bonds) shall require the submission of bills, invoices and other documentation satisfactory to the Bondowner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything to the contrary contained herein, without at any time waiving any of the Bondowner’s rights hereunder, the Bondowner shall always have the right to approve a Borrower requisition for a disbursement from the Project Fund without satisfaction of each and every condition upon the Bondowner’s obligation to approve such Borrower requisition.
|
11.
|
Construction Representative
: The Bondowner shall, at the Borrower’s cost and expense, retain an outside Construction Representative to perform the following services on behalf of the Bondowner:
|
(a)
|
to review and advise the Bondowner whether, in the opinion of the Construction Representative, the Budget accurately reflects all Project Costs;
|
(b)
|
to review and advise the Bondowner whether, in the opinion of the Construction Representative, the Plans are satisfactory for the intended purpose thereof;
|
(c)
|
to make periodic inspections of the Project for the purpose of assuring that construction to date is in accordance with the Plans;
|
(d)
|
to review, and if appropriate approve requisitions filed by the Borrower as being consistent with the Budget and the Borrower’s obligations under the Bond Documents;
|
(e)
|
to advise the Bondowner of the status of the Project and the adequacy of available funds to complete construction;
|
(f)
|
to review and advise the Bondowner on any proposed change orders; and
|
(g)
|
to review and approve construction contracts and subcontracts for amounts at least equal to $5,000.00, for the purpose of providing the Bondowner with an opinion as whether they adequately treat the cost of construction to successfully complete the Project in accordance with the Plans. Neither the Bondowner nor the Construction Representative shall assume any obligation to the Borrower or any other party to the Bond Documents, or to any other person concerning the quality of construction of the Project or the absence therefrom of any defects.
|
The final disbursement from the Project Fund shall not be made unless and until Construction Representative shall have approved such advance.
12.
|
Change Orders
: The Borrower shall not cause or permit any material deviations from the Plans and shall not approve or consent to any change orders having a cost in excess of $5,000.00 for any single change order or $30,000.00 in the aggregate, without the prior approval of the Bondowner. The Borrower shall not enter into any contract with a general contractor, architect, engineer or subcontractor for the Project with a face amount in excess of $5,000.00 without the prior approval of the Bondowner. The Borrower shall not materially amend, supplement or otherwise modify, whether by change order or otherwise, any of the terms and conditions of the general contractor’s contract, the architect’s contract, any engineer’s contract or the subcontracts initially approved by the Bondowner, without the prior approval of the Bondowner.
|
13.
|
Builder’s Risk Insurance
: The Borrower shall furnish the Bondowner with builder’s risk completed value (non-reporting) form insurance written by a company acceptable to the Bondowner, containing such coverages as the Bondowner requires. The Bondowner shall be named as loss payee under a standard mortgagee clause.
|
EXHIBIT D
Schedule of Principal Payments for the Series A Bonds
Schedule of Principal Payments for the Series B Bonds
Exhibit 10.6
ISDA
®
International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
2002 MASTER AGREEMENT
dated as of December 30, 2010
SOVEREIGN BANK
|
and
|
RANOR, INC.
|
have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that are or will be governed by this 2002 Master Agreement, which includes the -schedule (the “Schedule”), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a “Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties or otherwise effective for the purpose of confirming or evidencing those Transactions. This 2002 Master Agreement and the Schedule are together referred to as this “Master Agreement”.
Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Interpretation
(a)
Definitions.
The terms defined in Section 14 and elsewhere in this Master Agreement will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.
(b)
Inconsistency.
In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement, such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.
(c)
Single Agreement.
All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the feet that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this “Agreement” and the parties
would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.
2.
Obligations
(a)
General Conditions.
(i)
Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.
(ii)
Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.
(iii)
Each obligation of each party undo- Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that the Early Termination Date in respect of file relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other condition specified in this Agreement to be a condition precedent for the purpose of this Section 2(a)(iii).
(b)
Change of Account.
Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the Scheduled Settlement Date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.
(c)
Netting of Payments.
If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable;
(i)
in the same currency; and
(ii)
in respect of the same Transaction,
by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by which the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.
The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions feat a net amount and payment obligation will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of those Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable m respect of the same Transaction, The election may he made m the Schedule or any Confirmation by specifying that “Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” applies to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election (in which case clause (ii) above will not apply to such Transactions), if Multiple Transaction Payment Netting is applicable to Transactions, it will apply to those Transactions with effect from the starting date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation, or, if a starting date is not specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation, fee starting date otherwise agreed by the parties in writing. This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.
(d)
Deduction or Withholding for Tax.
(i)
Gross-Up.
All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax. unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party (“X”) will:
(1)
promptly notify the other party (“Y”) of such requirement;
(2)
pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the foil amount required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Y;
(3)
promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such payment to such authorities; and
(4)
if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to which Y is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. However, X will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would not be required to be paid but for:
(A)
the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(m) or 4(d); or
(B)
fee failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be accurate and true unless such failure would not have occurred but for (1) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, after a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is token or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law.
(ii)
Liability.
If:
(1)
X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding in respect of which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under Section 2(d)(i)(4);
(2)
X does not so deduct or withhold; and
(3)
a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X,
then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has foiled to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)).
3.
Representations
Each party makes the representations contained in Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(4), 3(e) and 3(f) and, if specified in the Schedule as applying, 3(g) to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Section 3(1), at all times until the termination of this Agreement). If any “Additional Representation” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the party or parties specified for such Additional Representation will make and, if applicable, be deemed to repeat such Additional Representation at the time or times specified for such Additional Representation.
(a)
Basic Representations.
(i)
Status.
It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;
(ii)
Powers.
It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform, its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance;
(iii)
No Violation or Conflict.
Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;
(iv)
Consents.
All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and
(v)
Obligations Binding.
Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, Enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).
(b)
Absence of Certain Events.
No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.
(c)
Absence of Litigation.
There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it, any of its credit support providers or any of its applicable Specified Entities any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.
(d)
Accuracy of Specified Information.
All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect
(e)
Payer Tax Representation.
Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(e) is accurate and title.
(f)
Payee Tax Representations.
Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true.
(g)
No Agency.
It is entering into this Agreement, including each Transaction, as principal aid not as agent of any person or entity.
4.
Agreements
Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party:
(a)
Furnish Specified Information.
It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases under clause (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably directs:
(i)
any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation;
(ii)
any other documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and
(iii)
upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of &e party in receipt of such demand), with any such form or document to be accurate and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to be delivered with any reasonably required certification,
in each case by the date specified in me Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.
(b)
Maintain Authorizations.
It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.
(c)
Comply with Laws.
It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.
(d)
Tax Agreement.
It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section 3(f) to be accurate and true promptly upon learning of such failure,
(e)
Payment of Stamp Tax.
Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, organized, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, or where an Office through which it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located (“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”), and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or in respect of the other party’s execution or performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party.
5.
Events of Default and Termination Events
(a)
Events of Default.
The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes (subject to Sections 5(c) and 6(e)(iv) an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party:
(i)
Failure to Pay or Deliver.
Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 9(h)(i)(2) or (4) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on. or before the first Local Business Day in the case of any such payment or the first Local .Delivery Day in the case of any such delivery after, in each case, notice of such failure is given to the party;
(ii)
Breach of Agreement; Repudiation of Agreement.
(1)
Failure by the patty to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under taxis Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 9(h)(i)(2) or (4) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied within 30 days after notice of such failure is given to the party;
(2)
the party disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, this Master Agreement, any Confirmation executed and delivered by that party or any Transaction evidenced by such a Confirmation (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);
(iii)
Credit Support Default.
(1)
Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period bas elapsed;
(2)
the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the tailing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document, or any security interest granted by such party or such Credit Support Provider to the other party pursuant to any such Credit Support Document, to be in full force and effect for fee purpose of this Agreement (is each case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or
(3)
the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);
(iv)
Misrepresentation.
A representation (other than a representation under section 3(e) or 3(f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;
(v)
Default Under Specified Transaction.
The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party:
(1)
defaults (other than by failing to make a delivery) under a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default results in a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction;
(2)
defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment due on the last payment or exchange date of, or any payment an early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or, if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default continues for at least one Local Business Day);
(3)
defaults in making any delivery due under (including any delivery due on the last delivery or exchange date of) a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default results in a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, all transactions outstanding under the documentation applicable to that Specified Transaction; or
(4)
disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction that is, in either case, confirmed or evidenced by a document or other confirming evidence executed and delivered by that party, Credit Support Provider or Specified Entity (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act all its behalf);
(vi)
Cross-Default.
If “Cross-Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of:
(1)
a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) where the aggregate principal amount of such agreements or instruments, either alone or together with the amount, if any, referenced to in clause (2) below, is not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments before it would otherwise have been due and payable: or
(2)
a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments under- such agreements or instruments on the due date for payment (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period) in an aggregate amount, either alone or together with the amount, if any, referred to in clause (1) above, of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount;
(vii)
Bankruptcy.
The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party:
(1)
is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due: (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors: (4)(A) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official wife primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law effecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official, or (B) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in clause (A) above and either (I) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (II) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 15 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution,, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 15 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) above (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval o£ or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or
(viii)
Merger Without Assumption.
The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, or reorganizes, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer, reorganization, reincorporation or reconstitution:
(1)
the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party; or
(2)
the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving, or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.
relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified! in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).
(b)
Right to Terminate Following Termination Event.
(i)
Notice.
If a Termination Event other than a Force Majeure Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event, and each Affected Transaction, and will also give the other party such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require. If a Force Majeure Event occurs, each party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, use ell reasonable efforts to notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Force Majeure Event, and will also give the other party such other information about that Force Majeure Event as the other party may reasonably require,
(ii)
Transfer to Avoid Termination Event.
If a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and die Burdened Party is the Affected Party,
the Affected Party will, as a condition to its right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv), use all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, other than immaterial, incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i) all its rights and obligations under this Agreement is respect of the Affected Transactions to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist
If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other party to that effect within such 20 day period, whereupon the other party may effect such a transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i).
Any such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if such other party’s policies in effect at such time would permit it to enter into transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed.
(iii)
Two Affected Parties.
If a Tax Event occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days alter notice of such occurrence is given under Section 6(b)(i) to avoid that Termination Event
(iv)
Right to Terminate.
(1)
If:
(A)
a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as the case may be, has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or
(B)
a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is not the Affected Party,
the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a Tax Event or an Additional Termination Event if there are two Affected Parties, or the Non-affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, if the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.
(2)
If at any time an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event has occurred and is then continuing and any applicable Waiting Period has expired:
(A)
Subject to clause (B) below, either party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party, designate (I) a day not earlier than the day on which such notice becomes effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions or (II) by specifying in that notice the Affected Transactions in respect of which it is designating the relevant day as an Early Termination Date, a day not earlier than two Local Business Days following the day on which such notice becomes effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of less than all Affected Transactions. Upon receipt of a notice designating an Early Termination Date in respect of less than all Affected Transactions, the other party may, by notice to the designating party, if such notice is effective on or before the day so designated, designate that same day as an Early Termination Date in respect of any or all other Affected Transactions.
(B)
An Affected Party (if the Illegality or Force Majeure Event relates to performance by such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party of an obligation to make any payment or delivery under, or to compliance with any other material provision of, the relevant Credit Support Document) will only have the right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6 (b)(iv)(2)(A) as a result of an Illegality under Section 5 (b)(i)(2) or a Force Majeure Event under Section 5(b)(ii)(2) following the prior designation by the other party of an Early Termination Date, pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv)(2)(A), in respect of less than all Affected Transactions.
(c)
Effect of Designation.
(i)
If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or 6(b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing,
(ii)
Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 9(h)(i) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date will be determined pursuant to Sections 6(e) and 9(h)(ii).
(d)
Calculations; Payment Date.
(i)
Statement.
On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including any quotations, market data or information from internal sources used in making such calculations), (2) specifying (except where there are two Affected Parties) any Early Termination Amount payable and (3) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation or market data obtained in determining a Close-out Amount, the records of the party obtaining such quotation or market data will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation or market data.
(ii)
Payment Date.
An Early Termination Amount due in respect of any Early Termination Date will, together with any amount of interest payable pursuant to Section 9(h)(ii)(2), be payable (1) on the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default and (2) on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (or, if there are two Affected Parties, after the day on which the statement provided pursuant to clause (i) above by the second party to provide such a statement is effective) in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event
(e)
Payments On Early Termination.
If an Early Termination Date occurs, the amount, if any, payable in respect of that Early Termination Date (the “Early Termination Amount”) will be determined pursuant to this Section 6(e) and will be subject to Section 6(f).
(i)
Events of Default.
If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, the Early Termination Amount will be an amount equal to (1) lie sum of (A) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts (whether positive or negative) determined by the Non-defaulting Party for each Terminated. Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (2) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If the Early Termination Amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of the Early Termination Amount to the Defaulting Party,
(ii)
Termination Events.
If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event:
(1)
One Affected Party.
Subject to clause (3) below, if there is one Affected Party, the Early Termination Amount will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i), except that references to the Defaulting Party and to the Hon-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and to the Non-affected Party, respectively.
(2)
Two Affected Parties.
Subject to clause (3) below, if there are two Affected Parties, each party will determine an amount equal to the Termination Currency Equivalent of the sum of the Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and the Early Termination Amount will be an amount equal to (A) the sum of (I) one-half of the difference between the higher amount so determined (by party “X”) and the lower amount so determined (by party “Y”) and (II) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y. If the Early Termination Amount is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number. X will pay the absolute value of the Early Termination Amount to Y.
(3)
Mid-Market Events.
If that Termination Event is an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, then the Early Termination Amount will be determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) above, as appropriate, except that, for the purpose of determining a Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts, the Determining Party will:
(A)
if obtaining quotations from one or more third parties (or from any of the Determining Party’s Affiliates), ask each third party or Affiliate (I) not to take account of the current credit Worthiness of the Determining Party or any existing Credit Support Document and (II) to provide mid-market quotations; and
(B)
in any other case, use mid-market values without regard to the creditworthiness of the Determining Party.
(iii)
Adjustment for Bankruptcy.
In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because Automatic Early Termination applies in respect of a party, the Early Termination Amount will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by applicable law to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(i).
(iv)
Adjustment for Illegality or Force Majeure Event.
The failure by a party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to pay, when due, any Early Termination Amount will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(m)(1) if such failure is due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to payment, delivery or compliance related to a Transaction constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event Such amount will (1) accrue interest and otherwise be treated as an Unpaid Amount owing to the other party if subsequently an Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, a Credit Event Upon Merger or son Additional Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions and (2) otherwise accrue interest in accordance with Section 9(h)(ii)(2).
(v)
Pre-Estimate.
The parties agree that an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks, and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of the termination of the Terminated Transactions.
(f)
Set-Off.
Any Early Termination Amount payable to one party (the “Payee”) by the other party (the “Payer”), in circumstances where there is a Defaulting Party or where there is one Affected Party in the case where either a Credit Event Upon Merger has occurred or any other Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions has occurred, will, at the option of the Non-defaulting Party or the Non-affected Party, as the case may be (“X”) (and without prior notice to the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, as the case may be), be reduced by its set-off against any other amounts (“Other Amounts”) payable by the Payee to the Payer (whether or not arising under this Agreement, matured or contingent and irrespective of the currency, place of payment or place of booking of the obligation). To the extent that any Other Amounts are so set off, those Other Amounts will be discharged promptly and in all respects. X will notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Section 6(f).
For this purpose, either the Early Termination Amount or the Other Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) may be converted by X into the currency in which the other is denominated at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency.
If an obligation is unascertained, X may in good faith estimate that obligation and set off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.
Nothing in this Section 6(f) will be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This Section 6(f) will be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, offset, combination of accounts, lien, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled or subject (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).
6.
Transfer
Subject to Section 6(b)(ii) and to the extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that
(a)
a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and
(b)
a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any Early Termination Amount payable to it by a Defaulting Party, together with any amounts payable on or with respect to that interest and any other rights associated with that interest pursuant to Sections 8, 9(h) and 11.
Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section. 7 will be void.
7.
Contractual Currency
(a)
Payment in the Contractual Currency.
Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the “Contractual Currency”). To the extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Contractual Currency except to the extent such tender results in the actual receipt by the party to which payment is owed, acting in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency so tendered into fee Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency of all amounts payable in respect of this Agreement. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for me shortfall. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess.
(b)
Judgments.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, (ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in respect of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order, will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Contractual Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purpose of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency received into me Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual Currency with the amount of the currency of the Judgment or order actually received by such party.
(c)
Separate Indemnities.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the indemnities m this Section 8 constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement.
(d)
Evidence of Loss.
For the purpose of this Section 8, it will be sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.
8.
Miscellaneous
(a)
Entire Agreement.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. Each of the parties acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it has not relied on any oral or written representation, warranty or other assurance (except as provided for or referred to in this Agreement) and waives all rights and remedies which might otherwise be available to it in respect thereof, except that nothing in this Agreement will limit or exclude any liability of a party for fraud.
(b)
Amendments.
An amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will only be effective if in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.
(c)
Survival of Obligations.
Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.
(d)
Remedies Cumulative.
Except as provided in this Agreement; the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights,, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.
(e)
Counterparts and Confirmations.
(i)
This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission and by electronic messaging system), each of which will be deemed an original.
(ii)
The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation will be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes, by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system or by an exchange of e-mails, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex, electronic message or e-mail constitutes a Confirmation.
(f)
No Waiver of Rights.
A failure or delay in exercising any right power or privilege
m
respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.
(g)
Headings.
The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.
(h)
Interest and Compensation.
(i)
Prior to Early Termination.
Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction:
(1)
Interest on Defaulted Payments.
If a party defaults in the performance of any payment obligation, it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as the overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of the overdue amount is due pursuant to clause (3)(B) or (C) below), at the Default Rate.
(2)
Compensation for Defaulted Deliveries.
If a party defaults in the performance of any obligations required to be settled by delivery, it will on demand (A) compensate the other party to the extent provided for in The relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement and (B) unless otherwise provided in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), pay to the other party interest (before as well as after judgment) on an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was required to be delivered in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the originally scheduled date for delivery to (but excluding) the date of actual delivery (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of that amount is due pursuant to clause (4) below), at the Default Rate. The fair market value of any obligation referred to above will be determined as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, by the party that was entitled to take delivery.
(3)
Interest on Deferred Payments.
If:
(A)
a party does not pay any amount that, but for Section 2(a)(iii), would have been payable, it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c) and clauses (B) and (C) below, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on that amount to the other party on demand (after such amount becomes payable) in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the date the amount would, but for Section 2(a)(iii), have been payable to (but excluding) the date the amount actually becomes payable, at the Applicable Deferral Rate;
(B)
a payment is deferred pursuant to Section 5(d), the party which would otherwise have been required to make that payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to Section 6(c) and for so long as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party has occurred and is continuing, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the amount of the deferred payment to the other party on demand (after such amount becomes payable) in the same currency as the deterred payment, for the period from (and including) the dale the amount would, but for Section 5(d), have been payable to (but excluding) fee earlier of the date (he payment is no longer deferred pursuant to Section and the date during the deferral period upon which an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party occurs, at the Applicable Deferral Rate; or
(C)
a party fails to make any payment due to the occurrence of an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event (after giving effect to any deferral period contemplated by clause (B) above), it will, to the extent permitted applicable law, subject to Section 6(c) and for so long as the event or circumstance giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event continues and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party has occurred and is continuing, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as the overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the date the party fails to make the payment due to the occurrence of the relevant Illegality or Force Majeure Event (or, if later, the date the payment is no longer deferred pursuant to Section 5(d)) to (but excluding) the earlier of the date the event or circumstance giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event ceases to exist and the date during the period upon which an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party occurs (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of the overdue amount is due pursuant to clause (B) above), at the Applicable Deferral Rate.
(4)
Compensation for Deferred Deliveries.
If:
(A)
a party does not perform any obligation that, but for Section 2(a)(iii), would have been required to be settled by delivery;
(B)
a delivery is deferred pursuant to Section 5(d); or
(C)
a party fails to make a delivery due to the occurrence of an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event at a time when any applicable Waiting Period has expired,
the party required (or that would otherwise have been required) to make the delivery will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), compensate and pay interest to the other party on demand (after, in the case of clauses (A) and (B) above, such delivery is required) if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.
(i)
Early Termination.
Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of a Transaction:
(1)
Unpaid Amounts.
For the purpose of determining an Unpaid Amount in respect of the relevant Transaction, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, interest will accrue on the amount of any payment obligation or the amount equal to the Stir market value of any obligation required to be settled by delivery included m such determination in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the date the relevant obligation was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) or 5(d)) required to have bees performed to (but excluding) the relevant Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Close-out Rate.
(2)
Interest on Early Termination Amounts.
If an Early Termination Amount is due in respect of such Early Termination Date, that amount will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be paid together with interest (before as well as after judgment)
on
that amount in the Termination Currency, for fee period from (and including) such Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date the amount is paid, at the Applicable Close-out Rate.
(ii)
Interest Calculation.
Any interest pursuant to this Section 9(h) will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.
9.
Offices; Multibranch Parties
(a)
If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a Transaction trough an Office other man its head or home office represents to and agrees with the other party that, notwithstanding the place of booking or its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, its obligations are the same in terms of recourse against it as if it had entered into the Transaction through its head or home office, except that a party will not have recourse to the head or home office of the other party in respect of any payment or delivery deferred pursuant to Section 5(d) for so long as the payment or deli very is so deferred. This representation and agreement will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which the parties enter into a Transaction.
(b)
If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such party may, subject to clause (c) below, enter into a Transaction through, book a Transaction in and make and receive payments and deliveries with respect to a Transaction through any Office listed in respect of that party in the Schedule (but not any other Office unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing).
(c)
The Office through which a party enters into a Transaction will be the Office specified for that party in the relevant Confirmation or as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, and, if an Office for that party is not specified in the Confirmation or otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, its head or home office. Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, the Office through which a party enters into a Transaction will also be the Office in which it books the Transaction and the Office through which it makes and receives payments and deliveries with respect to the Transaction. Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither party may change the Office in which it books the Transaction or the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a Transaction without the prior written consent of the other party.
10.
Expenses
A Defaulting Party will on demand indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees, execution fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which the Defaulting Party is a. party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.
11.
Notices
(a)
Effectiveness.
Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner described below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by electronic messaging system or e-mail) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system or e-mail details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated:
(i)
if in writing and delivered is person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;
(ii)
if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received;
(iii)
if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date it is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine);
(iv)
if sent by certified or registered mall (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date it is delivered or its delivery is attempted;
(v)
if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date it is received; or
(vi)
if sent by e-mail, on the date it is delivered,
unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication will be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.
(b)
Change of Details.
Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system or e-mail details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it.
12.
Governing Law and Jurisdiction
(a)
Governing Law.
This Agreement will be governed by and construed
in
accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.
(b)
Jurisdiction.
With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably:
(i)
submits;
(1)
if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, to (A) the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts if the Proceedings do not involve a Convention Court and (B) the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts if the Proceedings do involve a Convention Court; or
(2)
if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan is New York City;
(ii)
waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party; and
(iii)
agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions will not preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.
(c)
Service of Process.
Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent, if any, specified opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings. If for any reason any party’s Process Agent is unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the other party and within 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party. The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for notices in Section 12(a)(i), 12(a)(iii) or 12(a)(iv). Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.
(d)
Waiver of Immunities.
Each party irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, wife respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.
13.
Definitions
As used in this Agreement:
“Additional Representation”
has the meaning specified in Section 3.
“Additional Termination Event”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).
“Affected Party”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).
“Affected Transactions”
means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, Force Majeure Event, Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event (which, in the case of an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2) or a Force Majeure Event under Section 5(b)(ii)(2), means all Transactions unless the relevant Credit Support Document references only certain Transactions, in which case those Transactions and, if the relevant Credit Support Document constitutes a Confirmation: for a Transaction, that Transaction) and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event all Transactions.
“Affiliate”
means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.
“Agreement”
has the meaning specified in Section 1(c).
“Applicable Close-out Rate”
means:
(a)
in respect of the determination of an Unpaid Amount:
(i)
in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;
(ii)
In respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Hon-defaulting Party, die Non-default Rate;
(iii)
in respect of obligations deferred pursuant to Section 5(d), if there is no Defaulting Party and for so long as the deferral period continues, the Applicable Deferral Rate; and
(iv)
in all other cases following the occurrence of a Termination Event (except where interest accrues pursuant to clause (iii) above), the Applicable Deferral Rate; and
(b)
in respect of an Early Termination Amount-
(i)
for the period from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which mat amount is payable;
(1)
if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;
(2)
if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and
(3)
m ail other cases, the Applicable Deferral Rate; and
(ii)
for the period from (and including) the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable to (but excluding) the date of actual payment:
(1)
if a party fails to pay the Early Termination Amount due to fee occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to a payment or delivery under a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, and for so long as the Early Termination Amount remains unpaid due to the continuing existence of such event or circumstance, the Applicable Deferral Rate;
(2)
if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Defaulting Party (but excluding any period in respect of which clause (1) above applies), the Default Rate;
(3)
if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Non-defaulting Party (but excluding any period in respect of which clause (1) above applies), the Non-default Rate; and
(4)
in all other cases, fee Termination Rate.
“Applicable Deferral Rate”
means:
(a)
for the purpose of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(A), the rate certified by the relevant payer to be a rate offered to the payer by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in fee applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the payer for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market;
(b)
for purposes of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(B) and clause (a)(iii) of the definition of Applicable Close-out Rate, the rate certified by the relevant payer to be a rate offered to prime banks by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the payer after consultation with the other party, if practicable, for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market; and
(c)
for purposes of Section 9(h)(i)(3) and clauses (a)(iv), (b)(i)(3) and (b)(n)Q) of the definition of Applicable Close-out Rate, a rate equal to die arithmetic mean of the rate determined pursuant to clause (a) above and a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fond or of funding the relevant amount.
“Automatic Early Termination”
has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).
“Burdened Party”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(iv).
“Change in Tax Law”
means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law (or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that occurs after the parties enter into the relevant Transaction.
“Close-out Amount”
means, with respect to each Terminated Transaction or each group of Terminated Transactions and a Determining Party, the amount of the losses or costs of the Determining Party that are or would be incurred under then prevailing circumstances (expressed as a positive number) or gains of the Determining Party that are or would be realized under then prevailing circumstances (expressed as a negative number) in replacing, or in providing for file Determining Party the economic equivalent of, (a) the material terms of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, including the payments and deliveries by the patties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of mat Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date (assuming satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section 2(a)(iii) and (b) the option rights of the parties in respect of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.
Any Close-out Amount will be determined by the Determining Party (or its agent), which will act in good faith and use commercially reasonable procedures in order to produce a commercially reasonable result. The Determining Party may determine a Close-out Amount for any group of Terminated Transactions or any individual Terminated Transaction but, in the aggregate, for not less than all Terminated Transactions. Each Close-out Amount will be determined as of die Early Termination Date or, if that would not be commercially reasonable, as of the date or dates following the Early Termination Date as would be commercially reasonable.
Unpaid Amounts in respect of a Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions and legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to in Section 11 are to be excluded in all determinations of Close-out Amounts.
In determining a Close-out Amount, the Determining Party may consider any relevant information, including, without limitation, one or more of the following types of information:
(i)
quotations (either firm or indicative) for replacement transactions supplied by one or more third parties that may take into .account the creditworthiness of the Determining Party at the time the quotation is provided and the terms of any relevant documentation, including credit support documentation, between the Determining Party and the third party providing the quotation;
(ii)
information consisting of relevant market data in the relevant market supplied by one or more third parties including, without limitation, relevant rates, prices, yields, yield curves, volatilities, spreads, correlations or other relevant market data in the relevant market; or
(iii)
information of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above from internal sources (including any of the Determining Party’s Affiliates) if that information is of the same type used by the Determining Party in the regular course of its business for the valuation of similar transactions.
The Determining Party will consider, taking into account the standards and procedures described in this definition, quotations pursuant to clause (i) above or relevant market data pursuant to clause (ii) above unless the Determining Party reasonably believes in good faith that such quotations or relevant market data are not readily available or would produce a result that would not satisfy those standards. When considering information described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, die Determining Party may include costs of funding, to the extern costs of funding are not and would not be a component of the other information being utilized. Third parties supplying quotations pursuant to clause (i) above or market data pursuant to clause (ii) above may include, without limitation, dealers in the relevant markets, end-users of the relevant product, information vendors, brokers and other sources of market information.
Without duplication of amounts calculated based on information described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or other relevant information, and when it is commercially reasonable to do so, the Determining Party may in addition consider in calculating a Close-out Amount any loss or cost incurred in connection with its terminating, liquidating or re-establishing any hedge related to a Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions (or any gain resulting from any of them).
Commercially reasonable procedures used b determining a Closeout Amount may include the following:
(1)
application to relevant market data from third parties pursuant to clause (ii) above or information from internal sources pursuant to clause (iii) above of pricing or other valuation models that are, at the time of the determination of the Close-out Amount, used by the Determining Party in the regular course of its business in pricing or valuing transactions between the Determining Party and unrelated third parties that are similar to the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions; and
(2)
application of different valuation methods to Terminated Transactions or groups of Terminated Transactions depending on the type, complexity, size or number of the Terminated Transactions or group of Terminated Transactions.
“Confirmation “
has the meaning specified in me preamble.
“consent”
includes a consent, approval, action, authorization, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.
“Contractual Currency”
has the meaning specified in Section 8(a).
“Convention Court”
means any court which is bound to apply to the Proceedings either Article 17 of the 1968 Brussels Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters or Article 17 of the 1988 Lugano Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters.
“Credit Event Upon Merger”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).
“Credit Support Document”
means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.
“Credit Support Provider”
has the meaning specified in the Schedule.
“Cross-Default”
means the event specified in Section 5(a)(vi).
“Default Rate”
means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.
“Defaulting Party”
has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).
“Designated Event”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(v).
“Determining Party”
means the party determining a Close-out Amount.
“Early Termination Amount”
has me meaning specified in Section 6(e).
“Early Termination Date”
means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv).
“electronic messages”
does not include e-mails but does include documents expressed in markup languages, and
“electronic messaging system”
will be construed accordingly.
“English law
“ means the law of England and Wales, and
“English “
will be construed accordingly.
“Event of Default”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.
“Force Majeure Event”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).
“General Business Day”
means a day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits).
“Illegality”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).
“Indemnifiable Tax”
means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement but for a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a person related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or being or having been organized, present or engaged in a trade or business hi such jurisdiction, or having or having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction; but excluding a connection arising solely from such recipient or related person having executed, delivered, performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit Support Document).
“law”
includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority), and
“unlawful”
will be construed accordingly.
“Local Business Day”
means (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), a General Business Day m the place or places specified in die relevant Confirmation and a day on which a relevant settlement system is open or operating as specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if a place or a settlement system is not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement (b) for the purpose of determining when a Waiting Period expires, a General Business Day in the place where the event or circumstance that constitutes or gives rise to the Illegality or Force Majeure Event, as (he case may be, occurs, (c) in relation to any other payment, a General Business Day in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different, in the principal financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment and, if that currency does not have a single recognized principal financial centre, a day on which the settlement system necessary to accomplish such payment is open, (d) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), a General Business Day (or a day that would have been a General Business Day but for the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to payment, delivery or compliance related to a Transaction, constitute or rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event) in the place specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (e) in relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), a General Business Day in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.
“Local Delivery Day”
means, for purposes of Sections 5(a)(i) and 5(d), a day on which settlement systems necessary to accomplish the relevant delivery are generally open for business so that the delivery is capable of being accomplished in accordance with customary market practice, in the place specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, in a location as determined in accordance with customary market practice for the relevant delivery.
“Master Agreement”
has the meaning in the preamble.
“Merger Without Assumption”
means the event specified in Section 5(a)(viii).
“Multiple Transaction Payment Netting”
has the meaning specified in Section 2(c).
“‘Non-affected Party”
means, so long
as
there is only one Affected Party, the other party.
“Non-default Rate”
means the rate certified by the Non-defaulting Party to be a rate offered to the Non-defaulting Party by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the Non-defaulting Party for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market.
“Non-defaulting Party”
has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).
“Office”
means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party’s head or home office.
“Other Amounts”
has the meaning in Section 6(1).
“Payee”
has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).
“Payer”
has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).
“Potential Event of Default”
means any event which, wife the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
“Proceedings”
has the meaning specified in Section 13(b).
“Process Agent”
has the meaning specified in the Schedule.
“rate of exchange”
includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency.
“Relevant Jurisdiction”
means, with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is incorporated, organized, managed and controlled or considered to have its seal, (b) where an Office through which the party is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, (c) in which the party executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is made.
“Schedule”
has the meaning specified in the preamble.
“Scheduled Settlement Date”
means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(1) with respect to a Transaction,
“Specified Entity”
has the meaning specified in the Schedule.
“Specified Indebtedness”
means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surely or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.
“Specified Transaction”
means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect to any such transaction) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which, is not a Transaction under this Agreement but (i) which is a rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit delimit option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction or forward purchase or sale of a security, commodity or other financial instrument or interest (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or (ii) which is a type of transaction that is similar to any transaction referred to in clause (i) above that is currently, or in the future becomes, recurrently entered into in the financial markets (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference in such agreement) and which is a forward, swap, future, option or other derivative on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, securities or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, economic indices or measures of economic risk or value, or other benchmarks against which payments or deliveries are to be made, (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.
“Stamp Tax”
means say stamp, documentation or similar tax.
“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”
has the meaning in Section 4(e).
“Tax”
means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other man a stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.
“Tax Event”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).
“Tax Event Upon Merger”
has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).
“Terminated Transactions”
means, with respect to any Early Termination Date, (a) if resulting from an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, all Affected Transactions specified in the notice given pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv), (b) if resulting from any other Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (c) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions in effect either immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date or, if Automatic Early Termination applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date.
“Termination Currency”
means (a) if a Termination Currency is specified in the Schedule and that currency is freely available, that currency, and (b) otherwise, euro if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law or United States Dollars if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by tee laws of the Sate of Hew York.
“Termination Currency Equivalent”
means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination Currency, such Termination Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency other than the Termination Currency (the “Other Currency”), the amount in the Termination Currency determined by the party making the relevant determination as being required to purchase such amount of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if the relevant Close-out Amount is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the Termination Currency at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent (selected as provided below) for
fie
purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) on such date as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for me purchase of such Other Currency for value on we relevant Early Termination Date or that later date. The foreign exchange agent will, if only one party is obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties.
“Termination Event”
means an Illegality, a Force Majeure Event, a Tax Event, a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.
“Termination Rate”
means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.
“Threshold Amount”
means the amount, if any, specified as such in the Schedule.
“Transaction”
has the meaning specified in the preamble.
“Unpaid Amounts”
owing to any party means with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii) or due but for Section 5(d) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d)(i)(4) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date, (b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) or 5(d)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered and (c) if the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are effected Transactions, any Early Termination Amount due prior to such Early Termination Date and which remains unpaid as of such Early Termination Date, in each case together with any amount of interest accrued or other compensation in respect of that obligation or deferred obligation, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 9(h)(ii)(1) or (2), as appropriate. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above will be determined as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it will be the average of the Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values so determined by both parties.
“Waiting Period”
means:
(a)
in respect of an event or circumstance under Section 5(b)(i), other than in the case of Section 5(b)(i)(2) where the relevant payment, delivery or compliance is actually required on fee relevant day (in which case no Waiting Period will apply), a period of three Local Business Days (or days that would have been Local Business Days but for the occurrence of that event or circumstance) following the occurrence of that event or circumstance; and
(b)
in respect of an event or circumstance under Section 5(b)(ii), other than the case of Section 5(b)(ii)(2) where the relevant payment, delivery or compliance is actually required on the relevant day (in which case no Waiting Period will apply), a period of eight Local Business Days (or days that would have been Local Business Days but for the occurrence of that event or circumstance) following the occurrence of that event or circumstance.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.
SOVEREIGN BANK
By:
/s/ Stephen R. Andrews
Name: Stephen R. Andrews
Title: Senior Vice President
|
RANOR, INC.
By:
/s/ Stanely Youtt
Name: Stanley Youtt
Title: President and CEO
Date: December 28, 2010
|
ISDA
®
International Swap and Derivatives Association, Inc.
SCHEDULE
to the
Master Agreement
dated as of
December 30, 2010
between
SOVEREIGN BANK
|
And
|
RANOR, INC.
|
(“Party A”)
|
|
(“Party B”)
|
|
Part 1.
Termination Provisions.
|
In The Agreement:
(a)
|
“Specified Entity”
means in relation to Party A for the purpose of:
|
Section 5(a)(vii),
|
None; and
|
|
and in relation to Party B for the purpose of:
|
Section 5(a)(vii),
|
None; and
|
If a party or any Credit Support Provider of a party is a partnership, then for purposes of Section 5(a)(v), 5(a)(vi), 5(a)(vii) and 5(b)(v), “Specified Entity” also means each general partner of that partnership.
(b)
“Specified Transaction”
will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.
(c)
|
The
“Cross Default”
provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will apply to Party A and to Party B.
|
“Specified Indebtedness”
will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement; provided, however, that indebtedness or obligations in respect of deposits received in the ordinary course of the banking business shall not constitute Specified Indebtedness.
|
“
Threshold Amount”
will mean
|
(i)
|
with respect to Party A, the greater of $100,000,000 or 2% of stockholders’ equity of Party A as reflected on its most recent financial statements , and
|
(ii)
|
with respect to Party B, an amount equal to any amount of Specified Indebtedness.
|
(d)
|
The
“Credit Event Upon Merger”
provisions of Section 5(b)(v) will apply to Party A and to Party B.
|
(e)
|
The
“Automatic Early Termination”
provisions of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A or to Party B.
|
(f)
|
“Termination Currency”
will mean U.S. Dollars as per Section 14 of this Agreement.
|
(g)
|
Payments On Early Termination.
If an Early Termination Date occurs for any reason, the amount, if any, payable in respect of that Early Termination Date (the “Early Termination Amount”) will be determined pursuant to Section 6(e) and will be subject to Section 6(f). Party A will always be the Determining Party for the purpose of determining the Close-out Amount, notwithstanding any provision in Section 6(e) or 6(f).
|
(h)
|
Additional Termination Event
. In addition to the Termination Events specified in Section 5(b), the occurrence of either of the following shall constitute an Additional Termination Event, subject to Section 5(b)(vi):
|
(i)
|
Both (a) all of the principal, interest, fees and other amounts owing by Party B (which will be the Affected Party) under or in respect of the Financial Agreement shall have been paid in full and (b) all commitments of Party A to make extensions of credit under or in respect of, or as contemplated by, the Financial Agreement shall have expired or been terminated in accordance with their terms.
|
(ii)
|
If a party (which will be the Affected Party), or Specified Entity of that party is a natural person, the death of, or the appointment of a guardian for that natural person.
|
|
(i)
|
The following provision is hereby added to Section 5(a) of the Agreement as an Event of Default:
|
|
“(ix)
Unsatisfied Judgments
.
With respect to Party B, the party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party for the purpose of Section 5(a)(vii) has a final judgment issued against it by a court of competent jurisdiction and such judgment is not discharged or its execution stayed pending appeal within 30 days of such judgment or such judgment is not discharged within 30 days of the expiration of any such stay.”
|
Part 2.
|
Tax Representations.
|
(a)
|
Payer Representations.
For the purpose of Section 3(e) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B each makes the following representation:
|
It is not required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Section 9(h) of this Agreement) to be made by it to the other party under this Agreement. In making this representation, it may rely on (i) the accuracy of any representations made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f)
of this Agreement, (ii) the satisfaction of the agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and (iii) the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d) of this Agreement, except that it will not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (ii) above and the other party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) by reason of material prejudice to its legal or commercial position.
(b)
|
Payee Representations.
For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B each makes the following representation:
|
It is a “U.S. person” (as that term is used in section 1.l441-4(a)(3)(ii) of United States Treasury Regulations) for United States federal income tax purposes.
Part 3.
Agreement to Deliver Documents.
For the purpose of Section 4(a) of this Agreement, each party agrees to deliver the following documents, as applicable:
Party required to deliver document
|
Form/Document Certificate
|
Date by which to be delivered
|
Covered by Section 3(d)
Representation?
|
Party B
|
A certificate of an authorized officer for such party and any Credit Support Provider of
such party certifying the authority, names and true signatures of the officers signing this Agreement, each Confirmation and any Credit Support Document, reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to Party A.
|
Upon execution of this Agreement and as deemed necessary for any further documentation.
|
Yes
|
Party B
|
Certified copies of documents evidencing each action taken by Party B and any
Credit Support Provider of such party to authorize its execution of this Agreement,
each Confirmation, and any Credit Support Document referred to in Part 3 of
this Schedule, and the performance of its obligations hereunder as well
as its bylaws and articles of incorporation.
|
Upon execution of this Agreement.
|
Yes
|
Party B
|
Annual financial statements prepared in a form acceptable to Party A.
|
Promptly upon request.
|
Yes
|
Party B
|
Quarterly financial statements prepared in a form acceptable to Party A.
|
Promptly upon request.
|
Yes
|
Party B
|
A written opinion of legal counsel to Party B and any Credit Support Provider
for Party B reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Party A.
|
Upon execution of this Agreement if requested and as deemed necessary.
|
No
|
Party B
|
Such other documents as Party A may reasonably request in
connection with each transaction.
|
Promptly upon request.
|
Yes
|
Part 4. Miscellaneous.
|
|
Addresses for Notices.
For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement:
|
|
Address for notices or communications to Party A:
|
Sovereign Bank
Derivatives Desk
75 State Street
MA1-SST-0413
Boston, MA 02109
Attention: Nancy Cronin
Telephone Number: 617-757-5501
Facsimile Number: 617-346-7494
E-Mail: ncronin@sovereignbank.com
|
|
Address for notices or communications to Party B:
|
Ranor, Inc.
Ranor, Inc.
Attention: Mary Desmond
Telephone Number: 978-874-0591 ext 102
Facsimile Number: 978-874-2748
E-Mail: desmondm@ranor.com
Electronic Messaging System Details:
Specific Instructions:
|
(b)
Process Agent.
For the purpose of Section 13(c) of this Agreement
Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Not Applicable
Party B appoints as its Process Agent: Not Applicable
(c)
Offices.
The provisions of Section 10(a) will not apply to this Agreement.
(d)
|
Multibranch Party
.
For the purpose of Section 10 of this Agreement, neither Party A nor Party B is a Multibranch Party.
|
(e)
|
Calculation Agent.
The Calculation Agent is Party A.
|
(f)
|
“Credit Support Document”
means each document which, by its terms, secures, guarantees or otherwise supports Party B’s obligations hereunder from time to time, whether or not this Agreement, any Transaction, or any type of Transaction entered into hereunder is specifically referenced or described in any such document.
|
(g) “
Credit Support Default”
is amended by adding at the end of Section 5(a)(iii):
“(4) any default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) exists under
any Credit Support Document, any action is taken to realize upon any collateral provided to secure such party’s obligations hereunder or under any Transaction, or the other party fails at any time to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any such collateral.”
(h)
|
Definitions.
Section 14 of this Agreement is hereby amended to add the following definitions in their appropriate alphabetical order:
|
|
“Stockholders Equity”
means, at any time, the sum (as shown on the most recent Annual Audited Financial Statements of the applicable Party at such time) of (i) its capital stock (including preferred stock) outstanding, taken at par value, (ii) its capital surplus and (iii) its retained earnings, minus (iv) treasury stock, each to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
|
|
“Financial Agreement”
for the purposes hereof, means each existing or future agreement or instrument relating to any loan or extension of credit from Party A to Party B (whether or not anyone else is a Party hereto), as the same exists when executed and without regard to any termination or cancellation thereof, or unless consented to in writing by Party A, any amendment, modification, addition, waiver or consent thereto or thereof.
|
(i)
|
“
Credit Support Provider”
means each party to a Credit Support Document that provides or is expected to provide security, a guaranty or other credit support for Party B’s obligations hereunder.
|
(j)
|
Governing Law.
This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to choice of law doctrine.
|
(k)
|
Netting of Payments.
“Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” will apply for the purpose of Section 2(c) of this Agreement to all Transactions in each case starting from the date of this Agreement.
|
(l)
“Affiliate”
will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.
(m)
Absence of Litigation
.
For the purpose of Section 3(c):
“Specified Entity”
means in relation to Party A, None.
“Specified Entity”
means in relation to Party B, None.
(n)
No Agency.
The provisions of Section 3(g) will apply to this Agreement.
(o)
|
Consent to Recording.
Each party (i) consents to the recording of telephone conversations between the trading, marketing and other relevant personnel of the parties in connection with this Agreement or any potential Transaction, (ii) agrees to obtain any necessary consent of, and give any necessary notice of such recording to, its relevant personnel and (iii) agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that recordings may be submitted in evidence in any Proceedings.
|
(p)
|
Waiver of Jury Trial.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, each party irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding in connection with this Agreement, any Credit Support Document to which it is a party, or any Transaction.
|
(q)
|
Joint Party
. If more than one entity or natural person is executing this Agreement as Party B, then
|
(i)
|
the obligations of the party B hereunder and under each Transaction shall be the joint and several obligations of each such entity or natural person,
|
(ii)
|
any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default occurring with respect to any such entity or natural person shall be an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, respectively, with respect to party B,
|
(iii)
|
the death, release or discharge, in whole or in part, of any such entity or natural person, or the occurrence of any bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or any other event described in Section 5(a)(vii) with respect to any such entity or natural person, shall not discharge or affect the liabilities of any other such entity or natural person, shall not discharge or affect the liabilities of any other such entity or natural person;
|
(iv)
|
unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein or in any Confirmation to “party” shall, as applied to Party B, be construed as a joint and several reference to each such entity or natural person; and
|
(v)
|
any person or entity receiving notices given to Party B, at the address shown above shall be deemed to receive such notices on behalf of each such entity or person.
|
(r)
|
Severability
.
Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of the Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provisions in any other jurisdiction. The Parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the prohibited or unenforceable provisions with a valid provision, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the prohibited or unenforceable provision.
|
Part 5.
Other Provisions.
(a)
|
2000 ISDA Definitions.
The definitions and provisions contained in the 2000 ISDA Definitions (the “2000 Definitions”) and the 1998 FX and Currency Option Definitions (the “FX Definitions”) as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. For these purposes, all references in the 2000 Definitions to a “Swap Transaction” and all references in the FX Definitions to a “FX Transaction” or “Currency Option” shall be deemed to apply to each Transaction under this Agreement. With respect to FX Transactions, in the event of any inconsistency between the 2000 Definitions and the FX Definitions, the FX Definitions will prevail. Any definitions incorporated into a Confirmation shall prevail over the provisions of this Agreement, or the 2000 Definitions or the FX Definitions.
|
(b)
|
Right of Set-off.
If any amount payable hereunder is not paid as and when due, the party (“Party X”) obligated to make that payment hereby authorizes the other party (“Party Y”) and each Affiliate of Party Y to proceed, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, without prior notice, by Right of Set-off, banker’s lien, counterclaim or otherwise, against any assets of Party X that may at any time be in the possession of Party Y or that Affiliate, at any branch or office, to the full extent of all amounts payable to Party Y hereunder.
|
|
In addition, if a party would, but for this provision, have an obligation to pay the other party any amount calculated pursuant to Section 6(e) in connection with early termination which occurs on the ground of (i) a Termination Event in which that other party is the only Affected Party or (ii) an Event of Default with respect to that other party at a time when any amount is payable (whether at such time or in the future or upon the occurrence of a contingency) to that party or its Affiliate by that other party under any other agreement between them or any instrument or undertaking of that other party (each such amount, an “Other Obligation”), the party that, but for this provision would have an obligation to make a payment hereunder is authorized by that other party to Set-off that obligation hereunder against any Other Obligation, without prior notice. If an obligation is unascertained, the party exercising a Right of Set-off hereunder may in good faith estimate that obligation and set off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.
|
If the party exercises a Right of Set-off hereunder, it shall give the other party notice of the amounts of the obligations hereunder and the Other Obligations reduced and discharged by the Set-off, as soon as practicable after the Set-off is effected.
Nothing in this provision, titled Right of Set-off, shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This provision, titled Right of Set-off, shall be without prejudice and in addition to any Right of Setoff, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law or otherwise).
(c)
|
Confirmations.
For each Transaction Party A and Party B agree to enter into hereunder, Party A shall promptly send to Party B a Confirmation setting forth the terms of such Transaction. Party B shall execute and return the Confirmation to Party A or request correction of any error within two Local Business Days of trade date. Failure of Party B to respond within such period shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such Transaction and shall be deemed to be an affirmation of such terms.
|
(d)
|
Notice of Event of Default.
Each party agrees, upon learning of the occurrence of any event or commencement of any condition that constitutes an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default with respect to itself, promptly to give the other party notice of such event or condition. Failure to give notice within 30 days of learning of such event or condition shall constitute an Event of Default with respect to such party.
|
(e)
|
Change of Account.
Section 2(b) of this Agreement is hereby amended by the addition of the following after the word “delivery” in the first line thereof:
|
“to another account in the same legal and tax jurisdiction as the original account,”
(f)
|
Consent to Transfer
.
Section 7 of this Agreement is amended by deleting the word “and” at the end of paragraph (a); replacing the period at the end of paragraph (b) with the phrase “; and”; and inserting the following paragraph:
|
“(c) Party A may transfer, without the consent of Party B (or any Credit Support Provider and Specified Entity of Party B), this Agreement and all or any portion of the Transactions under this Agreement in the event that any of Party B’s obligation(s) to Party A or its Affiliates, as identified in Part 3 of this Agreement, are sold, transferred, or otherwise assigned by Party A to another party, in which case Party B (and each Credit Support Provider and Specified Entity of Party B) shall execute, or cause to be executed, such documents, instruments and agreements, including without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, as Party A shall deem necessary to effect the foregoing, including, but not limited to any release by Party B (or any Credit Support Provider or Specified Entity of Party B) of Party A’s obligations under this Agreement.”
(g)
|
Pari Passu Basis of Security for Obligations
. All of the obligations of Party B (or any Credit Support Provider or Specified Entity of Party B) under this Agreement shall be secured on a pari passu basis by all of the collateral provided to secure Party B’s obligations under any Financial Agreement unless it would result in a default under any such Financial Agreement.
|
(h)
|
Covenants of Financial Agreements.
|
(i) Party B shall provide Party A at all times hereunder with the same covenant protection as Party A requires of Party B under Financial Agreements. Therefore, in addition to the Cross Default provisions of this Agreement, and notwithstanding the satisfaction of any obligation or promise to pay money to Party A under any Financial Agreement, or the termination or cancellation of any Financial Agreement, Party B hereby agrees to perform, comply with and observe for the benefit of Party A hereunder all affirmative and negative covenants contained in each Financial Agreement applicable to Party B (excluding any obligation or promise to pay money under any Financial Agreement) at any time Party B has any obligation (whether absolute or contingent) under this Agreement.
(ii) For purposes hereof: (A) the affirmative and negative covenants of each Financial Agreement applicable to Party B (together with related definitions and ancillary provisions, but in any event excluding any obligation or promise to pay money under any Financial Agreement) are incorporated (and upon execution of any future Financial Agreement, shall automatically be incorporated) by reference herein (mutatis mutandis): (B) if other lenders or creditors are parties to any Financial Agreement then references therein to the lenders or creditors shall be deemed references to Party A: and (C) for any such covenant applying only when any loan, other extension of credit, obligation or commitment under the Financial Agreement is outstanding, that covenant shall be deemed to apply hereunder at any time Party B has any obligation (whether absolute or contingent) under this agreement.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the incorporation of any provision by reference from any Financial Agreement would result in the violation by Party B of the terms of that Financial Agreement, this Agreement shall not incorporate that provision.
(i)
|
Representations
.
The introductory clause of Section 3 of this Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
|
“Each party makes each of the representations contained in Section 3 to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Sections 3(a) and 3(f), at all times until the termination of this Agreement), absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the contrary for that Transaction. If any “Additional Representation” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the party or parties specified for such Additional Representation will make and, if applicable, be deemed to repeat such Additional Representation at the time or times specified for such Additional Representation, absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the contrary for that Transaction.”
(j)
|
Accuracy of Specified Information.
Section 3(d) is hereby amended by adding in the third line thereof after the word “respect” and before the period:
|
|
“or, in the case of audited or unaudited financial statements, a fair presentation of the financial condition of the relevant party”
|
(k)
|
Additional Representations
.
For purposes of Section 3 of this Agreement, the following shall be added, immediately following paragraph (g) thereof and the parties agree that each additional representation contained in this Part 5(k) shall be deemed repeated by the party making such representation on each date on which a Transaction is entered into:
|
|
(h)
|
This Agreement and each Transaction constitutes a “swap agreement” within the meaning of Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) regulations Section 35.1(b)(1).
|
|
(i)
|
It is an “eligible swap participant” within the meaning of CFTC Regulations Section 35.1(b)(2).
|
|
(j)
|
Neither this Agreement nor any Transaction is one of a fungible class of agreements that are standardized as to their material economic terms, within the meaning of CFTC Regulations Section 35.2(b).
|
|
(k)
|
The creditworthiness of the other party was or will be a material consideration in entering into or determining the terms of this Agreement and each Transaction, including pricing, cost or credit enhancement terms of the Agreement or Transaction, within the meaning of CFTC Regulations Section 35.2(c).
|
|
(l)
|
It has entered into this Agreement (including each Transaction evidenced hereby) in conjunction with its line of business (including financial intermediation services) or the financing of its business rather than for any speculative purpose.
|
|
(m)
|
The individual(s) executing and delivering this Agreement and any other documentation (including any Credit Support Document) relating to this Agreement to which it is a party or that it is required to deliver are duly empowered and authorized to do so, and it has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and any Credit Support Documents to which it is a party.
|
|
(n)
|
Party B represents and warrants that, since the date of Party B’s (and any Credit Support Provider’s or Specified Entity’s) latest audited financial statements, there has been no material adverse change in its financial condition or results of operations which has not been disclosed to Party A.
|
|
(o)
|
Non-Reliance.
In connection with the negotiation of, the entering into, and the confirming of the execution of this Agreement, and Credit Support Document to which it is a party, each Transaction, and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party or that it is required by this Agreement to deliver:
|
|
(i)
|
it is not relying (for purposes of making any investment decision or otherwise) upon any advice, counsel, or representations (whether written or oral) of the other party to this Agreement, such Credit Support Document, each Transaction or such other documentation other than the representations expressly set forth in this Agreement, such Credit Support Document and in any Confirmation;
|
|
(ii)
|
it has consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business, investment, financial and accounting advisors to the extent it has deemed necessary, and it has made its own independent investment, hedging and trading decisions (including decisions regarding the suitability of any Transaction pursuant to this Agreement) based upon any advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by the other party to this Agreement, such Credit Support Document, each Transaction or such other documentation;
|
|
(iii)
|
it is capable of assessing the merits of and of understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice) and understands all the terms, conditions, and risks (economic and otherwise) of the Agreement, such Credit Support Document, each Transaction, and such other documentation and is capable of assuming and willing to assume (financially and otherwise) those terms, conditions, and risks;
|
|
(iv)
|
it is entering into this Agreement, such Credit Support Document, each Transaction, and such other documentation for the purposes of managing its borrowings or investments, hedging its underlying assets or liabilities or in connection with a line of business and not for purposes of speculation;
|
|
(v)
|
it is entering into this Agreement, such Credit Support Document, each Transaction, and such other documentation as principal, and not as agent or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise.
|
|
(vi)
|
it is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction, it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction will not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction. No communication (written or oral) received from the other party will be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.
|
SOVEREIGN BANK
|
|
RANOR, INC.
|
By:
|
/s/ Stephen R. Andrews
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Stanley Youtt
|
Name:
|
Stephen R. Andrews
|
|
Name:
|
Stanley Youtt
|
Title:
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
Title:
|
President & CEO
|
Exhibit 10.7
RANOR, INC.
BOND PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated as of December 30, 2010
Sovereign Bank
446 Main Street
Worcester, Massachusetts 01608
Attention: Edward S. Borden
Senior Vice President
RE:
|
$4,250,000 Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010A and $1,950,000 Massachusetts Development Finance Agency Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010B
|
This Bond Purchase Agreement (this “
Agreement
”) will confirm our agreement under which the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency (the “
Agency
”) is issuing and selling to Sovereign Bank (the “
Purchaser
” or the “
Bank
”), and the Purchaser is purchasing from the Agency $4,250,000 principal amount of the Agency’s Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010A (together with any bonds issued in exchange or replacement therefor, the “
Series 2010A Bonds
”) and $1,950,000 principal amount of the Agency’s Revenue Bonds, Ranor Issue, Series 2010B (together with any bonds issued in exchange or replacement therefor, the “
Series 2010B Bonds
,” and collectively with the Series 2010A Bonds, the “
Bonds
”). The Bonds are being issued pursuant to the Mortgage, Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010 (the “
Loan Agreement
”), among the Agency, Ranor, Inc. (the “
Borrower
”), and the Purchaser, as Bondowner and Disbursing Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement, provided that “
Bond Documents
” as used herein means the Bond Documents to which the Borrower is a party. The proceeds of the Bonds are being loaned to the Borrower, a Delaware corporation doing business in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “
Commonwealth
”), to finance and refinance the acquisition of the manufacturing facility currently leased by the Borrower, the construction of an addition thereto, the improvement and equipping thereof, and the costs of issuance of the Bonds. TechPrecision Corporation, a Delaware corporation and parent of the Borrower (the “
Guarantor
”) is guaranteeing the Borrower’s obligations under the Bond Documents pursuant to a Guaranty (Unlimited), dated as of the date hereof, from the Guarantor to the Purchaser (individually and collectively, the “
Guaranty
”).
As an inducement to the Purchaser and each subsequent owner of Bonds (collectively, the “
Bondowner
”) to purchase and hold the Bonds, the parties hereby represent, warrant and agree as follows:
1.
Representations and Warranties of the Borrower and the Guarantor
. The Borrower and the Guarantor represent and warrant as follows:
1.1.
Corporate Existence and Power
. The Borrower is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to do business in the Commonwealth, with the full power to own its properties and conduct its business as now conducted and to enter into and perform the Bond Documents. The Guarantor is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with the full power to own its properties and conduct its business as now conducted and to enter into and perform the Guaranty.
1.2.
Corporate Authority
. The execution, delivery and performance of the Bond Documents have been duly authorized on the part of the Borrower by all necessary corporate action, and will not violate or constitute a default under its charter or by-laws, any applicable law, or any agreement or instrument binding upon it or its properties. The execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty has been duly authorized on the part of the Guarantor by all necessary corporate action, and will not violate or constitute a default under its charter or by-laws, any applicable law, or any agreement or instrument binding upon it or its properties.
1.3.
Binding Effect
. The Bond Documents are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, and are enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing), regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and the availability of the remedy of specific performance. The Guaranty is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, and is enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing), regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and the availability of the remedy of specific performance.
1.4.
Financial Condition
. The Borrower has delivered to the Purchaser the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Borrower and the Guarantor, including balance sheets as of March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, and the related statements of operations and statements of cash flows for the fiscal years then ended, audited by Tabriztch & Co. CPA. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“
GAAP
”) consistently applied throughout the periods involved and are correct and complete and fairly present the financial condition and the results of operations of the Borrower and the Guarantor at the dates and for the periods indicated. As of March 31, 2010, neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor had any material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, except as set forth on such statements, and since such date there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, business operations or properties of the Borrower or the Guarantor and no material liabilities have been incurred by the Borrower or the Guarantor, except as disclosed in writing to the Purchaser.
1.5.
Nature of Business
. The Borrower is a manufacturer of precision metal components and equipment.
1.6.
Existence of Assets and Title Thereto
. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor has good and valid title to all its respective properties and assets reflected in the balance sheet as of March 31, 2010 referred to above, subject to no lien, encumbrance or charge of any kind except as disclosed in such balance sheet and Permitted Encumbrances.
1.7.
Indebtedness
. As of the date hereof, the Borrower has no indebtedness outstanding other than the Bonds, indebtedness to the Bondowner and Permitted Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined). As of the date hereof, the Guarantor has no indebtedness outstanding other than as set forth on the financial statements referred to in Section 1.4, above.
1.8.
Third-Party Compliance
. To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, all parties to all material leases, contracts, and other commitments to which the Borrower is a party (“
third-party agreements
”) have complied with the provisions of such third-party agreements and no party is in default under any such third-party agreement and no event has occurred which, but for the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under any such third-party agreement.
1.9.
First Priority Liens
. The liens and security interests created pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Bond Documents are in all cases first priority liens, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances.
1.10.
Litigation
. There are no suits or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower or the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or the Guarantor, or their respective properties, or by or before any court or governmental authority that have not been disclosed in writing to the Purchaser.
1.11.
Compliance with Applicable Laws
. Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor is in default under any order or decree of any court or governmental authority. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor is complying with all applicable statutes and regulations of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction over it or its business. To its best knowledge, Borrower has, and is in good standing with respect to, all governmental consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations, permits, certificates, inspections and franchises necessary to continue to conduct its business. Neither the zoning authorizations, approvals or variances or any other right to construct or to use the Project is to any extent dependent upon or related to any real estate other than the Property. All consents, licenses and permits and all other authorizations or approvals (collectively, “Governmental Approvals”) required for construction in accordance with the Project have been obtained or will be obtained prior to the Bond closing, and all laws relating to the construction and operation of the Project will be complied with and all permits and licenses required for the operation of the Project which cannot be obtained until such construction is completed can be obtained if the Project is completed in accordance with the plans for the Project. When the construction of the Project is completed in accordance with the plans for the Project, no building or other improvement will encroach upon any property line, building line, setback line, side yard line or any recorded or visible easement (or other easement of which Borrower is aware or has reason to believe may exist) with respect to the Project, except as may be located on the survey delivered to Bondowner and approved by Bondowner at the closing of the Bond or thereafter and/or as reflected in the plans of the Project.
1.12.
Tax Returns and Payments
. All tax returns and reports of the Borrower and the Guarantor required by law to be filed have been duly filed and all taxes, fees and other governmental charges shown thereon which are due and payable have been paid. No deficiency assessment or proposed adjustment of any federal, state or local taxes of the Borrower or the Guarantor is pending, and neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor knows of any liability or basis therefor for any income or other tax to be imposed upon either of them or any of their properties or assets for which adequate provision has not been made.
1.13.
Licenses, Patents and Trademarks
. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor possesses all governmental licenses, approvals and authorizations and such patents, other licenses, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and franchises as may be necessary to enable it to conduct its business.
1.14.
Burdensome Contracts
. Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor is a party to any contract or agreement, the terms of which now have or, as far as can be foreseen, may have an adverse effect on the financial condition, business or properties of either of them.
1.15.
Application
. The Application, dated August 23, 2010, as amended, furnished by the Borrower to the Agency, is true and complete and accurately describes the Project in all material respects.
1.16.
Disclosure
. Neither this Agreement nor any other document, certificate or statement furnished to the Purchaser by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Guarantor in connection with the issuance, sale and purchase of the Bonds contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading. To the best knowledge of each of the Borrower and the Guarantor, there is no fact, not of general knowledge, having a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or properties of the Borrower or the Guarantor which has not been disclosed herein or in another written document furnished to the Purchaser by the Borrower or the Guarantor.
1.17.
Fiscal Year
. Each of the Borrower’s and the Guarantor’s fiscal year ends on March 31.
1.18.
Environmental Matters
. To Borrower’s and Guarantor’s knowledge, except as set forth in the phase 1 environmental site assessment report delivered to Lender, (a) each of the Borrower and the Guarantor has complied with all environmental laws regarding transfer, construction on and operation of its business and property, including but not limited to notifying authorities, observing restrictions on use, transferring, modifying or obtaining permits, licenses, approvals and registrations, making required notices, certifications and submissions, complying with financial liability requirements, managing hazardous substances, and responding to the presence or release of hazardous substances connected with operation of its business or property; (b) neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor shall, nor shall it permit others to, manage hazardous substances except in full compliance with environmental laws; (c) the Borrower and the Guarantor shall take prompt action in full compliance with environmental laws to respond to the on site or off site release of hazardous substances connected with its operation of its business or property; and (d) neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor has received any written notice from any regulatory body regarding any of the foregoing.
1.19.
ERISA Compliance
. Any Employee Pension Benefit Plans, as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“
ERISA
”), of the Borrower or the Guarantor meets, as of the date hereof, the minimum funding standards of 29 U.S.C.A. 1082 (Section 302 of ERISA), and no Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction (as defined in ERISA), has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plans (as defined in ERISA) of either the Borrower or the Guarantor.
1.20.
Solvency
. The Borrower hereby represents to the Bondowner that it is solvent and is generally paying its debts as such debts become due.
1.21.
Event of Default
. No default or Event of Default (as specified in Section 7) exists.
1.22.
Foreign Person
. Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code.
2.
Financial and other Information
. The Borrower and the Guarantor agree that so long as the Bonds are outstanding, they will furnish to the Bondowner the following:
2.1.
|
Financial Information
.
|
(a)
Annual Statement
. On or before ninety (90) days after the end of its fiscal year, the annual financial statement of Borrower and Guarantor on a consolidated basis audited by a firm of certified public accountants in scope and with exceptions acceptable to the Bank, accompanied by a certificate by such accountant and by an officer of the Borrower that to the best of their knowledge no default exists under this Agreement, or under any indenture pursuant to which any other indebtedness of the Borrower is outstanding, and that all the terms of this Agreement have been fully performed, or if to the knowledge of either of them, any of the terms of this Agreement have not been fully performed, such certificate shall specify the nature of the default and the steps taken by the Borrower to correct such default;
(b)
Quarterly Statement
. On or before forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter, the consolidated quarterly financial statement of Borrower and Guarantor;
(c)
Quarterly Certificate
. On or before forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter, a quarterly covenant compliance certificate;
(d)
Monthly Statements
. On or before fifteen (15) days of month-end, a financial statement of Borrower for the preceding month in form satisfactory to the Lender, and a monthly borrowing base certificate in a form acceptable to Bank; and
(e)
Other Information
. Promptly after the Bank’s request, such other information as the Bank may, from time to time, reasonably request.
The foregoing shall be certified to the Bank as correct by an authorized representative of the Borrower and/or Guarantor, as applicable. Such financial statements shall consist of balance sheets, income statements and supporting information, including without limitation, leases, schedule and pledge status of liquid assets, schedule of debt maturities, schedule of contingent liabilities, and cash flow schedules for income producing property. The financial statements shall fairly and consistently represent the financial condition of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor, as applicable.
Whether requested or not, the Borrower will furnish to the Bank promptly upon receipt thereof copies of any and all management letters and financial statements submitted to the Borrower by its accountants and copies of all regular statements and all regular or periodic financial reports which the Borrower is or may be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(f)
Field Exams
. Bank may cause commercial finance field examinations to be completed annually, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense; provided that no field examination shall be required for any year in which the average of the total principal amount outstanding under this Agreement as of the close of each month is less than $1,000,000.
2.2.
Additional Information
. From time to time such other information on the financial condition, properties and businesses of the Borrower and the Guarantor, including the Project, as the Bondowner may reasonably request. The Borrower and the Guarantor will permit persons designated by the Bondowner to inspect their properties and corporate and financial books and records and to discuss their respective affairs with their officers and employees at such reasonable times as requested and upon reasonable notice.
2.3.
Budget
. Disbursement of the Bond proceeds for Series 2010A Bonds shall be governed by a budget (hereinafter the “Budget”). The Budget shall specify the amount of Borrower’s cash equity invested in the Project, and all costs and expenses of every kind and nature whatever to be incurred by Borrower in connection with the Project. All changes to the Budget shall in all respects be subject to the prior written approval of Bondowner. The Budget shall include as line items (“Budget Line Items”), to the extent determined to be applicable by Bondowner in its reasonable discretion. Borrower agrees that all Bond proceeds disbursed by Disbursing Agent shall be used only for the Budget Line Items for which such proceeds were disbursed. Bondowner shall not be obligated to disburse any amount for any category of costs set forth as Budget Line Item which is greater than the amount set forth for such category in the applicable Budget Line Item. Notwithstanding, so long as no Event of Default exists, Borrower shall have the right, with Bondowner’s reasonable consent, to re-allocate cost savings from one line to another line item so long as the sum of all line items as adjusted do not exceed the sum of the line items as they appear in the Bondowner approved Budget. Borrower shall pay as they become due all amounts set forth in the Budget with respect to costs to be paid by Borrower
3.
Financial Maintenance Covenants
. The Borrower and the Guarantor agree that so long as any Bonds are outstanding, it shall not (on a consolidated basis):
(a)
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
. Permit Earnings Available for Fixed Charges to be less than 120% of Fixed Charges.
(b)
Interest Coverage
. Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 2:1 as at the end of each fiscal quarter.
(c)
Leverage Ratio
. Borrower will not permit its Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.0 to 1.0 at any time, tested annually.
(d)
Loan to Value
. Exceed a loan to value ratio regarding the Mortgaged Property of not greater than seventy-five percent (75%), as determined by Bondowner, in its sole discretion, and shall be based upon the ratio of the then outstanding balance of the Series A Bond to the fair market value of the Property at the time of determination. If the loan to value ratio is not satisfied from time to time, the Bondowner shall have the option to declare an Event of Default under the Bonds, provided, however, the Borrower shall have the opportunity to cure such default within 60 days thereof by redeeming Bonds to the extent necessary or providing additional collateral to bring the loan to value ratio down to no greater than 75%.
(e)
Calculation of Financial Covenants
. The calculation of the financial covenants set forth above shall: (i) be measured against the consolidated financial performance with Borrower and Guarantor as set forth in the financial statements required to be delivered to the Bank, which statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis with the Guarantor; and (ii) be tested at the end of each fiscal quarter on a trailing 12 month basis commencing with the quarter ending March 31.
(f)
For the purpose of the financial maintenance covenants, the following definitions shall apply (terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them under GAAP), and references to the Borrower shall also include the Guarantor to the extent consolidated with the Guarantor on the financial statements:
(i) “
Capital Expenditures
” means, for or any period, the sum of (i) all expenditures that, in accordance with GAAP, are required to be included in land, property, plant or equipment or similar fixed asset account (whether involving real or personal property), and (ii) Capital Lease Obligations incurred during such period (excluding renewals of Capital Leases;
(ii) “
Capital Lease
” means any lease of property by Borrower, as lessee, that, in accordance with GAAP, would be capitalized on a balance sheet;
(iii) “
Capital Lease Obligations
” means the aggregate capitalized amount of the obligations of Borrower under all Capital Leases;
(iv) “
Earnings Available for Fixed Charges
” means, for any period, EBIT plus all amounts deducted in computing net income in respect of depreciation and amortization, less dividends and distributions less non-financed Capital Expenditures less cash taxes paid plus rent.
(v) “
EBIT
” means the total of (i) net earnings of Borrower
plus
(ii) all amounts deducted in computing such net income in respect of (a) interest expense on indebtedness and (b) taxes based upon or measured by income, as each such item is determined in accordance with GAAP;
(vi) “
Fixed Charges
” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s interest expense plus current maturities of long term debt (including subordinated debt and Capital Lease Obligations) during such period and mortgage payments;
(vii) “
GAAP
” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect on the date of the preparation and delivery of the financial statements described in Section 6 and consistently followed, without giving effect to any subsequent changes other than changes consented to in writing by the Lender;
(viii) “
Interest Coverage Ratio
” means for any period, the ratio of EBIT to Borrower’s current interest payments due during such period on Indebtedness for borrowed money; and
(ix) “
Leverage Ratio
” means the ratio of (a) the total liabilities that would be shown on the balance sheet of the Borrower as of any date, to (b) the Borrower’s net worth as of such date.
(x) “
Intangible Assets
” means assets that in accordance with GAAP are properly classifiable as intangible assets, including, but not limited to, goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names and copyrights.
(xi) “
Tangible Net Worth
” means total assets determined in accordance with GAAP minus the sum of (i) Intangible Assets and (ii) total liabilities determined in accordance with GAAP.
4.
Negative Covenants of the Borrower
. The Borrower agrees that so long as any Bonds are outstanding, it will not, without the prior written consent of the Bondowner:
4.1.
Maintenance of Corporate Existence
. Merge or consolidate with another entity; sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets; or purchase all or a substantial part of the assets of, or acquire a controlling interest in, any other partnership, corporation, trust or other entity; or permit any other corporation, trust or other entity to obtain a controlling interest in the Borrower or the Guarantor. The Borrower shall not make any change in its capital structure or in any of its business objectives, purposes and operations which might (i) in any way adversely affect the ability of the Borrower to repay the Bonds, or (ii) permit a transfer of more than 10% of its equity interests without the prior written consent of the Bondowner.
4.2.
Maintenance of Operations
. Sell or otherwise dispose of, or for any reason cease operating, any of its locations, divisions, franchises, or lines of business.
4.3.
Additional Indebtedness
. Incur additional indebtedness, except as permitted by Bondowner, in writing; provided, however, that Borrower shall be permitted to incur purchase money indebtedness for the purchase of capital assets in an amount not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate at any one time (“
Permitted Indebtedness
”), and (b) indebtedness to the Bondowner.
4.4.
Liens
. Lien, pledge, mortgage, grant or permit to exist a security interest in any of its assets, including the Mortgaged Property, to any Person, other than Permitted Encumbrances, or covenant with any Person (other than the Bondowner) that it will not so lien, pledge, mortgage, grant or permit to exist a security interest in any of its assets, including the Mortgaged Property.
4.5.
Change of Name; Location
. Cause or permit any change in its name, state of organization, state identification number or federal tax identification number, or the location of any of its places of business, without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Bondowner.
4.6.
Guarantees
. Become liable, directly or indirectly, as guarantor or otherwise for any obligation of any other Person, except for the endorsement of commercial paper for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.
4.7.
Subsidiaries
. Form any subsidiary, make any investment in (including any assignment of inventory or other property), or make any loan in the nature of an investment to, any Person, except for Permitted Investments.
4.8.
Sale-Leaseback
. Enter into any sale-leaseback transaction.
4.9.
Investments
. Acquire or agree to acquire any stock in, or any of the assets of, any Person, except for Permitted Investments.
4.10.
Margin Securities
. Directly or indirectly apply any part of the proceeds of the Bonds to the purchasing or carrying of any “margin security” or “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any regulations, interpretations, or rulings thereunder.
4.11.
Misstatements
. Furnish the Bondowner any certificate or other document that will contain any untrue statement of material fact or that will omit to state a material fact necessary to make it not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was furnished.
4.12.
Employee Loans and Investments
. Make any loan or advance to any officer, member, trustee, director or employee, except for business travel and similar temporary advances in the ordinary course of business. Make or suffer to exist any advances or loans to, or any investments in (by transfers or property, contributions to capital, purchase of stock or securities or evidence of indebtedness, acquisition of assets or business or otherwise) any Person other than the securities of the United States of America and other investments as may be offered by the Bondowner.
4.13.
Capital Expenditures
. Directly or indirectly make or commit to make any capital expenditure;
provided
,
however
, that so long as no Event of Default exists at the time thereof or after giving effect thereto, Borrower may make capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business and not exceeding $500,000 per year.
4.14.
Fiscal Year
. Change its fiscal year.
4.15.
Limitation on Dividends and Distributions
. Declare or pay any dividend or distribution (whether in cash, property or otherwise) unless Borrower is current on all debt payments to the Bondowner or no Event of Default has occurred.
4.16.
Limitation on Issuance or Acquisition of Equity Interest
. Issue any additional equity interests (except to existing holders), or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire for value any equity interests.
4.17.
Limitation on Disposition of Assets
. Other than in the ordinary course of business, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, or any part thereof or any interest therein, without the express written authorization of the Bondowner.
5.
Negative Covenants of the Guarantor
. The Guarantor agrees that so long as any Bonds are outstanding, it will not, without the prior written consent of the Bondowner:
5.1.
Maintenance of Corporate Existence
. Merge or consolidate with another entity; sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets; or purchase all or a substantial part of the assets of, or acquire a controlling interest in, any other partnership, corporation, trust or other entity; or permit any other corporation, trust or other entity to obtain a controlling interest in the Borrower or the Guarantor. The Borrower shall not make any change in its capital structure or in any of its business objectives, purposes and operations which might (i) in any way adversely affect the ability of the Borrower to repay the Bonds, or (ii) permit a transfer of more than 10% of its equity interests without the prior written consent of the Bondowner.
5.2.
Maintenance of Operations
. Sell or otherwise dispose of, or for any reason cease operating, any of its locations, divisions, franchises, or lines of business.
5.3.
Liens
. Lien, pledge, mortgage, grant or permit to exist a security interest in any of its assets, including the Mortgaged Property, to any Person, other than Permitted Encumbrances, or covenant with any Person (other than the Bondowner) that it will not so lien, pledge, mortgage, grant or permit to exist a security interest in any of its assets, including the Mortgaged Property.
5.4.
Change of Name; Location
. Cause or permit any change in its name, state of organization, state identification number or federal tax identification number, or the location of any of its places of business, without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Bondowner.
5.5.
Margin Securities
. Directly or indirectly apply any part of the proceeds of the Bonds to the purchasing or carrying of any “margin security” or “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any regulations, interpretations, or rulings thereunder.
5.6.
Misstatements
. Furnish the Bondowner any certificate or other document that will contain any untrue statement of material fact or that will omit to state a material fact necessary to make it not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was furnished.
5.7.
Employee Loans and Investments
. Make any loan or advance to any officer, member, trustee, director or employee, except for business travel and similar temporary advances in the ordinary course of business. Make or suffer to exist any advances or loans to, or any investments in (by transfers or property, contributions to capital, purchase of stock or securities or evidence of indebtedness, acquisition of assets or business or otherwise) any Person other than the securities of the United States of America and other investments as may be offered by the Bondowner.
5.8.
Fiscal Year
. Change its fiscal year.
6.
Additional Covenants
. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantor agrees that so long as any Bonds are outstanding, unless the Bondowner otherwise consents in writing, it will:
6.1.
Corporate Existence
. Maintain its corporate existence and qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties, and continue to be engaged principally in the business in which it is presently engaged.
6.2.
Insurance
. Maintain or cause to be maintained insurance with insurance companies satisfactory to the Bondowner as provided in the Commitment and the Loan Agreement, and file with the Bondowner annually current certificates of all such insurance.
6.3.
Maintenance of Properties
. Maintain its properties, including without limitation all properties held by it as lessee, in good repair so that its business may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times. Upon Bondowner’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bondowner a foundation and/or slab survey, within thirty (30) days after completion of the foundation and/or slab of the Project comprising the improvement of the Property.
6.4.
Tax Liabilities
. During its fiscal year accrue all current tax liabilities, required withholding of income taxes of employees, required social security, pension and unemployment contributions, and pay the same when they become due, except such liabilities as are being contested in good faith against which adequate reserves have been established and as to which no proceedings to foreclose have been commenced.
6.5.
Accounting Practices
. Keep proper books of account in which complete and accurate entries will be made of all transactions in accordance with GAAP accounting principles and use reasonable efforts to collect its accounts.
6.6.
Compliance with Laws
. Comply with all applicable statutes and regulations of each governmental authority having jurisdiction over its business, noncompliance with which would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, business or properties.
6.7.
Deposit Accounts of the Borrower
. Establish on behalf of the Borrower, within thirty (30) days following the date hereof and maintain throughout the term of the Bonds the Borrower’s primary deposit and operating accounts at the Bank.
6.8.
Notice of Default
. Promptly upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a default, after the expiration of any applicable grace or notice period, or an Event of Default under this Agreement, the Loan Agreement, or any other Bond Document, or any condition or event which would upon notice or lapse of time or both constitute such an event or of any other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business or properties of the Borrower, give written notice to the Bondowner specifying the nature and duration thereof and the action proposed to be taken with respect thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall give prompt written notice to Bondowner (but in any event within seven (7) days) of:
(ii) any labor controversy resulting or likely to result in a strike or work stoppage against the Borrower;
(iii) any written proposal by any public authority to acquire any asset or all or any portion of the business of the Borrower;
(iv) any proposed or actual change of the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s name, trade names, identities or corporate structure;
(v) any change in its place of business or the location of assets from its present place of business and/or locations;
(vi) any other matter which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse change in the Borrower’s or Guarantor’s financial condition or operations; and
(vii) any event or the existence of any fact which renders any representation or warranty in this Agreement or any of the other Bond Documents inaccurate, incomplete or misleading in any material respect.
6.9.
Inspection
. The Bondowner shall have the right, at all reasonable times, upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours (except that following a default or an Event of Default that has not been waived or in the case of an emergency as determined by the Bondowner, the Bondowner may enter at any time without such notice) to call at the Borrower’s place or places of business (or any other place where the Mortgaged Property or any information relating thereto or to the Project is kept or located), and without hindrance or delay, (a) to inspect, audit, check and make copies of and extracts from the Borrower’s books, records, journals, orders, receipts and any correspondence and other data relating to the Borrower’s business or to any transactions between the parties hereto, (b) to make such verification concerning the Project or the Mortgaged Property as the Bondowner may consider reasonable under the circumstances, and (c) to discuss the affairs, finances and business of the Borrower with any of their officers, key employees or directors.
6.10.
Notice of Suit or Adverse Change in Business
. As soon as practicable, and in any event within seven (7) days after either the Borrower or the Guarantor learns of the following, give written notice to the Bondowner of any proceeding(s) being instituted or threatened to be instituted by or against the Borrower or the Guarantor in any federal, state, local or foreign court or before any arbitration or mediation panel, commission or other regulatory body (federal, state, local or foreign).
6.11.
Transfer of Interests in the Borrower, or the Mortgaged Property
. Except for the Residential Parcels (as defined below) as specifically provided for below and upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent listed below, the Borrower shall not convey or permit the conveyance of its ownership interest in or control of or any part of the Mortgaged Property, or any legal or beneficial interests therein, including without limitation, its right to receive rents, issues or profits arising from the Mortgaged Property.
Except as specifically provided below, in the event any ownership interest becomes vested in a person or persons or entity or entities in a manner which violate the terms hereof, the Bondowner may, without notice to the Borrower, or any other party, and notwithstanding the existence of such default, deal with such successor or successors in interest with reference to the Bond Documents in the same manner as with the Borrower, without in any way releasing, discharging or otherwise affecting any liability of the Borrower hereunder or under the Bond Documents. No sale or conveyance of all or any portion of the Mortgaged Property, no extension of the time for the payment of the Bonds or any change in the terms thereof consented to by the Bondowner shall in any way whatsoever operate to release, discharge, modify, change or affect the original liability of the Borrower (if any), either in whole or in part, or the Event of Default arising from such sale or conveyance.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall have the right, upon request, to have the three residential properties identified on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, consisting of approximately 3.55 acres in the aggregate (collectively, the “Residential Parcels”), released from the lien of the Mortgage and other Bond Documents for the sum of $1.00 to be reconveyed to WM Realty Management, LLC (“Seller”) or its nominee, provided that (a) Borrower submits or causes the submittal of an Approvals Not Required Plan (“ANR Plan”) for the creation of the Residential Parcels within thirty (30) days of the closing date of the financing, (b) Borrower furnishes to Lender evidence satisfactory to Lender that all necessary governmental approvals, including the ANR Plan approved by the Town of Westminster, have been obtained for such releases and the separate transfers and conveyances of the Residential Parcels within ninety (90) days after the closing date of the financing; and (c) Borrower provides Lender a written release from the Seller as to the remainder of the Premises. Borrower acknowledges that the proceeds of the Bond were not allocated to the portion of the purchase price applicable to the Residential Parcels.
For the purposes of this section and the release of the Residential Parcels, the following shall be conditions precedent. The Effective Date of the Title Policy shall be updated to the time of the recording of the release of the Residential Parcels and shall reflect that the remaining parcel is a legal valid lot. This endorsement shall also reflect that there are no other matters of record that might impact the willingness of the Lender to release the Residential Lots, such as intervening mechanics lien filings. An updated Zoning Endorsement of the Title Policy shall address the parcel remaining after the release of the Residential Parcels and its intended use are in compliance with all applicable provisions of the zoning code. Any requirements from the title insurance company shall have been satisfied. An Opinion of Borrower’s counsel acceptable to the Lender shall be delivered.
6.12.
Payment of Indebtedness
. Pay when due (or within applicable grace or notice period) any indebtedness permitted by this Agreement, including without limitation all purchase money mortgages, capitalized leases, or similar instruments in the nature of a borrowing, except when the amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with adequate reserves therefor being set aside on its books. If default be made by the Borrower in the payment of any principal (or installment thereof) of, or interest on, any such indebtedness beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, the Bondowner shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to pay such interest or principal for the account of the Borrower and be reimbursed by the Borrower therefor.
6.13.
ERISA Compliance
. (a) Fund any of its Employee Pension Benefit Plans in accordance with no less than the minimum funding standards of 29 U.S.C.A. 1082 (Section 302 of ERISA); (b) furnish the Bondowner upon request with copies of any reports or other statements filed with the United States Department of Labor or the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any such Plan; and (c) promptly advise the Bondowner of the occurrence of any Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan.
6.14.
Maintenance and Use of Premises
. Maintain, or cause to be maintained, the Mortgaged Property in as good condition as it is now or may be in the future, reasonable wear and tear and damage by taking excepted. The Borrower shall not permit (a) removal, demolition or other waste of the Mortgaged Property, (b) lapse or revocation of any license, permit or other governmental authorization issued with respect to the Mortgaged Property, (c) material change in the structure or use of the Mortgaged Property (other than the projects to be financed with the proceeds of the Bonds or otherwise consented to by the Bondowner), or (d) violation of a law or ordinance affecting the Mortgaged Property or its use.
6.15.
F.I.C.A. and Withholding Taxes
. Upon request of the Bondowner, the Borrower will furnish the Bondowner with proof satisfactory to the Bondowner of the payment or deposit of F.I.C.A. and withholding taxes required of the Borrower by applicable law. Should the Borrower fail to make any such payment or deposit or furnish such proof within a reasonable time, the Bondowner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, and without notice to the Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) set up such reserves in the Borrower’s account as the Bondowner may deem necessary to satisfy the liability therefor. Nothing herein contained shall obligate the Bondowner to make such deposit or payment or set up such reserve, or to ascertain whether such deposit payments are being made by Borrower, nor shall the making of one or more such deposits or payments or the setting up of any such reserve constitute: (i) an agreement on the Bondowner’s part to take any further or similar action; or (ii) a waiver of any default by the Borrower under the terms hereof or of any other agreements between the Borrower and the Bondowner. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement or transactions hereunder, the Bondowner shall retain its security interest in all the collateral held by the Bondowner until the Borrower shall have paid or discharged all such F.I.C.A. and tax obligations accrued to the date of such expiration or termination, or shall have supplied to the Bondowner evidence satisfactory to the Bondowner that due provisions have been made therefor.
7.
Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury
. BORROWER AND BANK MUTUALLY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY. THIS WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER TO ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT.
8.
Counsel Fees and Expenses
. The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable counsel fees and expenses, including recording and filing fees, incurred by the Bondowner in connection with the Bonds incurred by the Bondowner, whether in connection with efforts to collect the indebtedness of Borrower, or in the enforcement or defense of any of the provisions of this Agreement; or negotiations regarding and consultation concerning this Agreement, or preparation therefor, or the financing extended thereunder; or the defense of any proceedings involving any claims made or threatened against or arising out of this Agreement, or the financing extended thereunder, or which the Bondonwer may hereafter incur in protecting, enforcing, increasing or releasing any security held by the Bondowner or any of Borrower’s obligations or any provision of this Agreement. Borrower’s obligation to pay such counsel fees and expenses of the Bondowner shall exist whether or not proceedings are instituted or legal appearances are made in any court on behalf of the Bondowner. All amounts chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement shall be payable on demand to Borrower.
9.
Default and Remedies
.
9.1.
Event of Default
. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:
(a)
Representations
. Any representation or warranty made by the Borrower or the Guarantor herein or in any document or instrument furnished to the Bondowner in connection with the purchase of the Bonds or pursuant to this Agreement, the Loan Agreement or any other Bond Document is false or misleading on the date it was intended to be effective.
(b)
Certain Covenants
. The Borrower or the Guarantor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in Sections 3, 4, 5, 6.1, 6.2, 6.7, 6.8 or 6.11 herein.
(c)
Other Covenants
. The Borrower or the Guarantor shall fail to (i) make any payment required hereunder or under any other Bond Document within ten (10) days of the same becoming due, or (ii) observe or perform any covenant or agreement (other than those set forth in Section 10.1(b)) and such failure is not remedied within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to the Borrower.
(d)
Bond Documents; Other Indebtedness
. (i) An Event of Default as defined in the Loan Agreement shall exist, or (ii) any default, after the expiration of any applicable grace or notice period, or Event of Default under any other Bond Document shall exist, or (iii) an Event of Default shall occur as defined in the Loan Agreement by and between the Borrower and Bank dated February 24, 2006, as amended, or (iv) a default, after the expiration of any applicable grace or notice period, shall exist with respect to any other obligation of the Borrower or the Guarantor to the Bondowner, or (v) a breach shall occur (and continue beyond any applicable grace or notice period) with respect to the payment by the Borrower or the Guarantor with respect to other indebtedness in excess of $50,000.00, or with respect to the performance of any agreement securing such indebtedness or pursuant to which the same was issued or incurred, or an event shall occur with respect to provisions of any such agreement relating to matters of the character referred to in this section, so that a holder or holders of such indebtedness or a trustee or trustees under any such agreement accelerates or is empowered to accelerate any such indebtedness. The Borrower or the Guarantor shall notify the Bondowner of any such breach or event immediately upon the Borrower’s or the Guarantor’s becoming aware of its occurrence and shall from time to time furnish such information as the Bondowner may reasonably request for the purpose of determining whether a breach or event described in this clause (iv) has occurred.
(e)
Voluntary Bankruptcy
. The Borrower or the Guarantor shall commence a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy or state receivership laws, or shall admit in writing its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall apply for, consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of, or taking possession by, a trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official or agent for itself or any substantial part of its property or shall generally not pay its debts as they become due.
(f)
Appointment of Receiver
. A trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official or agent shall be appointed for the Borrower or the Guarantor or any substantial part of its property and shall remain undismissed after thirty (30) days.
(g)
Involuntary Bankruptcy
. The Borrower or the Guarantor shall have an order or decree for relief in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy or state receivership laws entered against it, or a petition seeking reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition, or other similar relief as to it under the federal bankruptcy laws or any similar law for the relief of debtors shall be brought against it and shall be consented to by it or shall remain undismissed for thirty (30) days.
(h)
Judgments
. One or more final judgments for payment of money in excess of the amount of insurance coverage available therefor shall be rendered against the Borrower or the Guarantor and shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed.
(i)
No Sale of the Mortgaged Property
. If (i) the Mortgaged Property, or any part thereof or any interest in the Mortgaged Property, is sold or conveyed, except such conveyance as permitted under Section 6.11 hereof, (ii) title to the Mortgaged Property or any interest therein is divested, (iii) the Mortgaged Property is further encumbered or pledged, or (iv) any lease which gives the lessee any option to purchase the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof is entered into, the Bondowner shall at its sole discretion be entitled to accelerate the Bonds and declare the then Outstanding principal amount and all accrued interest and other sums due and payable under the Loan Agreement due and payable, and exercise all remedies available to the Bondowner under the Bond Documents.
(j)
Material Adverse Effect
. Any event or condition shall occur which has, or upon notice or lapse of time or both would have, a material adverse effect on (i) the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Loan Agreement or the other Bond Documents, (ii) the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Guaranty, (iii) the validity or enforceability of any of the Bonds Documents, or (iv) the financial condition, assets and liabilities, or operations of the Borrower.
(k)
Illegality
. If this Agreement or any other Bond Document shall be held to be illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction.
A default shall exist hereunder upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events without regard to any lapse of time or notice.
9.2.
Remedies
. Upon an Event of Default hereunder, the Bondowner shall have all of the same rights and remedies available to the Bondowner following an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement and the other Bond Documents.
10.
Consent to Amendments
. This Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Bondowner. Any covenant or agreement required to be performed by the Borrower or the Guarantor may be modified or waived, and any Event of Default may be waived, with the written consent of the Bondowner. The Bondowner at the time of any consent authorized by this section and each subsequent Bondowner shall be bound by such consent, whether or not its Bonds have been marked to indicate such consent.
11.
Purchase for Investment; Disclosure Material
. By acceptance of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms that it is purchasing the Bonds for its own account and does not presently intend to sell or otherwise distribute the Bonds or any interest or participation therein, and the Purchaser acknowledges that the nature of the disclosure material in this transaction has been based upon the foregoing. The Purchaser further acknowledges for the benefit of the Agency that the Purchaser has not looked to it or to Bond Counsel for any information about the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Project, or the Bonds in connection with the decision to purchase the Bonds.
12.
Payment of Expenses; Brokerage
. The Borrower shall pay on demand all of the Purchaser’s reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Bond Documents, and in connection with any default under, and any waiver, amendment or enforcement of any provisions of any Bond Document. The Borrower shall also pay and save the Purchaser harmless against any liability with respect to claims for or on account of brokers’ or finders’ fees or commissions with respect to the placement of the Bonds.
13.
No Waiver
. No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.
14.
Provisions to Survive
. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and the Bonds and payment therefore and Bondowner shall retain its lien in the Project and all its right and remedies under the Bond Documents, notwithstanding such termination, until Borrower has paid its Obligations to Bondowner, in full, in immediately available funds.
15.
Successors and Assigns
. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any subsequent Bondowner whether or not an express assignment of rights hereunder is made). No other person or entity shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.
16.
Notices
. Any request, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other document provided by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given when mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized courier service providing evidence of receipt, or delivered during business hours as follows: (i) to the Purchaser or Bondowner at 446 Main Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01608, Attention of Edward S. Borden, Senior Vice President; or (ii) to the Borrower or the Guarantor at One Bella Drive, Westminster, Massachusetts 01473, Attention of Chief Financial Officer. Notice hereunder may be waived prospectively or retroactively by the person entitled to the notice, but no waiver shall affect any notice requirement as to other Persons. All notices shall be effective upon receipt.
17.
Sale or Transfer of Bonds
. The Bondowner shall provide written notice to the Borrower if the Bondowner sells, assigns or transfers all or a portion of the Bonds to another Person.
18.
Miscellaneous
. The captions of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. The Bond Documents constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, may not be terminated or modified orally, and shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign and return to the Borrower the enclosed counterpart of this letter, whereupon this letter shall become a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Purchaser.
|
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
|
|
|
RANOR, INC.,
|
|
|
as Borrower
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Stanley Youtt
|
|
|
|
Stanley Youtt
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
TECHPRECISION CORPORATION,
|
|
|
as Guarantor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Richard F. Fitzgerald
|
|
|
|
Name: Richard F. Fitzgerald
|
|
|
|
Title: Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
ACCEPTED BY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
SOVEREIGN BANK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
|
Edward S. Borden
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
|
ACKNOWLEDGED:
|
|
|
|
|
|
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Steven Chilton
|
|
|
|
Authorized Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, James S. Molinaro, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of TechPrecision Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
|
a)
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
|
|
|
|
|
b)
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
|
|
|
c)
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
|
|
d)
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
|
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
|
a)
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
|
|
|
|
|
b)
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
|
Dated: February 14, 2011
|
/s/ James S. Molinaro
|
|
James S. Molinaro
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Richard F. Fitzgerald, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of TechPrecision Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
|
a)
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
|
|
|
|
|
b)
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
|
|
|
c)
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
|
|
d)
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
|
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
|
a)
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
|
|
|
|
|
b)
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
|
Dated: February 14, 2011
|
/s/ Richard F. Fitzgerald
|
|
Richard F. Fitzgerald
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of TechPrecision Corporation (Company) on Form 10-Q for the three months ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (Report), I, James S. Molinaro, the Chief Executive Officer, and I, Richard F. Fitzgerald, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, do hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 14, 2011
|
/s/ James S. Molinaro
|
|
James S. Molinaro
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Dated: February 14, 2011
|
/s/ Richard F. Fitzgerald
|
|
Richard F. Fitzgerald
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|